TSI | 
eget ORT OF THE SECRETARY 
OF THE SMITHSONIAN 


INSTITUTION 


1928 


A-SI AN INQ? 
QNIAN INS?) 
fags™ F uN 


DEC 18 1928 ~ 
Ng 2779 7| os 
SONAL MUSE 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 
WASHINGTON 
D.C: 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 
OF THE SMITHSONIAN 
INSTITUTION 


FOR THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30 


1928 


(Publication 2978) 


UNITED STATES 
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 
WASHINGTON 
1928 


¢ 

ADDITIONAL COPIES : : 
OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE PROCURED FROM = 

re A THE SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS . e 


U.S.GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE oa 


CONTENTS 


ithe Boanrdiol Resents= =. 0222522252. SS ee Se ees Ae ee 
General considerations __--_-__- ea ey BPN NR WHR pee ea ee pe A 
LD FER TGS a Sy a a I Ur pg nag Tg 
Hxplorations and: feld-works2o2 225. 2205 a Se ke ke 
Smiphsoniane Sclemtitic Series 2-- 22.2225. 02 ee 
Rescue nn OlPOLAU OMe s) ose e eee see ee ee 
Cooperative ethnological and archeological investigations between 

the Smithsonian Institution and State, educational, and scientific 

TUTE SFU BUN AUG SM ep A apne Sig cn a TN TI 
Presentation of Langley Medal to Col. Charles A. Lindbergh, and 

the deposit of the Spirit of St. Louis in the National Museum__ 
iNeleoteViemorialiNeecting® =." 2 Ses oh eS ee 
Presentation of portrait of the Secretary__._.._____.__._._...___-_- 
J PAE OU Gee EGY OVS an ll A gon ae Na a 


Reve nintontney MG. TNT TO LAG eee pet RE ee 
Cc rertl eta Ol UAT: awe cement ee ee ea es 
BarexuseteAmerican HGhnolopy. 22500 Si oe eee 
imeeaacronealetxchances ee EPR ees ee ee ee 
Metin AOoloricaltParkseme ewes Sa Oe ee 
SEO aYSiCAleOUOSCEVALOLY = tse 2 he eee Ae ee eee 
International Catalogue of Scientific Literature_.___._.________._____- 
RCE nGorsy penn eer ay De ean Wipe td Foe ee ee eS ESS es 
Appendix 1. Report on the United States National Museum____________ 
. Report on the National Gallery of Art__.________________- 
Report on the Freer Gallery of Art__...__.__-___-________ 
Report on the Bureau of American Ethnology__.__________- 
Report on the International Exchanges__________________- 
. Report on the National Zoological Park_______________-_- 
Report on the Astrophysical Observatory_.______________- 
. Report on the International Catalogue of Scientific Literature_ 
BERePpOLicontMeslilbraty ee 62 Swe Sy et ee 
PeIVCHOLO Ona PMU lCAiONs = omelet ver par ee ee 
. Subscribers to James Smithson Memorial Edition of the 

Smithsonian Scientific Series: 2 22-2 eee see 


—_ 
KH ODOMDNA AR Wh 


—_ 


us} 
$0 
3 


oo 
BPOQoenrnnre < 


ft 
— 


OONAAMNNNNNNYNN NH BH Kee 
NOHOWNODOOABPWNHONRKH CMON OK WwW 


111 
119 


134 


140 


walk: 4 


| . de>, ch eons ee ees ppndibwald gor 
| . ee) Rt a pee eee ol A NOR 


ae i t) —itoatiied sonht wt eit 
; ~ - ” Pus tee 


THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 


June 30, 1928 


Presiding officer ex officio——CaLvin Coo.inen, President of the United States. 
Chancellor.—Witt1amM Howarp Tart, Chief Justice of the United States. 
~ Members of the Institution: 
Cavin CooLiper, President of the United States. 
CHARLES G. Dawes, Vice President of the United States. 
WILLIAM Howarp Tart, Chief Justice of the United States. 
FRANK B. Kewioee, Secretary of State. 
Anprew W. Mexton, Secretary of the Treasury. 
DwicHt FintEy Davis, Secretary of War. 
JoHn G. Sarcunt, Attorney General. 
Harry S. New, Postmaster General. 
Curtis D. Wixsur, Secretary of the Navy. : 
Husert Work, Secretary of the Interior. 
WILLIAM M. JARDINE, Secretary of Agriculture. 
HmrBert CLARK Hoover, Secretary of Commerce. 
JAMES: JOHN Davis, Secretary of Labor. 
Regents of the Institution: 
Wittiam Howarp Tart, Chief Justice of the United States, HEINE UTE. 
CHARLES G. Dawes, Vice President of the United States. 
Reap Smoot, Member of the Senate. 
JosprH T. Roprnson, Member of the Senate. 
CLaupE A. SwAnson, Member of the Senate. 
ALBERT JOHNSON, Member of the House of Representatives. 
R. WALTON Moore, Member of the House of Representatives. 
Water H. Newton, Member of the House of Representatives. 
Rosert S. BROOKINGS, citizen of Missouri. 
Irwin B. LAUGHLIN, citizen of Pennsylvania. 
Freperic A. DELANO, citizen of Washington, D. C. 
Dwicut W. Morrow, citizen of New Jersey. 
CHARLES Evans HueHes, citizen of New York. 
JoHN C. MrrRiIAM, citizen of Washington, D. C. 
Executive committee —FKrevrric A. DELANO, R. Walton Moors, JouHn C. 
MERRIAM. 
Secretary.—_CHARLES G. ABBOT. 
Assistant Secretary —ALEXANDER WETMORE. 
Chief Clerk.—Harry W. Dorsey. 
Accounting and disbursing agent—NicHoLas W. DORSEY. 
Hditor.—WessteR P. TRUE. 
Tibrarian.—WItLIAM L. CoRBIN. 
Appointment clerk.—JAMES G. TRAYLOR. 
Property clerk.—JAMES H. HILL. 


VI ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


NATIONAL MUSEUM 


Assistant Secretary (in charge).—ALEXANDER WETMORE. 

Administrative assistant to the Secretary.—WILLIAM DE C. RAVENEL. 

Head curators——W ALTER HoucH, LEONHARD STEJNEGER, GEORGE P. MERRILL. 

Curators—PAvuL BartscH, Ray S. BAsster, THEODORE T. BrLotse, Austin H. 
CLARK, FRANK W. CLARKE, FREDERICK V. CovILLe, CHARLES W. GILMORB, 
Watter HoucH, LELAND O. HowArp, ALES HrpiicKA, Nem M. Jupp, HERBERT 
W. Kriecer, FRepericK L. LewtTon, GEorGE P. MERRILL, GERRIT S. MILLER, JF., 
CarL W. Mirman, Ropert Ringway, WaALpo L. ScHMITT, LEONHARD STEJNEGER. 

Associate curators—JoHN M. ALpRicH, ELLSwortH P. KILLIP, WILLIAM R. 
Maxon, CHARLES E. RESSER, CHARLES W. RICHMOND, DAvID WHITE. 

Chief of correspondence and documents.—HERBERT S. BRYANT. 

Disbursing agent—NIicHOLAS W. DoRSEY. 

Superintendent of buildings and labor.—JAMES S. GOLDSMITH. 

Editor—Marcus BENJAMIN. 

Assistant Librarian.—IsaBEL L. TOWNER. 

Photographer.—ARTHUR J. OLMSTED. 

Property clerk.—WI1LLIAM A. KNOWLES. 

Engineer.—CLayTon R. DENMARK. 


NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 
Director.—WiILLIAM H. HOLMES. 
FREER GALLERY OF ART 


Curator.—JOHN ELLERTON LODGE. 
Associate curator—CaRL WHITING BISHOP. 
Assistant curator—GRACE DUNHAM GUEST. 
Associate.—_KATHARINE NASH RHOADES. 
Superintendent. JOHN BUNDY. 


BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 


Ethnologists—JoHN P. Harrineton, JoHN N. B. Hewitt, FRANcIS LA FLESCHE, 
TRUMAN MICHELSON, JOHN R. SWANTON. 

Archeologist—FRANK H, H. Roperts, Jr. 

Editor —STANLEY SHARLES. 

Librarian.—BELua Leary. 

Illustrator.—DeE LANcY GILL. 


INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGES 


Secretary (in charge).—CHARLES G. ABBOT. 
Chief clerk.—CoaTEs W. SHOEMAKER. 


NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK 


Director —Wit1iIAM M. Mann. 
Assistant director—ArtTHUR B. BAKER. 


ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY 


Director—CHARLES G. ABBOT. 
Research Assistant.—FREDERICK EH. Fow sp, Jr. 
Research assistant. Loyat B. ALDRICH. 


REGIONAL BUREAU FOR THE UNITED STATES, INTERNATIONAL 
CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE 


Assistamt in charge.—LEoNARD C. GUNNELL. 


REPORT 


OF THE 


SECRETARY OF THE SMITHSONIAN 
INSTITUTION 


C. G. ABBOT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1928 


To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution: 

GENTLEMEN: I have the honor to submit herewith my report show- 
ing the activities and condition of the Smithsonian Institution and 
the Government bureaus under its administrative charge during the 
fiscal year ended June 30, 1928. The first 28 pages contain a summary 
account of the affairs of the Institution. Appendixes 1 to 10 give 
more detailed reports of the operations of the United States National 
Museum, the National Gallery of Art, the Freer Gallery of Art, the 
Bureau of American Ethnology, the International Exchanges, the 
National Zoological Park, the Astrophysical Observatory, the United 
States Regional Bureau of the International Catalogue of Scientific 
Literature, the Smithsonian library, and of the publications issued 
under the direction of the Institution; and Appendix 11 contains a 
list of subscribers up to October 15, 1928, to the James Smithson 
Memorial Edition of the Smithsonian Scientific Series. 


THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 


THE HSTABLISHMENT 


The Smithsonian Institution was created by act of Congress in 
1846, according to the terms of the will of James Smithson, of Eng- 
land, who, in 1826, bequeathed his property to the United States of 
America “to found at Washington, under the name of the Smith- 
sonian Institution, an establishment for the increase and diffusion of 
knowledge among men.” In receiving the property and accepting 
the trust, Congress determined that the Federal Government was 
without authority to administer the trust directly, and therefore con- 
stituted an “ establishment ” whose statutory members are “ the Presi- 
dent, the Vice President, the Chief Justice, and the heads of the 
executive departments.” 

il 


2 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 
THE BOARD OF REGENTS 


The affairs of the Institution are administered by a Board of 
Regents whose membership consists of “the Vics President, the 
Chief Justice, three Members of the Senate, and three Members of 
the House of Representatives, together with six other persons other 
than Members of Congress, two of whom shall be resident in the 
city of Washington, and the other four shall be inhabitants of some 
State, but no two of them of the same State.” One of the Regents is 
elected chancellor by the board; in the past the selection has fallen 
upon the Vice President or the Chief Justice; and a suitable person 
is chosen by the Regents as Secretary of the Institution, who is also 
secretary of the Board of Regents, and the executive officer directly 
in charge of the Institution’s activities. 

The following changes occurred in the personnel of the board dur- 
ing the year: Senator Woodbridge N. Ferris died on March 23, 1928, 
and Senator Claude A. Swanson was appointed to succeed him on 
March 28, 1928. The board also lost by death the Hon. Henry White 
and Mr. Charles F. Choate, jr., and their places were filled by the 
appointment of the Hon. Charles Evans Hughes on December 21, 
1927, and Dr. John C. Merriam on December 21, 1927. 

The roll of the Regents at the close of the fiscal year was as fol- 
lows: William H. Taft, Chief Justice of the United States, chan- 
cellor; Charles G. Dawes, Vice President of the United States; mem- 
bers from the Senate, Reed Smoot, Joseph T. Robinson, Claude A. 
Swanson; members from the House of Representatives, Albert John- 
son, R. Walton Moore, Walter H. Newton; citizen members, Robert 
S. Brookings, Missouri; Irwin B. Laughlin, Pennsylvania; Frederic 
A. Delano, Washington, D. C.; Dwight W. Morrow, New Jersey; 
Charles Evans Hughes, New York; and John C. Merriam, Wash- 
ington, D. C. 


GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 


Elected on January 10, 1928, to be Secretary of the Smithsonian 
Institution, it became my duty to study the nature of the Institution, 
its sources of strength, and the most effective ways in which it may 
advance the mission of its founder, James Smithson, “ for the increase 
and diffusion of knowledge among men.” 

To the casual observer it may appear that the most important func- 
tion of the Smithsonian is the administration of the public Museum, 
art galleries, and Zoological Park confided to its direction. In these 
days of easy travel the number of those who walk through the Na- 
tional Museum, the Freer Gallery, and the Zoological Park reaches 
several millions each year. The educational value is great, though 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 34 


doubtless the influence exercised on the minds of many visitors is 
rather of the nature of the agreeable spending of a few hours. It 
would be interesting to determine the geographical dispersion of the 
benefits from these exhibition features of the Smithsonian. Almost 
certainly, however, it would be found that chiefly the District of 
Columbia, Maryland, and Virginia, after them the Eastern States, 
and then, with rapidly growing sparseness of distribution, the more 
distant States and foreign countries partake of these benefits. 

Contrast with this comparatively local influence the wider reach 
of the International Exchange Service, as associated’ with the publi- 
cations of the Institution. Its first Secretary, Joseph Henry, per- 
ceiving the isolation of science in the America of 1850, created, as 
one of the first Smithsonian activities, a system of exchange of its 
publications, receiving in return those of the learned institutions of 
the Old World. Having established at strategic points in other coun- 
tries many agencies for such exchange, he offered the use of the sys- 
tem freely to the learned institutions of the United States. Along 
with this new departure he also inaugurated that of the free distri- 
bution of numerous copies of Smithsonian publications to selected 
libraries all over this country and the world. From such exchanges 
came to the Institution that still-continuing steady stream of foreign 
and domestic scientific literature, which largely makes up the Smith- 
sonian deposit of some half million volumes in the Library of Con- 
gress, and the eight extensive libraries retained in the Institution 
itself. ‘This Government, and foreign governments as well, have 
appreciated the merit of this world-wide interchange of ideas which 
Secretary Henry inaugurated, and by treaty have built on the Smith- 
sonian’s foundation the present International Exchange System.t 

Here, then, is a permanent and world-wide activity, originally 
Smithsonian, promoting international good will at the same time that 
it gives a powerful stimulus to the promotion of science and to the 
initiation of good intellectual activities, wherever instituted. As 
evidences of its effectiveness for good will, let me only say that owing 
to it one finds the golden torch symbolic of the Smithsonian Institu- 
tion shown with pride on the shelves of libraries all over the world; 
that it was through the exchanges that Belgian libraries recovered 
many sets of American and other publications after the Great War; 
and that Japanese libraries were rehabilitated after the disastrous 
earthquake. 

In the west hall of the Smithsonian Building the visitor sees a 
column of books four square, 23 feet high, with this legend: 


Smithsonian Institution publications only. No duplicates. One thousand 
five hundred copies of each distributed world-wide free. 


1 See report on p. 85. 


4 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


In the last 50 years scarcely one scientific textbook has appeared which does 
not owe something to these publications. 

They include not only technical descriptions of original research 
of specialists in many lines, but also timely, readable, yet authoritative 
accounts of many of the principal scientific developments of our 
time. 

Not less world-wide in distribution and value than its activities 
for its diffusion are the Smithsonian’s accomplishments for the 
increase of knowledge. In consideration of our present status let 
me draw attention to several unique advantages which render the 
Institution responsible for the cultivation of research. The Na- 
tional Museum, the Bureau of American Ethnology, the Freer collec- 
tions, and, to a lesser extent, the Zoological Park, contain much of 
the basis on which research in natural history and ethnology must 
forever depend. What the public sees in the National Museum is not 
a tithe of its national wealth. The study collections which crowd 
the laboratories and corridors of the Natural History Building and 
Smithsonian Building represent the fauna, flora, geology, paleontol- 
ogy, and ethnology of our country and other regions. They contain 
thousands of type specimens, to which the scientific world looks as 
standards. They include thousands of series exhibiting the modi- 
fying influences of environment. They contain specimens which 
were collected many years ago, and of which the march of progress 
has now forever cut off the possibility of duplication. 

Extensive researches of scientific value, and not infrequently of im- 
mediate practical utility, have already been based on this material. 
But one who has any conception at all of the opportunity can not 
but be impressed with Smithsonian responsibility. Not only must 
the task of collecting and preserving specimens of the fauna, flora, 
ethnological, and paleontological material at present available be dili- 
gently pushed forward, lest they be forever lost, but the intensive 
study of the collections must also be a major task, lest the lessons 
they might teach should be lost to our generation. 

Joseph Henry was not only one of America’s foremost men of 
vision and of action, but a great physicist. In his time the physical 
sciences, physics, chemistry, mathematics, astronomy, meteorology 
were ardently cultivated by the Smithsonian. Yet for many years 
past the Institution’s principal contribution to research in such lines 
has been in its administration of the Astrophysical Observatory. 
There has been trained there a corps of investigators whose expert 
knowledge of the conditions governing the flow of radiation and of 
heat is a valuable asset, and a large collection of special apparatus lies 
in their care. During the years that they have devoted to studies of 
solar and terrestrial radiation there has at length developed a public 
demand for progress in our knowledge of the relations of radiation 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 5 


to climate, to the growth of plants, and to the health of human 
beings. I feel that to march resolutely into these fields of investiga- 
tion, which involve not only physics but chemistry, mathematics, 
meteorology, and astronomy, is a policy dictated to the Smithsonian 
not only by its possession of these assets of experience and apparatus 
but by the traditions of its early history, by the interests of its 
founder, James Smithson, who was a research chemist, and by a 
proper appreciation of the salutary influence which such a rounding 
out of the scope of Smithsonian researches would exercise on studies 
in the other lines associated with the national collections. 

Thus I am led to feel that the care of the public exhibits, educa- 
tional and interesting though they are, after all is not the greatest 
duty of the Smithsonian Institution. I see in the collection of new 
specimens which the passage of a few more years might prevent for- 
ever; in the study of existing national collections to unlock the treas- 
ures of knowledge which they certainly contain; in the promotion of 
researches growing out of our expert experience in the field of radia- 
tion; in the publication of knowledge in both technical and popular 
forms; and in the wide diffusion of knowledge through exchanges and 
correspondence in all these lines, avtivities entirely suited to the 
genius and situation of the Smithsonian, which in their world-wide 
application and future promise, outrank in value the more local in- 
fluence of the public exhibitions. . 

Only one thing is lacking to promote these researches. We have 
the foundation equipment, we have the trained experts, but we lack 
adequate means. The Government appropriations are mainly de- 
voted, according to the terms of law, to expenditures incident to the 
preservation of collections. But a small proportion of these annual 
congressional appropriations is available to be expended on collect- 
ing specimens or on researches. An exception occurs, it is true, in 
the Bureau of American Ethnology and the Astrophysical Observa- 
tory, where research is supported by Government. For research in 


_. far eastern lands, the Freer bequest is available, but, agreeable to the 


donor’s wishes, only in a restricted sense. Also the Roebling and 
Canfield foundations have made possible a certain amount of collect- 
ing in the field of mineralogy. 

Aside from these and certain other lesser financial resources for 
specified purposes, there remains the annual income of the Smith- 
sonian endowment, which at present yields about $65,000 annually, 
and such temporary grants for special researches as interested 
friends from time to time place in the hands of the Institution. 
Secretaries Henry, Baird, Langley, and Walcott all deplored the 
disparity between Smithsonian endowment and Smithsonian oppor- 
tunity, but until recently the outlook for increased support has been 


6 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


discouraging. Nor is it very adequate even yet. However, I note 
with satisfaction the following items of gain or promise. 


1. Gifts to the unrestricted endowment from donors mentioned last 


year and this (approximately) o> <_---s see eee $60, 000 
2. Prospective bequests already disclosed (approximately) _-_--_-_---_- 700, 000 
8. Annual income set free July 1, 1928, by Government assumption of 

certain. overhead =: 3-2" 2-2 25, 000 
4, Expected royalties from Smithsonian Scientific Series for the calen- 

dar’ year 1928222) Se eee ee eee 20, 000 
5. Allotment for radiation research from the Research Corporation of 

New Work j2o26. 00!) ol ue ee eee 15, 000 


We hope to enlist the interest of other donors to build up the unre- 
stricted endowment of the Smithsonian to such an extent as to yield 
an assured annual income of not less than $500,000. 

While it has not been possible under existing financial circum- 
stances to push strongly into the fields of research and publication 
which I have indicated above, gratifying progress has been made 
with the means we have. A fuller account of the researches will 
appear from place to place below, but I note among indications of 
progress the following: 

1. To make space for laboratories and offices associated with the 
work proposed in radiation and its applications to plant growth and 
human health, improvements planned to include an elevator, lighting, 
heating, and finishing, at the estimated expense of $15,000, will make 
available eight rooms, each of nearly 200 square feet, in the flag tower 
of the Smithsonian Building, which hitherto, being inaccessible to 
humans, has been occupied mainly by owls, bats, and pigeons. 

2. In cooperation with the New York Commission on Ventilation, 
Mr. Aldrich, of the Astrophysical Observatory, bas done a novel, 
interesting, and successful research on the cooling of the human body 
by radiation and convection. 

3. In cooperation with the Fixed Nitrogen Laboratory, research 
has been started on relations of radiation to plant growth and on 
the measurement of certain ultra-violet rays. 

4. Among 30 expeditions relating to the natural-history sciences, 
and reported upon in later pages by the chiefs of the National 
Museum, the Bureau of American Ethnology, and the Freer Gallery, 
an important group relates to the archeology, the fauna, the flora, 
and the paleontology of the West Indian Archipelago. This group 
of islands, so near our continent, yet separated from it for several 
geological epochs, is of interest as illustrating the cumulative influence 
on life of moderate changes of environment continued over a long 
period of time. Other newly worked and interesting fields of recent 
Smithsonian exploration lie as far apart as Alaska, Mexico, South 
America, South Africa, China, and the East Indies. These expedi- 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 


7 


tions were mostly financed by small grants from interested friends 


of the Institution. 


FINANCES 


The permanent investments of the Institution consist of the 


following : 


Total endowment for general or specific purposes (exclusive of 


Freer funds), itemized as follows_____--__-__-__-----------_- 


- Deposited in the consolidated fund— 
Miscellaneous securities, ete., either purchased or ac- 


quired by gift; cost or value at date acquired 
Springer, Frank, fund for researches, etc 


Walcott, Charles D., and Mary Vaux, fund for re- 
SENT SSSI Sk SS i a a a ed *y 


Younger, Helen Walcott, fund (held in trust) 


502, 969. 00 
30, 000. 00 


11, 520. 00 
49, 812. 50 


1, 594, 301. 50 
The invested funds of the Institution are described as follows: 


Fund 


PANG CTR VaITET Cleese eit = mii 2s ee 2a a ae 
Bacon, Virginia Purdy, fund__.__.._...------_-.- 
Baird piucy: el. fUNG a2 se 
Canfield Collection fund_.__._____-_-__--_-.--_.- 
Wascyaubhomas W., funds 22282222223 oo 
@Hambenlainfunds= 42 se see SS a ee 
Md Ow Ment Unde Lees. ea 
TELEYOCeyL Apa 0 Oe ee ee ae ee eC Oe 
iHachenberg fund: 2+. 2--2-2-.-.-. 222 @. 
Elm fonyinm de. 225 25 ees OC ee 
Henny Caroline: funds) tes ee eee ly 
Hodgkins fund: 

Creneraiese sO Vd See ATs oa SEE See 


ushes Bruce, umd. 292202 
Myon Catherine) Wi. ftln ds 222s ty eek 
Pell, Cornelia Livingston, fund_____..___-_..-____ 
Poore, Lucy T. and George W., fund___.-_._____- 
Reid -Addison TE, fund sec) 24k eb ee 
Bs] EVGYEIS) SiG La SIE SO A AO TOS ee i A eer er 
LOG placate dente cee ne eters ME OUT 
Sanford, George H., fund__..-._.__-__._.---_--_-- 
STMPHSONMIN Game Ae ee ye epee See ee 
SpLLApers, Hank, finds iis secs ny ee ee 
Walcott, Charles D., and Mary Vaux, fund_____- 
Younger, Helen Walcott, fund..._._______-_____- 
Stock dividends not yet credited to various funds_ 


United States 
Treasury 


116, 000. 00 
100, 000. 00 


26, 670. 00 
11, 000. 00 
590. 00 


v------------- 


1, 100. 00 


1, 000, 000. 00 


Consolidated 
fund 


$44, 244. 60 
62, 272. 93 
1, 783. 88 
46, 232. 86 
1, 000. 00 
35, 000. 00 
41, 542. 80 


16, 108. 72 
18, 649. 43 
3, 000. 00 
24, 847. 89 
9, 810. 48 
523. 38 
150, 000. 00 
955. 18 


502, 969. 00 


Separate 
funds 


Total 


$30, 000. 00 
11, 520. 00 
49, 812. 50 


91, 332. 50 


1, 594, 301. 50 


$58, 244. 60 
62, 272. 93 
1, 783. 88 
46, 232. 86 
1, 000. 00 
35, 000. 00 
41, 542. 80 
500. 00 

5, 000. 00 
3, 000. 00 
1, 425. 45 


153, 275. 00 
100, 000. 00 
16, 108. 72 
18, 649, 43 
3, 000. 00 
51, 517. 89 
20, 810, 48 
1, 113. 38 
150, 000. 00 
2, 055. 18 
729, 156. 40 
30, 000. 00 
11, 520. 00 
49, 812. 50 
1, 280. 00 


8 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


The Institution gratefully acknowledges gifts from the following 
donors: 


Dr. W. L. Abbott, for archeological explorations in Dominican Republic. 

Mr. William N. Beach, for expenses of naturalist in connection with African 
expedition. 

Estate of Frederick A. Canfield, for expenses of Canfield collection of 
minerals. 

Mrs. Laura Welsh Casey, for establishment of Thomas Lincoln Casey fund 
to maintain Casey collection and promote research in Coleoptera. 

Estate of William H. Dall, for preparation of bibliography. 

Mrs. E. H. Harriman, for purchase of Dall librarys ¥ 

Mr. Marcus Daly, for purchase of African natural history specimens. 

Mr. Childs Frick, for further exploration in vertebrate paleontology. 

New York Commission on Ventilation, for study of radiation from human 
body. 

Mr. E. W. Marland, for Missouri Historical Society, for further studies of 
language of Osage Indians. 

Mrs. Cornelia Livingston Pell, for care of Pell collection. 

Research Corporation, for researches in solar radiation. 

Mr. Charles T. Simpson, for further work on West Indian shells. 

Mr. James M. Fowler, toward expenses of installing airplane, Spirit of St. 
Louis. : 

Mr. Joe Elliott, toward expenses of installing airplane, Spirit of St. Louis. 

Mr. W. Sheffield Cowles, toward expenses of installing airplane, Spirit of St. 
Louis. 

Mrs. Josephine M. Springer, for work in connection with Springer collection. 

Mr. B. H. Swales, for purchase of specimens. 


The Institution also acknowledges gifts for the endowment fund 
from the following friends: 

Mr. Dwight W. Morrow. 

Mr. R. D. Berry. 

Mr. John I. Kennefick. 

The Institution has received from the estate of George P. Hachen- 
berg notes to the equivalent of $5,000 as a bequest to the Institution 
for general scientific purposes; also from the estate of Catherine 
Walden Myer real-estate notes to the amount of $14,618, representing 
final payment of bequest for purchase of works of art for use and 
benefit of the National Gallery of Art. 

Freer Gallery of Art—The invested funds of the Freer bequest 
are Classified as follows: 


Court and eronnds funds 222 Xt 28 eae eee $394, 574. 09 


Court and grounds, maintenance fund 2 eth chee oe oe a a 81, 586. 40 
Gurafor stund Meese oe ee ee ee ee ee 330, 022. 46 
Resi gta ry Lee a Cyn ee ee 3, 462, 061. 31 

4) Na) i; ame ache mh oR June ROE, Veoh sc, Sema ee eS ee eee eke SL 4, 268, 244. 26 


The practice of depositing on time in local trust companies and 
banks such revenues as may be spared temporarily has been con- 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 9 


tinued during the past year, and interest on these deposits has 
amounted to $5,215.32. The income during the year for general 
expenses, consisting of interest on permanent investments and other 
miscellaneous sources, amounted to $63,136.14. Revenues and prin- 
cipal of funds for specific purposes, except the Freer bequest, 
amounted to $244,929.48. Cash capital from sale or call of securities 
other than Freer bequest (for reinvestment) amounted to $58,350.50. 
Revenues on account of Freer bequest amounted to $286,705.06; 
amount received as gain from sale of stocks and bonds, Freer be- ~ 
quest, was $61,069.72; cash capital from sale or call of securities, 
Freer bequest (for reinvestment), $519,416.35, aggregating a total of 
$1,233,607.20. 

The disbursements, described more fully in the annual report of 
the executive committee, are classed as follows: General objects of 
the Institution, $63,663.15; for specific purposes (except the Freer 
bequest), $283,686.87; cash capital (except Freer bequest) reinvested, 
$59,157.75; Freer bequest, operating expenses of gallery, etc., $152,- 
412.99; Freer bequest funds invested, $89,058.50; Freer bequest cash 
capital reinvested, $550,086.02. 

The total of balances on hand June 30, 1928, of all funds, and 
mainly bearing interest on deposit, was $238,369.41. 

The following appropriations were made by Congress for the 
Government bureaus under the administrative charge of the Smith- 
sonian Institution for the fiscal year 1928: 


International exchanges 2-2-2 re ee $46, 855 
PASAT TENE) TT ee © boty OM py wae lan See ee ee oe 58, 720 
International Catalogue of Scientific Literature____________________ 7, 260 
Nciropinysical Observatory. 2 oh 32, 060 
Additional assistant secretary_______--__- > 7, 500 
National Museum: 
Morne ‘and, fixtunes 22s 2 Se ee $26, 500 
TE Seay crbin ss Mays oiGG Te) ai ose ee ig BO ee LO eet 79, 500 
Preservation of collections___________-___________-~_____ 473, 510 
PUTMAN See Ts CTO AIS ewes PU ea hi IS Re a eee Be 13, 000 
TEXOVO) Egg Ss ee ti 6 0 eS ot lee ieee ait sf BOP as Bs EPS OEG Shs RR bh Paes Be 1, 500 
LUNGS = = So ee se 450 
CEU TIT yee 5 et 2S Se 12, 500 
a —— _ 606, 960 
IN UELOM alex Reyer fet eee ee nen Nate Oe EET Ee Se eae 30, 356 
National) Zoolostedl: Park 2 fick sesii soi) Sa ee ist 175, 000 
National Zoological Park, building for birds________________________ 25, 000 
EIST TAINO om soa OLA wee eee Ye ea ee 90, 000 
CIN cy tect ener ea anc Ae NS pea ae eS Re Aes TE A a ee ae 1, 079, 711 


EXPLORATIONS AND FIELD WORK 


During the past year the Smithsonian conducted 30 expeditions, 
a few of them financed solely from the meager funds of the Institu- 


10 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


tion itself, but the majority made possible through the generosity of 
friends of the Institution or through arrangements with other 
agencies equally interested in the advancing of knowledge. 

Besides 18 States of the United States, Smithsonian parties worked 
in Alaska, the Canadian Rockies, Labrador, Mexico, Colombia, 
Chile, Argentina, Brazil, the West Indies, including Hispaniola, 
Cuba, and Jamaica, several countries in Europe, South West Africa, 
Formosa, Sumatra, Siam, and China. The branches of the Institu- 
tion interested in field exploration are the National Museum, the 
Bureau of American Ethnology, the Astrophysical Observatory, and 
the Freer Gallery of Art. Many of the expeditions are described in 
the reports of these bureaus, which form appendixes to this report, 
or in the Smithsonian Exploration Pamphlet, published annually. 


SMITHSONIAN SCIENTIFIC SERIES 


During the yéar a definite agreement became effective with the 
Smithsonian Institution Series (Inc.), of New York, to publish and 
distribute a series of 12 books, to be known as the Smithsonian Scien- 
tific Series, under the editorship of the Secretary. The books are 
intended to present an interesting picture of many of the scientific 
activities of the Institution and its branches, and are to be written 
in popular style, profusely illustrated. The first four volumes are 
expected to appear in the autumn of 1928 and the other eight will 
follow in two groups of four at intervals of several months. 

The first four books were in proof at the close of the fiscal year and 
the others were in various stages of preparation. The titles of the 
first four books are as follows: 

1. The Smithsonian Institution, by W. P. True. 

2. The Sun and the Welfare of Man, by C. G. Abbot. 

3. Minerals from Earth and Sky, by G. P. Merrill and W.,F. 
Foshag. p 

4. North American Indians, compiled from the source material of 
the Bureau of American Pitmolesy by R. A. Palmer. 

Two motives prompted the Institution to undertake the publica- 
tion of this series: First, the desire to promote the diffusion of 
knowledge, and second, the desire to add to its insufficient resources 
for research and publication. It is hoped that the royalties accruing 
to the Institution from the sale of these books will continue over 
a long period and will contribute substantially to its available 
resources for scientific work. 

The list of subscribers to the James Smithson Memorial Edition 
will be found? in Appendix 11. 


+ Brought up to date as of Oct. 15, 1928, when the manuscript of this report went to 
the printer. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 1l 
RESEARCH CORPORATION 


The Research Corporation of New York, for the administration of 
inventions and new industrial processes in the public interest, was 
founded in 1912 through the gift by Dr. Frederick G. Cottrell and 
his associates of valuable patents covering processes for the electrical 
precipitation of dust, smoke, and chemical fumes. The net profits 
from the commercial application of the patents are used to aid and 
encourage technical and scientific research. The Smithsonian has 
always been in close relationship to the Research Corporation, the 
late Secretary Charles D. Walcott having served as a director since 
its inception, and this year the present Secretary was elected to 
membership on the board of directors. 

In February, 1928, the directors of the corporation having ex- 
pressed an interest in the solar radiation research program of the 
Institution, a statement of the proposed work was given them, with 
the result that in March a grant of $15,000 was made to the Institu- 
tion to promote investigations on the relation of radiation to the 
growth of plants, the effects of radiation on the health and growth of 
animals and human beings, and the dependence of world weather on 
solar radiation. 


COOPERATIVE ETHNOLOGICAL AND ARCHEOLOGICAL INVESTIGA- 
TIONS BETWEEN THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION AND STATE, 
EDUCATIONAL, AND SCIENTIFIC INSTITUTIONS 


At the past session of the Congress, the following act authorizing 
cooperation in ethnological and archeological investigations was 


enacted : 
[Public, No. 248, Seventieth Congress] 


Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United 
States of America in Congress assembled, That the Secretary of the Smithsonian 
Institution is hereby authorized to cooperate with any State, educational In- 
stitution, or scientific crganization in the United States for continuing eth- 
nological researches among the American Indians and the excavation and pres- 
ervation of archeological remains. 

Sec. 2. That there is hereby authorized to be appropriated, out of any money 
in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, the sum of $20,000, which shall be 
available until expended for the above purposes: Provided, That at such time 
as the Smithsonian Institution is satisfied that any State, educational institu- 
tion, or scientific organization in any of the United States is prepared to 
contribute to such investigation and when in its judgment such investigation 
Shall appear meritorious, the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution may 
direct that an amount from thiy sum equal to that contributed by such State, 
educational institution or Scientific organization, not to exceed $2,000, to be 
expended from such sum in any one State during any calendar year, be made 
available for cooperative investigation: Provided further, That all such coopera- 
tive work and division of the result therecf shall be under the direction of the 


17563—28——2 


12 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution: Provided further, That where lands 

are involved which are under the jurisdiction of the Bureau of Indian Affairs 

or the National Park Service, cooperative work thereon shall be under such 

regulations and conditions as the Secretary of the Interior may provide. 
Approved, April 10, 1928. 


The appropriation: of $20,000 authorized by the above act was 
made in the deficiency act, approved May 29, 1928. The following 
regulations for the carrying out of the project were promulgated by 
the Institution : 


1. From the above appropriation, the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution 
may approve expenditure of a sum equal to that provided by any State or 
edueational or scientific organization, not exceeding $2,000 in any one State 
in any one year, when satisfied that such State or organization is prepared to 
contribute to such investigation, and when in his judgment cooperation by the 
Institution in such investigation is justified. 

A. Requests for cooperation should be made by the responsible officer of the 
State, educational institution, or scientific organization interested. 

B. Applications should be accompanied by full explanatory statements of the 
work proposed, the location, purpose, and any other pertinent details, the 
name of the field representative, if any, of the applicant, and should state 
whether any supervisory salaries are to be paid from that portion of the joint 
fund provided by the applicant; and if so, the amount thereof. It is intended 
that all funds provided for such cooperative work shall be devoted strictly to 
the prosecution of definite projects contemplated by the act and shall not be 
used for the payment of regular salaries or other regular expenses of any 
organization. 

C. Applicants must present Suitable evidence of the availability of funds for 
cooperative use and will present at regular intervals detailed accounts of 
expenditures therefrom. Full instructions will be furnished regarding expendi- 
tures from allotments by the Institution, which must be made to conform with 
the accounting regulations of the United States Treasury Department. 

D. A report covering each cooperative investigation, including copies of all 
maps, charts, photographs, or other notes relating to the work shall be filed 
with the Smithsonian Institution by the leader of the joint investigation within 
a reasonable period following its completion. 1t is contemplated that a proper 
report embodying the results obtained will be prepared for publication by the 
leader or his agent within a reasonable time. 

2. The act provides that “all such cooperative work and division of the 
result thereof shall be under the direction of the Secretary of the Smithsonian 
Institution.” The leader of any joint investigation must be approved or desig- 
nated by the Secretary, who may at any time, if in his judgment it be desirable, 
send a representative to the scene of operations to inspect the work, at the 
expense of the allotment made for the particular investigation concerned. 

3. Any cooperative investigation involving lands under the jurisdiction of the 
Departments of the Interior, or of Agriculture, will be subject to such rules as 
the secretary of the department having jurisdiction may impose. 


In accordance with the terms of the act cited above, an allotment 
of $500 was made on June 19 to Mr. P. E. Cox, State archeologist of 
Tennessee, to be used in conducting an ethnological and archeological 
survey of that portion of the proposed Great Smoky Mountains Park 
lying within the State of Tennessee. As the work had not actually 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 13 


been begun at the close of the fiscal year, it will be described in 
my next report, together with such other cooperative projects as may 
be undertaken during the coming year under the congressional appro- 
priation for that purpose. 


PRESENTATION OF THE LANGLEY MEDAL TO COL. CHARLES A. LIND- 
BERGH AND THE DEPOSIT OF THE “SPIRIT OF ST. LOUIS” IN THE 
NATIONAL MUSEUM 


In my last report, announcement was made of the award on June 
11, 1927, of the Langley medal to Col. Charles A. Lindbergh for his 
nonstop flight from New York to Paris. 

The actual presentation of the gold medal to Colonel Lindbergh 
took place in the Smithsonian Building on December 8, 1927, at the 
annual meeting of the Board of Regents. In presenting the medal 
Chief Justice Taft, chancellor of the Institution, said in part: 


Colonel LINDBERGH : 

The Langley medal was established in memory of the third secretary of the 
Smithsonian Institution, Samuel Pierpont Langley. During the last 15 years 
of his life Doctor Langley’s primary interest was in making possible man’s 
flight. In this research he conducted active experiments in the lift and drift 
of planes, and the properties of curved surfaces, constructed large steam-driven 
models as early as 1896, which flew long distances, and finally he attempted to 
construct a man-carrying machine, which was wrecked in the two trials which 
it had during his lifetime. * * * Following the advice of an eminent com- 
mittee of award, the medal is now presented to you, sir, in recognition of your 
daring nonstop flight from New York to Paris of May 20 and 21, 1927. I have 
the honor and pleasure of presenting the medal to you on behalf of the Regents 
of the Smithsonian Institution. 

Permit me to add that the whole bearing and tendency of your life prior to, 
during, and since your memorable flight, as the light of publicity is more and 
more thrown upon it, has greatly enhanced the pleasure which my colleagues 
and I take in presenting you this award. May your future work go far to 
establish the dream of your desire, the wide and useful promotion of the sub- 
ject of commercial aviation. 


In accepting the medal, Colonel Lindbergh said: 


First, I want to express my appreciation of this honor which you have just 
given me, and also to thank you as the board of the Smithsonian Institution for 
the interest you have taken in aeronautics. At a conference in St. Louis among 
those interested in these fields it was decided that when the Spirit of St. Louis 
was taken from service it would be offered to the Smithsonian Institution for 
permanent exhibition here. 


The Spirit of St. Louis was piloted on its last flight from St. Louis 
to Washington by Colonel Lindbergh on April 30, 1928, and turned 
over to the Institution. It was placed on public exhibition in the Arts 
«nd Industries Building of the National Museum on May 18, 1928, 
where it faces the main entrance in a pose strongly suggesting actual 
flight, and immediately became the mecca for thousands of visitors 


14 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


daily. It promises to be for a long time to come the most popular 
exhibit in the whole National Museum, and the thanks of the Nation 
are due Colonel Lindbergh and his friends in St. Louis for placing 
the famous plane in the national collection. 


WALCOTT MEMORIAL MEETING 


In accordance with resolutions adopted by the Board of Regents on 
the day following the death of Charles Doolittle Walcott, Secretary 
of the Institution from 1907 to 1927, a memorial meeting was held on 
January 24, 1928, in the auditorium of the National Museum, which 
was attended by a large number of Doctor Walcott’s friends and 
official associates. Chief Justice William H. Taft, chancellor of the 
Institution, presided. In his introductory remarks he reviewed very 
briefly the many-sided career of Doctor Walcott in scientific research 
and in public service, and concluded by saying that the meeting was 
being held “in memory of a man whose work promoted real scientific 
investigation and discovery in his particular field, who was a shining 
example of a Government civil servant of the highest ideals and suc- 
cess, and who for 20 years gave greatly of his energies and the 
hardest kind of labor to expanding the usefulness of the Smithsonian 
Institution.” 

The first speaker was Dr. John C. Merriam, president of the 
Carnegie Institution of Washington, who considered Doctor Walcott’s 
scientific work, emphasizing particularly his contributions to the 
study of the early life of the earth, as to the structure of ancient ani- 
mals, their biological classification, their faunal grouping, or their 
succession in time. “ In all these aspects of the problem,” said Doctor 
Merriam, “ his accomplishments belong to the first rank of the world’s 
researches.” He spoke also of Doctor Walcott’s continuous service to 
the Carnegie Institution from the time of its organization until his 
death. He was one of the original incorporators and a member of 
the first board of trustees, and contributed largely to the accomplish- 
ments of the Carnegie Institution during the 25 years of his asso- 
ciation with it. 

Dr. Joseph S. Ames, professor of physics at Johns Hopkins Univer- 
sity and chairman of the National Advisory Committee for Aero- 
nautics, spoke of Doctor Walcott’s relations with that committee. 
With the coming of the World War Doctor Walcott was one of the 
few who realized the importance of a national survey and study of 
aeronautics, and it was he who secured the passage of an act estab- 
lishing the National Advisory Committee. His relations with it 
were summed up by Doctor Ames thus: “ He created it; he planned 
its duties wisely; he guided and inspired it; he secured the appro- 
priations for its support. Each year he took more interest and pride 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 15 


in its operation. There can be no doubt that from all this he himself 
received his reward of pleasure and satisfaction.” 

Doctor Walcott’s service to the United States Geological Survey 
was presented by Dr. George Otis Smith, director of the survey. 
Here was shown Walcott’s exceptional capacity for the dual duties 
of research and administration, and during the 13 years of his direc- 
torship the Geological Survey had its greatest growth. He found 
time also at this period to sponsor the development of reclamation 
projects, national forests, national parks, fuel-testing plants, and 
mine-safety stations. “Charles Walcott was great as the scientist, 
famed the world over; he was great as the public official, honored the 
length and breadth of his own country; he was also great as the 
man in his home, among his friends in this community.” 

Dr. Charles G. Abbot, present Secretary of the Smithsonian Insti- 
tution, spoke in conclusion of “ Doctor Walcott, the Smithsonian 
Secretary and National Academy President.” His successful meth- 
ods of administration of the Institution were touched upon, and his 
long service to the National Academy outlined. In closing Doctor 
Abbot said that “the Smithsonian Institution may well be proud 
‘of its fourth secretary and the National Academy of its ninth 
president.” 

The full proceedings of the Walcott memorial meeting were printed 
in the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, the pamphlet including 
a complete bibliography of Doctor Walcott’s published writings, 
numbering 272 titles. 


PRESENTATION OF PORTRAIT OF THE SECRETARY 


Mrs. Samantha L. Huntley presented to the Institution a portrait 
of Dr. C. G. Abbot, fifth secretary. In offering the portrait, Mrs. 
Huntley wrote: 

It has given me much pleasure to paint this portrait, and aT hope you will 


accept it for the Institution with my sincere wishes for your success in the 
administration of its affairs. 


The portrait is at present hung in the National Gallery of Art. 


PUBLICATIONS 


The four series issued by the Institution proper are the Smith- 
sonian Annual Reports, the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowl- 
edge, the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, and Smithsonian 
Special Publications, while other series are published by several of 
the bureaus under the direction of the Institution, including the 
National Museum, the Bureau of American Ethnology, the Astro- 
physical Observatory, and the National Gallery of Art. Copies of 
all of these publications are distributed free to a large list of libraries, 


16 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


learned societies, and specialists throughout the world, and certain of 
the less technical publications, such as the Smithsonian Reports and 
Smithsonian exploration pamphlets, are widely distributed among 
the general public. 

In the General Appendix to the Smithsonian Report of each year 
are included 25 to 30 articles selected from the periodical literature 
of the world to show advances and interesting features of all branches 
of science. 

During the past year the Institution published 117 volumes and 
pamphlets, of which there were distributed altogether 183,196 copies, 
including 29,720 volumes and separates of the Smithsonian Annual 
Reports, 26,099 volumes and separates of the Smithsonian Miscel- 
laneous Collections, 5,878 Smithsonian Special Publications, 111,405 
publications of the National Museum, and 9,126 publications of the 
Bureau of American Ethnology. The titles of the papers, number 
of pages, and other bibliographical information are given in the 
report of the editor of the Institution, Appendix 10. 

The following sentence occurs in a letter received by the editor 
from the chief of the Smithsonian Division in the Library of 
Congress: 

The Smithsonian Report is one of the most constantly called-for publications 
we have here in the Library of Congress. 

The annual pamphlet issued by the Institution describing the 
year’s explorations and field work covered 30 expeditions to all parts 
of the world and was illustrated with 213 photographs taken by the 
Smithsonian field workers. An innovation in the latest pamphlet, in 
the desire to make it more attractive to the general reader, was to 
present the accounts in the form of short separate articles, written in 
the first person and each signed by the author, instead of as im- 
personal reports as heretofore. 

Allotments for printing—The congressional allotments for the 
printing of the Smithsonian Report to Congress and the various 
publications of the Government bureaus under the administration of 
the Institution were virtually used up at the close of the year. The 
appropriation for the coming year ending June 30, 1929, totals 
$95,000, allotted as follows: 


Annual report to the Congress of the Board of Regents of the Smith- 


sontan. Institution. 22} 22s ae ee $11, 500 
National Museutiy 7.) 23e tee EAL RE es OS eee 46, 500 
Bureawof American Hthnology) «ist Si eee ee ee eee 28, 300 
National, Gallery, of/(Art: 22 bao ne eg DI ee bee eee 500 
International Pxchanresel sum he Ae eA Se ee eee 300 
International Catalogue of Scientific Literature_______-_________-=-__= 100 
NationalsZoolagical: Par ieee 2 se kee 2 ge a ee ge 300 
Astrophysical (Observatory nt! 2 eee ey he Ee ee ee ee 500 


Annual report of the American Historical Association________________ 7, 000 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY iN7E 


Committee on printing and publications—All manuscripts sub- 
mitted to the Institution for publication either by members of the 
staff or by outside authors are referred for consideration and recom- 
mendation to the Smithsonian advisory committee on printing and 
publication. The committee also considers matters of publication 
policy. During the past year seven meetings were held and 107 manu- 
scripts were considered and acted upon. The membership at the close 
of the year was as follows: Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, head curator of 
biology, National Museum, chairman; Dr. George P. Merrill, head 
curator of geology, National Museum; Dr. J. Walter Fewkes, Bureau 
of American Ethnology; Dr. William M. Mann, director, National 
Zoological Park; Mr. W. P. True, editor of the Institution, secretary ; 
Dr. Marcus Benjamin, editor of the National Museum; and Mr. 
Stanley Searles, editor of the Bureau of American gehaloss 


LIBRARY 


The Smithsonian library is comprised of the Smithsonian deposit 
in the Library of Congress, which is the main library of the Insti- 
tution, 8 divisional libraries relating to the work of the bureaus 
under the Institution, and 36 sectional libraries maintained for use in 
individual offices. The accessions for the year, exclusive of those 
of the Bureau of American Ethnology, were 6,888 volumes and 
16,203 pamphlets and charts, a total of 23,041 items. This brings the 
estimated total of volumes, pamphlets, and charts in the Smithsonian 
library to 709,584, not including the library of the Bureau of Ameri- 
can Ethnology, at present administered separately by the chief of 
that bureau, or the thousands of volumes awaiting completion or as 
yet uncatalogued. 

The staff was augmented by provision for a second. position of 
assistant librarian to act as chief of the accessions department—the 
department which acquires publications for the library, partly by 
purchase and gift, but mainly by exchange. 

The two most noteworthy gifts for the year were the Chinese 
library of the late William W. Rockhill, consisting of 1,100 volumes, 
presented by Mrs. Rockhill, and a collection of 3,500 serial and 
‘ society publications presented by the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science. A large number of the latter, including 
some that were out of print and very rare, were needed to complete 
sets in the various libraries of the Institution. 

As usual many volumes and parts of volumes wanted for the 
Smithsonian deposit in the Library of Congress were obtained, and 
with the reorganization of the accessions department it is expected 
that this service will soon be greatly enlarged. Notable progress 
was made on the union catalogue of the Smithsonian library, espe- 


18 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


cially in connection with the Smithsonian deposit, the office library, 
the Langley aeronautical library, and the libraries of the National 
Museum and the Astrophysical Observatory. The technological 
library was reorganized, and the reference room was greatly improved 
and made more attractive. 

A number of special activities were undertaken during the year, 
including the sorting and distribution of a large accumulation of 
reprints; the making of a list, preparatory to cataloguing, of some 
of the special collections, including the Casey, Dall, Gill, Henderson, 
Lacoe, Roebling, Schaus, Springer, Teller, and Vaux; and work on 
the reorganization of the west stacks in the Smithsonian Building. 


NATIONAL MUSEUM 


The appropriations for the mamtenance of the National Museum 
totaled $650,960, an increase of $41,640 over the preceding year. A 
large part of the increase was for the purpose of providing for a 
much-needed one-rate promotion for the staff, leaving a small sum 
available for purchase of specimens and certain other necessary mat- 
ters. A special appropriation of $12,500 permitted the construction 
of a gallery in the National Herbarium, which was completed during 
the year, nearly doubling the available space for plants. 

The two most important needs of the Museum to enable it to func- 
tion efficiently and expand normally are for additional personnel 
and more adequate housing. There are several groups of collections 
with no specialist in charge, and in a number of divisions there are 
no assistants in training to carry on the work when the older men are 
gone. The two buildings of the Museum are filled to overflowing, 
both in the exhibition halls and in the study rooms. The older struc- 
ture, built in 1881, is antiquated and should be replaced by a larger 
and more modern one, and the newer Natural History Building 
should be enlarged by the addition of two wings, as originally planned 
for by the architect. 

Additions to the collections during the year reached the total of 
832,912 objects, more than twice the number received during the 
previous year. Specimens given to schools numbered 6,267, and | 
more than 25,000 specimens were loaned to specialists for study. I 
will mention here only a few of the outstanding accessions, and others 
will be found listed in the report of the assistant secretary, Ap- 
pendix 1. 

In the department of anthropology there was received an excellent 
series of ivory, bone, stone, pottery, and wooden objects representative 
of the Eskimo culture of Nunivak Island, Alaska, collected by Messrs. 
Collins and Stewart, of the Museum staff; a series of objects collected 


- REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 19 


by the Bureau of American Ethnology from a basket-maker village 
site in New Mexico; and a collection of stone graters, pestles, celts, 
and clay figurines collected by Assistant Secretary Wetmore in the 
mountains of the Dominican Republic. In the same Republic Mr. 
H. W. Krieger, working under the auspices of Dr. W. L. Abbott, 
collected an excellent series of bone and stone implements and 
potsherds near Samana Bay. 

The department of biology received the large majority of the year ’S 
accessions, the total for the department being 680,350 specimens. 
This pica number is accounted for largely by the “aon ce of several 
extensive private collections, among them the C. F. Baker collection 
of insects of the Philippines and the East Indies generally, be- 
queathed to the Museum by the late Doctor Baker; the C. G. Lloyd 
mycological collection of 75,000 specimens of the larger fungi; the 
Charles W. Hargitt collection of hydroids; and the George M. Greene 
collection of Coleoptera. Important collections of natural history 
material came from Dr. Hugh M. Smith, in Siam, and from Mr. 
A. de C. Sowerby, working under the auspices of Col. R. 8. Clark, 
in China. Mr. W. L. Brown, of the taxidermy staff, jomed an expe- 
dition to the Sudan and brought back a valuable set of mammals, 
birds, and fishes. Important collections from Hispaniola came to 
the Museum through the work there of Assistant Secretary Wetmore, 
Dr. Gerrit S. Miller, jr., and Mr. A. J. Poole. Accessions to the 
division of plants included 9,000 specimens collected in Honduras by 
Mr. Paul C. Standley and 3,000 from Formosa and Sumatra, col- 
lected by Prof. H. H. Bartlett through cooperation of the Museum 
and the University of Michigan. 

In geology many rare and important minerals were acquired under 
the Roebling fund established last year. Several beautiful gems and 
minerals were obtained through the Chamberlain fund, including a 
65-carat cut gem of alexandrite; and the Isaac Lea collection received 
an unusual series of cut stones of sphene given by Miss Nina Lea, 
granddaughter of the founder of the collection. Dr. W. F. Foshag, of 
the Museum staff, collected a striking group of gypsum crystals and 
sets of valuable ores in Mexico. The Frank Springer collection of 
fossil echinoderms, a complete library on this subject, and a fund 
to promote work in connection with the collection came to the 
Museum through the bequest of the late Doctor Springer. In ver- 
tebrate paleontology there were acquired a skeleton of the extinct 
lizard Clidastes, one of the rare three-toed horses from the Miocene 
of Wyoming, and a further series of fossil footprints collected by 
Mr. C. W. Gilmore. 

The outstanding accession in the arts and industries department 
and the object of greatest popular interest to be received by the 

Museum in many years is Colonel Lindbergh’s Spirit of St. Louis. 


* 
20 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Other interesting accessions in this department include the Pan 
American good-will flyer San Francisco, a White-Stanhope steam 
automobile of 1901-2, a collection of ancient and modern watch and 
clock movements presented by the New Haven Clock Co., an auto- 
matic gingham loom of the latest type presented by the Crompton 
& Knowles loom works, and the apparatus used in receiving the first 
photoradiogram across the, Atlantic on November 27, 1924, when a 
picture of President Coolidge was sent from London and received in 
New York City in the office of the Radio Corporation of America, 
by whom this apparatus was deposited in the Museum. The division 
of history received an interesting series of relics of Rear Admiral 
Charles D. Sigsbee, given by Mrs. Nellie C. Gunther, and a number 
of ancient Roman and modern European and oriental coins deposited 
by the Treasury Department. 

The Museum took part during the year in numerous field expedi- 
tions in this country and abroad, through which large and important 
collections were brought back for study and exhibition. A brief _ 
account of these will be found in the report on the Museum appended 
hereto. The auditorium and lecture rooms of the Museum were 
used for 115 meetings of governmental agencies, scientific bodies, 
and other associations and societies. The number of visitors to the 
Museum totaled 1,413,286 for the year, an increase of 260,000 over 
the previous year. There were published 10 volumes and 59 separate 
papers, and 111,405 copies of Museum publications were distributed. 


NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 


The need of an adequate National Gallery building is more urgent 
than ever. Present quarters occupied by the gallery in the Natural 
History Building of the National Museum are grossly inadequate 
and are much needed by the Museum. 

At the seventh annual meeting of the National Gallery of Art 
Commission, a resolution was adopted favoring the assemblage at 
some future date of the purchases made from the Henry Ward 
Ranger fund since its establishment, now numbering nearly 70, in 
order to enable the commission to make a selection of such works as 
the gallery desires to claim. 

Lists of the art works offered to the gallery during the year and 
accepted by the commission and of the accessions to the gallery col- 
lections during the year, subject to the approval of the advisory 
committee of the commission, will be found in-Appendix 2. 

Four special exhibits were held in the gallery during the year: 
A collection of portraits by Bernard Osterman; the annual exhibit 
of the Society of Washington Artists; a collection of paintings by 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 21 


contemporary British artists; and the annual exhibition of the Wash- 
ington Water Color Club. Among the withdrawals of loans to the 
gallery should be mentioned 20 old masters lent by Mrs. Ralph Cross 
Johnson in 1924, 14 paintings by British and Dutch masters len®by 
Henry Cleveland Perkins, Esq., in 1922, and the John H. McFadden 
collection of 48 British masters temporarily placed in the gallery 
in 1922. 

Accessions to the gallery brary numbered 1,096 volumes, pam- 
phlets and periodicals, and 12 water-color paintings by Doctor 
Holmes, the gift of the artist. 


FREER GALLERY OF ART 


Additions to the collections in the Freer Gallery during the year 
include two pieces of Persian pottery, three of Chinese porcelain, and 
six Persian paintings dating from the thirteenth to the seventeenth 
century. The most important addition to the library was the Chinese 
library of the late William Woodville Rockhill, comprising 1,100 
volumes. 

Two hundred and twenty-four objects were submitted for expert 
opinion or for translation of their oriental inscriptions, and 34 trans- 
lations were made of inscriptions from photographs submitted to the 
curator. In answer to a constantly increasing demand, there are now 
available for purchase 1,491 photographs of objects in the gallery in 
addition to 829 negatives of the Biblical manuscripts. The gallery 
sold during the year 1,089 photographs, 2,017 post cards, and 1,031 
copies of gallery publications. 

The total attendance for the year was 111,288; of these, 1,218 came 
to the office for special information, to study the building and meth- 
ods, to see objects in storage, to make drawings, or for similar pur- 
poses. Thirty-three classes were given instruction, four groups were 
given docent service in the galleries, and two lectures were given in 
the auditorium. 

The gallery’s field work in China, in charge of Mr. C. W. Bishop, 
was suspended, owing in part to conditions there, and Mr. Bishop 
returned to Washington temporarily, visiting en route important 
archeological collections and sites in Egypt and the principal western 
Kuropean countries. In Washington he has been occupied chiefly in 
studying the material collected during four and a half years in China. 
Dr. C. Li and Mr. K. Z. Tung, the Chinese members of the field staff, 
stayed in China to maintain the contacts established there and to 
prepare for future field work. Mr. Li came to Washington in the 
summer of 1928 to discuss plans for future work in China. 


22 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 


Dr. J. Walter Fewkes, chief of the. bureau since March 1, 1918, re- 
tired on January 15, 1928, but was continued on the staff as associate 
anthropologist. 

To facilitate the appointment of Doctor Fewkes’s successor as chief 
of the bureau, a special unassembled examination was arranged by 
the Civil Service Commission, in consultation with the Secretary, for 
the purpose of establishing a list of eligibles. The ranking of appli- 
cants was done by a committee comprising a representative of the com- 
mission, the secretary of the Smithsonian, and Dr. A. V. Kidder, rep- 
resenting ethnological and archeological science at large. As a result, 
the appointment of Mr. Matthew William Stirling was made, to take 
effect August 1, 1928, just after the close of the fiscal year. 

The work of the staff of the bureau has included ethnological re- 
searches relating to the Indians of the Southern States, the Sac and 
Fox, the Northern Arapaho, the Mission Indians of California, the _ 
Six Nations, the Chippewa, the Winnebago, and the Osage. Arche- 
ological work by Doctor Robertsin Chaco Canyon, N. Mex., and near 
Arboles, Colo., uncovered interesting village sites. Cooperating with 
the bureau, Messrs. Judd, Krieger, and Collins, of the National Mu- 
seum, made archeological investigations in Kentucky, in the Colum- 
bia Basin of Oregon and Washington, and in western Alaska. Ac- 
counts of this ethnological and archeological work appear in the re- 
ports of the bureau and the Museum. 

The bureau published during the year one annual report and one 
bulletin, and 9,126 copies of bureau publications were distributed. 


INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGES 


A total of 542,233 packages of publications were handled during the 
year, including those sent abroad and those received for distribution 
in this country. The total weight of this material was 584,121 pounds, 
an increase of 40,996 pounds over the previous year’s total. 

Burma and Bombay were added to the list of foreign depositories 
that receive sets of United States official documents, bringing the total 
number of such sets sent through the exchange service to 105. Ru- 
mania, which, since 1903, has received a partial set, now receives a 
full set. Shipments to Turkey, suspended since the World War, were 
resumed, the ministry of public instruction at Angora acting as the 
depository. The daily issue of the Congressional Record is now ex- 
changed for the parliamentary journals of 101 foreign governmental 
bodies. Brazil, the Irish Free State, and Turkey were added to the 
list during the year. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 23 


‘The Italian Office of International Exchanges, formerly under 
direction of the Victor Emanuel National Library in Rome, was 
placed under the ministry of public instruction. The Dutch Central 
Scientific Bureau, exchange agency for the Netherlands, is now under 
the direction of the Royal Library at 'The Hague. 


NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK 


Although there was no important increase in the collection of ani- 
mals during the year, nevertheless a number of interesting species 
new to the collection was added. 

The total number of animals added was 336, while 459 were lost 
through death, return of animals, and exchange, leaving the collec- 
tion at 2,273 individuals of 582 different species. A considerable 
number of animals was born in the park, as usual. Among the more 
serious losses by death were the two giraffes, Dot and Hi-boy, secured 
by the Chrysler expedition, a Kadiak bear which had lived in the 
Park for over 23 years, the last cheetah in the collection, a jaguar, 
and an anaconda which had been at the Park for just 28 years, a 
notable record of longevity for this snake. 

The attendance for the year, although somewhat smaller than last 
year when the animals brought back by the Smithsonian-Chrysler 
African expedition attracted great crowds of visitors, was neverthe- 
less higher than for any other year in the history of the park. The 
total number of visitors was 2,298,449. Classes from 445 different 
schools visited the park, comprising 27,959 students. A number of 
scientific societies officially visited the park, including the American 
Society of Mammalogists, the American Ornithologists’ Union, and 
the Society of Icthyologists and Herpetologists; the Vivarium 
Society held monthly meetings at the Park. 

The new bird house, mentioned in last year’s report, was com- 
pleted in June, 1928, and the installation of the birds was com- 
‘menced, so that the building will be opened to the public during the 
summer. The structure has been highly praised by officials of other 
zoological parks and by the public. It is divided into four rooms, 
together containing 145 indoor cages, and in the center is a great 
flight cage 58 feet long, 22 feét wide, and 32 feet high, containing 
rocks, a large tree, a pool, and running water. 

This new bird house is a great improvement to the park, but the 
director calls attention to the fact that after 20 years of earnest 
appeal for more adequate buildings to house the splendid collection 
of animals, the bird house is practically the only entirely satisfactory 
building in the National Zoological Park, the others being a con- 
tinual source of unfavorable comment by visitors. He lists seven 
urgently needed structures which would cost in the neighborhood of 


24 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


$1,000,000, namely: 1. Exhibition house for reptiles, amphibians, 
and invertebrates. 2. Ape, lemur,:and small mammal house. 3. 
Pachyderm house. 4. Remodeling of the carnivore house. 5. An- 
telope, buffalo, and wild cattle house. 6. A wing to be added to the 
bird house, with open air aviaries. 7. A proper fence around the 
entire park. 


ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY 


The three field stations of the observatory, located at Table Moun- 
tain, Calif.; Montezuma, Chile; and Mount Brukkaros, South West 
Africa, have continued sending to the Smithsonian results of daily 
observation of the intensity of solar radiation, and the United States 
Weather Bureau published the daily values from Montezuma on the 
Washington weather maps. 

A statistical study of the data accumulated at the Table Mountain 
station led Mr. Fowle to discover a hitherto unsuspected influence of 
variability in the ozone content of the atmosphere. Regular obser- 
vations of ozone are now made at Table Mountain in cooperation with 
Doctor Dobson, of Oxford, England. 

A new research undertaken by Mr. Aldrich under a grant from the 
New York Commission on Ventilation was on the proportion of loss 
of heat of the normally clothed human body which should be ascribed 
to radiation rather than to convection by the air. Long series of 
novel and valuable experiments were made, using the melikeron, or 
honeycomb pyranometer, for observing radiation of bodies at low 
temperature, and a special thermoelectric temperature tester con- 
structed for the research. The interesting results obtained, which 
are summed up in the director’s report appended hereto, will shortly 
be published. 

The director undertook at Mount Wilson in the fall of 1927 and 
again in the summer of 1928 to continue radiometer measurements of 
the distribution of energy in the spectra of the stars. In the 1927 
experiments the radiometer vanes, made of bits of house-flies’ wings, 
were sealed into a glass case in hydrogen, but after many trials the 
apparatus proved useless because the mechanism required to rotate 
the system so stirred up the gas that wholly unexpected motions re- 
sulted. In 1928 an optically figured, fuzed quartz cylindrical vessel 
was used, which was mounted on a brass support rotatable in a 
ground joint. With this apparatus a high degree of success was 
achieved, but as the results were obtained after the close of the year 
under consideration, they will be described in next year’s report. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY - 25 


INTERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC 
LITERATURE 


Since actual publication of the International Catalogue was sus- 
pended in 1922, owing to the inability of the foreign bureaus to con- 
tribute their ante of the necessary financial support, the United 
States bureau has continued to compile the necessary records of cur- 
rent scientific publications. As explained each year to Congress and 
to the Bureau otf the Budget, the expenditures for this purpose have 
been kept at the lowest possible level. 

An effort was made to inaugurate a practical plan for resuming 
publication of the catalogue and the matter is still under negotiation. 
It seems probable that the various countries previously represented 
will again cooperate by furnishing the necessary bibliographical data 
if the small capital fund needed to start the operation of the central 
bureau and begin publication can be raised. 


NECROLOGY 


- The Institution suffered the loss by death during the year 
of three distinguished members of the Board of Regents—Senator 
Woodbridge Nathan Ferris, Mr. Charles Francis Choate, jr., and the 
Hon. Henry White. These three men, in serving for varying periods on 
the board, have aided materially in advancing the work and reputa- 
tion of the Institution, and their names will be added with gratitude 
to the long roster of distinguished men who have so served since 
1846. 

Woodbridge Nathan Ferris, United States Senator from Michi- 
gan, was born at Spencer, N. Y., January 6, 1853. He was principal 
successively of several academies and colleges in Illinois until 1884, 
when he founded the Ferris Institute, of which he thereafter served 
as president. In 1913 he was elected Governor of Michigan, being 
reelected in 1915. He was elected United States Senator from Michi- 
gan for the term 1923 to 1929, but died on March 238, 1928, before the 
completion of his term. Senator Ferris served on the Board of 
Regents for three years. 

Charles Francis Choate, jr., lawyer, of Boston, Mass., had at the 
time of his death served on the Board of Regents for a longer period 
than any other living member, having been first appointed on Feb- 
ruary 24, 1908. He was born at Cambridge, Mass., on October 23, 
1866, and was educated at Harvard University. He became presi- 
dent of the Appleton Co., and was a director of the New York, New 
Haven & Hartford Railroad Co., the Merchants National Bank of 
Boston, and the American Telephone & Telegraph Co. Mr. Choate 


26 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


died on November 30, 1927, having therefore been a Regent of the 
Institution for nearly 20 years. 

Henry White, diplomat, was born at Baltimore, Md., March 29, 
1850. He received the degree of LL. D. from St. Andrew’s Uni- 
versity of Scotland, from Johns Hopkins University, and from Har- 
vard University. He held various posts in the American diplomatic 
service, and was appointed secretary of the embassy at London in 
1897. This office he held until 1905, when he wag made American 
ambassador to Italy, and two years later ambassador to France. 
He represented the United States at a number of important confer- 
ences, including the Fourth Pan American Conference at Buenos 
Aires in 1910, when he acted as chairman of the American delega- 
tion. In 1918-19 he was a member of the American commission to 
negotiate peace, at Paris. Mr. White died on July 15, 1927. He 
served on the Board of Regents from January 15, 1917, until the 
time of his death. 


JOSEPH NELSON ROSE 


Joseph Nelson Rose, associate curator of botany in the National 
Museum, died at his home in Washington, May 4, 1928. Born at 
Liberty, Ind., in 1862, Doctor Rose received his education at Wabash 
College. In 1888 he was appointed assistant botanist in the Depart- 
ment of Agriculture. When the National Herbarium was trans- 
ferred from that department to the Smithsonian Institution in 1895, 
Doctor Rose joined the Smithsonian’s staff and here his botanical 
work was done for the rest of his life. 

During his 40 years of original research Doctor Rose became a 
recognized authority on certain difficult families of plants. Most of 
his work was done under the Smithsonian Institution, but his well- 
known investigation of the cactus family was conducted under the 
auspices of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. In the course 
of this investigation he traveled extensively in the western United 
States, Mexico, and South America, and the results were published 
in four imposing volumes by the Carnegie Institution. 

The gift of the private herbarium and botanical library of Capt. 
John Donnell Smith, of Baltimore, one of the most important ever 
received by the Institution, was brought about largely through the 
efforts of Doctor Rose. His published contributions to botanical 
knowledge number over 100, 


IMMANUEL MOSES CASANOWICZ 


Immanuel Moses Casanowicz, assistant curator of the division of 
Old World archeology in the National Museum, died September 26, 
1927, at the age of 74, He was born at Zholudok, Russia, July 25, 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY WE 


1853, and studied at the University of Basle, Switzerland. Between 
1880 and 1886 he was an instructor, first at the Evangelische Predi- 
gerschule at Basle, and later at the German Theological School of 
~ Newark at Bloomfield, N. J. In 1892 he received the degree of 
Ph. D. from Johns Hopkins University, and the same year entered 
the service of the National Museum, where he remained for the rest 
of his life. : 
Doctor Casanowicz was a recognized authority in the field of Old 
World archeology, specializing in the subject of comparative re- 
ligions. He published several papers on the various religions of 
man, and at the time of his death another was left practically com- 
pleted, which would have closed the series. He was a member of the 
American Oriental Society and vice president of the Anthropological 
_ Society of Washington. Doctor Casanowicz was a man of broad 
culture, and his place on the Museum staff will be difficult to fill. 


FRANK SPRINGER 


Frank Springer, associate in paleontology in the National Museum 
and a benefactor of the Institution, died September 22, 1927. He 
was born June 17, 1848, at Wapello, Iowa, and received his education 
at the State University of Iowa. Admitted to the bar in 1869, he 
went to New Mexico, where he soon became a leader of the bar of 
that State. He was instrumental in having a law passed by Congress 
establishing a tribunal for the settlement of titles under Spanish and. 
Mexican land grants, and his greatest professional success was at- 
tained as attorney for the Maxwell Land Grant Co. He retired 
from active practice in 1906, and from that time on he devoted him- 
self largely to the scientific work that he loved and that has placed 
him among the front rank of American paleontologists. . 

Doctor Springer’s. connection with the Smithsonian Institution 
began in 1911, when he brought his collection of fossil echinoderms 
to Washington and installed it in the National Museum, where office 
room and storage space for the collection were assigned him. He 
spent the winter and spring months of each year at the Museum 
carrying on his scientific work, and many of his papers were pub- 
lished by the Museum. His well-known quarto monographs, “ The 
Crinoidea Flexibilia,” “American Silurian Crinoids,” and others 
were issued by the Smithsonian Institution. 

By a deed of gift Doctor Springer’s valuable collection and funds 
provided by him for its upkeep came to the Institution immediately 
after his death. 

BRADSHAW HALL SWALES 


Bradshaw Hall Swales, honorary assistant curator of birds in the 
National Museum, died January 23, 1928, at his home in Washington. 


17563—28——_3 


28 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Mr. Swales was born in Detroit, Mich., June 30, 1875, and graduated 
from the University of Michigan in 1896 with the degree of LL.B., 
receiving his LL.M. the following year. In the latter part of 1897 
he was admitted to the bar of Michigan and entered the practice of | 
law in Detroit. In 1898 he went to Pasadena, Calif., to engage in 
his profession, but was forced by ill health to return east later in the 
same year. 

Mr. Swales interest in birds began early in life, his first published 
paper appearing in 1889 when he was only 14 years of age. His 
complete bibliography of ornithological papers numbers just over 
a hundred titles, a large proportion of them relating to the birds of 
his native State of Michigan. From 1914 he was a member of the 
governing board of the zoological museum at Ann Arbor, and for 
some years was honorary.assistant in ornithology. In 1918 he was . 
appointed honorary custodian of the section of birds’ eggs of the 
National Museum, and in 1921 was made honorary assistant curator 
of birds. He contributed to the Institution a fund known as the 
Swales fund, through which were added to the Museum’s collections 
many genera and species of rare foreign birds. For several years he 
studied the birds of Haiti, and at the time of his death, had partly 
completed a work on the ornithology of that island undertaken 
jointly with Dr. Alexander Wetmore. 

Mr. Swales was a member of many ornithological and natural his- 
tory societies, and was a founder of the Baird Ornithological Club of 
Washington, D. C. 


JOSEPH MACE 


Joseph Mace, driver of the Smithsonian freight wagon for over 
50 years, died on January 26, 1928. Mr. Mace served the Institution 
faithfully and with quiet loyalty under all five of its secretaries— 
Henry, Baird, Langley, Walcott, and Abbot—and his devotion to 
duty merits the highest praise. 

Respectfully submitted. 

C. G. Aspor, Secretary. 


APPENDIX 1 
REPORT OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM 


Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the condi- 
tion and operations of the United States National Museum for the 
fiscal year ended June 30, 1928: 

The total appropriations for the maintenance of the National 
Museum for this period amounted to $650,960, an increase of $41,640 
above the appropriation for the year 1927. This additional amount 
included an increase of $23,510 under the principal appropriation, 
that for preservation of collections, which provided funds for a one- 
rate promotion for the staff in accordance with efficiency attained in 
the performance of duty as indicated in the annual survey and rating 
of the efficiency of all employees, the total sum required for this being 
$19,070. An additional $2,280 was required for additions to the 
salary roll through reallocations of certain employees to higher 
grades made by the Personnel Classification Board. The remainder, 
which came to $2,160, was allotted to miscellaneous purchase of speci- 
mens required for the collections, to supplies, and to additional ex- 
penditures for freight. The small amount added for the purchase 
of specimens has been especially important since it has brought to us 
material of great scientific value, and has filled gaps of long standing 
in our collections. An increase of $2,770 under the appropriation for 
furniture and fixtures allowed $770 for new curtains in certain exhi- 
bition halls in the Natural History Building, and $2,000 for storage 
cases, drawers for insect collections, and additional jars, vials, trays, 
and other devices for general use in the handling and safeguarding 
of our tremendous collections. The addition of $1,360 in the appro- 
priation for heating and lighting permitted a one-rate increase to’ 
employees with proper efficiency standing on the salary roll in ques- 
tion. Of $1,000 added to the amount available for building repairs, 
$60 was for a minor promotion to one employee, and $940 was provided 
to cover, in part, replacement and repair on the concrete roadway on 
the east side of the Natural History Building. The amount of $500 
additional allotted to the sum for printing and binding raised this 
sum to $44,000. A special appropriation of $12,500 covered the con- 
struction of a gallery over the west end of the great hall housing the 
collections in the Division of Plants. Construction of this gallery, 
which was completed during the year, practically doubled the avail- 

_ 29 


30 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


able space for plants, and besides permitting proper expansion of the 
collection, allowed for the incorporation of over 200,000 specimens, 
the accumulation of a number of years that it had been impossible 
to place in their proper series because oftlack of space. This gallery, 
next to the provision for increase of salaries, has been the most im- 
portant improvement that addition to appropriations has permitted 
during the year. a 

The increase in salaries, the first promotion of the kind that has 
been possible since the classification act was put into effect on July 1, 
1924, has resulted in appreciably higher morale on the part of the 
personnel and has reacted most advantageously to the Museum. All 
promotions have been well merited. 

To look ahead to a matter not properly included in this report but 
one pertinent in the present connection, an additional one-rate in- 
crease was provided by Congress for the fiscal year 1929, which, with 
the Welch Act put in effect at the same time, has placed the staif of 
the National Museum generally in greatly improved economic posi- 
tion and has thus reacted in producing greater efficiency in the 
performance of the work of the Museum. To carry out the full intent 
of the reclassification act there is required a further general increase 
in pay to place:those of the staff with proper efficiency rating at the 
average rates of their respective grades. It must be noted also that 
there are several groups, particularly among the skilled mechanics, 
’ where the Personnel Classification Board, recognizing that the per- 
sons in question were being paid at lower rates than in other Goy- 
ernment departments, has given reallocations to higher positions. 
Promotions should be given to these persons to give them proper com- 
pensation. Further additions to the appropriations, so that the vari- 
ous groups of salaries may attain the averages provided by law, are 
earnestly urged, as such action is eminently and properly the reward 
for conscientious performance of duty on the part of the staff and 
will react wholly to the advantage of the Institution. 

The question of additional personnel is one of considerable impor- 
tance, as there is growing necessity for further workers, both on the 
scientific staff and in the clerical force. The National Museum, 
through the many years of its growth, has developed along broad 
lines and now maintains extensive collections. In several groups in 
these collections there is now no specialist in charge, and in a number 
of divisions assistants should be provided for the older men now in 
charge who should be training others in proper methods to carry on 
when they themselves are gone. Each year additional cataloguers, 
stenographers, typists, and laborers must be employed temporarily to 
assist in the work of the Museum. It is often difficult to secure em- 
ployees properly equipped for this work on short notice and, further, 
it is not always possible to give the considerable training that may be 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 31 


required for proper performance of duty in a period of limited 
employment. At the present time men of high scientific training 
must take time for routine work that could properly, and with 
advantage to the public welfare, be done for them by others. 

Congestion in our present housing space increases annually in 
spite of careful effort to select for preservation only the objects that 
must be kept and to eliminate all material that is not permanently 
desired. As an asset to the Nation the collections of the National 
Museum should be made as complete as possible, since in many 
instances, unless the materials are secured now, the opportunity to 
obtain them will be lost. Growth in our collections is therefore 
steady and must continue. In the last 10 years the exhibition halls, 
particularly those devoted to arts and industries and to history, have 
become increasingly more crowded. Exhibits in the Natural His- 
tory Building have been curtailed to make way for historical objects, 
and space designed for anthropology has been preempted for dis- 
play of objects of art. All this has led, in many instances, to 
decided incongruity in association of exhibits, which can not be 
avoided under present conditions. Conditions are equally bad in the 
laboratories. In the entire Museum the collection of plants is now 
practically the only research unit that has available the requisite 
amount of floor space. To provide room in other laboratories there 
has been gradual utilization of halls designed originally for passage- 
ways, until now cases for the storage of study specimens line the 
walls and to some extent close these passage lanes. The situation 
is such that the limit of expansion is practically reached, and a 
number of divisions are already urgently in need of more space to 
house their valuable research collections. Though to one with casual 
knowledge it might appear that one or two examples of each kind of 
thing is sufficient, it is actually true that good series are imperative 
for the scientific investigations of the workers to whom we look for 
imcrease in our knowledge. It is found on close examination that 
insects, birds, mammals, fossils of all kinds, plants, mollusks, or, in 
fact, any other natural materials or organisms, differ from each 
other individually in form, color, dimension, and structure, so that a 
series of specimens is required to show the characteristics of a single 
species. Such series must be assembled in our national collections, 
where they will be available for the workers of the Nation, so that 
inevitably our research materials,.as well as our exhibitions, increase 
and demand more room. 

Further housing for the National Museum, as indicated in the 
preceding paragraph, is imperative. The collections in arts and 
industries are found at present in the old museum, a building that 
when completed in 1881 was a model of its kind for the world, but 
with modern progress is as much out of date as vehicular trans- 


32 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


portation of the same period when compared with our modern 
facilities. This building should be replaced now by one of modern 
design, that will afford a much greater area of floor space and will 
have halls properly designed for modern needs in exhibition. The 
new building should occupy the site now given to the one in use, but 
should cover considerably more ground to provide the needed space. 
Modern advances in commerce and industry are tremendous and so 
overshadow their modest beginnings that these will be completely 
forgotten by coming generations unless the essential steps in their 
development are preserved. The various stages of growth in all 
branches of transportation, engineering, and commerce are of ines- 
timable value in affording material stages on which further advances 
may be made, to say nothing of their educational importance in their 
effect on the minds of our modern youth. They must be carefully 
preserved for this purpose. 

When a national gallery of art to house our wonderful art col- 
lections shall be constructed the removal of these will free a certain 
amount of space in the Natural History Building, but the area left 
vacant will be automatically absorbed by the natural-history exhibits 
retired originally to make room for art. There should be added 
to the Natural History Building two wings, one on the east and 
one on the west, in accordance with the original plan of the architect, 
which, with the same height as the present building, will give needed 
space for our Jaboratories and will house our tremendously valuable 
research collections. In some divisions, as, for example, the rooms 
assigned to the collections of insects, working conditions have become 
almost intolerable because of the increasing number of persons neces- 
sarily engaged in important research, so that now in some instances 
four persons must depend upon the light from a single window for 
illumination in work requiring delicate examination under the micro- 
scope. Additional space in this building would provide for a more 
logical arrangement of many exhibits and a remodeling of some in 
a more modern form, which can not be attempted at present, and 
would also give relief from present crowding, which often is tiring 
and confusing to the visitor. 

The division of history, a division of the greatest importance to 
every patriotic American, with its wonderful series of memorabilia 
of those to whom we owe our country and our freedom, its collections 
of weapons, war, materials, historical objects of all kinds, its great 
series of coins and stamps, at present has its exhibits distributed 
through the Natural History and the Arts and Industries Buildings 
in a manner which does not permit orderly display. There should 
be provided for it a separate building, where its treasures may be 
adequately shown for the admiration and reverence of our people for 
generations to come. Certainly all these historic objects, not to be 


- REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 33 


duplicated at any price, should be displayed under the best of condi- 
tions as a monument to those whom they represent and to the earlier 
generations of those who have built our Nation. 

With increase in material wealth in the United States there has 
been developed a steadily growing class of persons who turn to intel- 
lectual labors for occupation and aesthetic enjoyment. Many of 
these, carefully trained in some one of the sciences, make definite 
contributions to knowledge. Others deeply interested care rather to 
assist in the labors of others than to make definite additions through 
personal efforts. All are of tremendous assistance in carrying on 
the important work of science. All have a sincere belief in the value 
of scientific research in all branches and are deeply interested in 
furthering it in any way possible. When it is remembered that these 
persons, through their economic situation, make large and definite 
annual contribution to the support of the Federal Government 
through the sums that they pay in the form of income tax, it must be 
admitted that it is only logical to take a small part of this contribu- 
tion and devote it to the maintenance, growth, and preservation of 
the valuable materials found in the National Museum. 


COLLECTIONS 


Additions to the collections of the National Museum during the 
fiscal year have reached the tremendous total of 832,912 separate 
objects, the largest number coming to the department of biology. 
Material sent for examination and, report amounted to 1,481 lots, in- 
cluding many thousands of specimens. Gifts to schools and other 
educational institutions numbered 6,267 specimens, while in exchange 
there were sent out 33,724 specimens, these being duplicate materials 
for which other things were received in return. More than 25,000 
specimens of all kinds, many of them highly valuab‘e, were loaned 
for study to specialists and other workers outside of Washington. 

Following is a digest of the more important accessions for the year 
in the various departments and divisions of the Museum: 

Anthropology.—During field work on Nunivak Island, Alaska, Mr. 
Henry B. Collins, jr., and Mr. T. Dale Stewart: collected an excellent 
series of ivory, bone, stones, pottery, and wooden objects that give a 
comprehensive index to the culture of the Eskimo on this island. Mr. 
Oscar T. Crosby presented a series of specimens, personally collected, 
representing the ethnology of the African bushmen. 

Among valuable collections which have been received through the 
field work of the Bureau of American Ethnology there may be men- 
tioned especially a series of materials from a basket-maker village 
site and a near-by pueblo in Chaco Canyon, N. Mex. There may be 
noted also a small collection of stone graters, pestles, celts, and a con- 


«B84 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


siderable number of clay figurines collected personally by the assist- 
ant secretary in the mountains of the Dominican Republic, and a 
further series of earthenware vessels and stone and bone ornaments 
secured by Mr. Neil M. Judd from Pueblo Bonito and presented by 
the National Geographic Society. 

Through work financed by Dr. W. L. Abbott, Mr. H. W. Krieger 
secured an excellent series of bone and shell implements and pot- 
sherds near Samana Bay, Dominican Republic. Excellent series of 
prehistoric stone implements were secured by exchange with the 
Indian Museum in Calcutta, and the National Museum of Australa. 
Further accessions from the Old World include collections made in 
France by Dr. George Grant MacCurdy and deposited by the Archee- 
ological Society of Washington. 

The Division of Physical Anthropology obtained a fine collet 
of human skeletal material from the work of Mr. Collins and Mr. 
Stewart on Nunivak Island already mentioned, and a further collec- 
tion of skulls and skeletons from the west coast of Florida obtained 
by Mr. Collins, in work financed by the Bureau of American Eth- 
nology. 

Biology.—Specimens received in the department of biology during 
the fiscal year reached the enormous total of 680,350, a large increase 
over the preceding year due principally to certain extensive private 
collections that have come to the Museum. Chief among these is the 
C. F. Baker collection of insects, formed by Doctor Baker, dean of 
the College of Agriculture in Los Banos, P. I.. and left by him on his 
death to the Museum. In order to obtain this material it was neces- 
sary to send Mr. R. A. Cushman, of the Bureau of Entomology, as- 
sistant custodian of hymenoptera in the Museum, to Manila to pack 
the collection and see that it was transferred safely to Washington, 
an arrangement that was possible through the cooperation of the 
United States Department of Agriculture. The series included is one 
of the finest ever assembled of the insects of the Philippine Islands, 
and is also rich in general East Indian material.. The C. G. Lloyd 
mycological collection, comprising 75,000 specimens of the larger 
fungi, was transferred to the Smithsonian Institution during the year 
by the trustees of the Lloyd estate. There are included in addition 
10,000 photographic negatives of fungi, a voluminous series of notes 
pertaining to the specimens, and a comprehensive card catalogue. 
The whole comprises one of the largest and most important collec- 
tions in the group ever brought together. Among other accessions, 
the Charles W. Hargitt hydroid collection is especially important, as 
it represents the lifetime work of this well-known specialist. 

Through Dr. Hugh M. Smith, associate curator in zoology, director 
of fisher.es of Siam, there came important collections of mammals, 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 35. 


birds, reptiles, fishes, insects, mollusks, and miscellaneous inverte- 
brates. Further series came from China through the courtesy of Col. 
R. S. Clark from the work of Mr. A. de C. Sowerby, of especial im- 
portance being some excellent series of fishes. Through the coopera- 
tion of Mr. William N. Beach, Mr. Marcus Daly, and Mr. Osgood 
Field, the Museum was able to send Mr. W. L. Brown, of the staff in 
taxidermy, to the Sudan,*where he obtained a valuable set of mam- 
mals, birds, and fishes of importance in our collections. A group of 
gazelles obtained will be mounted for the exhibition halls. Hight 
female gorilla skulls were acquired by purchase. 

Mr. B. H. Swales, honorary assistant curator of birds, whose death 
came during the year, contributed 4 genera and 26 species of birds 
new to the Museum collections. The collections of Doctor Wetmore, 
assistant secretary, made last year when traveling under the Swales 
fund in Hispaniola, included series of birds, reptiles, and amphibians, 
and other zoological collections of a miscellaneous nature. The work 
of Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, jr., curator of mammals, who visited the 
Dominican Republic at his own expense, and that of Mr. A. J. Poole, 
of the division of mammals, who carried on extensive explorations in 
the caves of Haiti, under funds provided by Dr. W. L. Abbott, 
brought important collections of bones of extinct animals and birds, 
as well as excellent series of existiny reptiles and amphibians and 
other specimens of value. 

Among accessions in the division of insects there may be mentioned 
the gift of the George M. Greene collection of coleoptera, including 
nearly 50,000 specimens, and representing many years of careful and 
painstaking work. Through Dr. R. C. McGregor, the Philippine 
Bureau of Science has forwarded large series of Philippine insects, 
while other important additions to these collections have come through 
the work of the Bureau of Entomology. Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell 
presented a collection of insects from Russia and Siberia. 

The Amory-Bowman Labrador expedition, arranged through co- 
operation with Mr. Copley S. Amory, brought collections from the > 
coast of Labrador, including a comprehensive set of arthropods. The 
Bureau of Fisheries, United States Department of Commerce, trans- 
ferred 5,467 specimens of marine invertebrates, the most important 
being from the Albatross expeditions of 1907-1909, which have been 
in the hands of specialists for study to this time, and a series of 
crustacea procured from Harvey C. McMillan. 

Through the Francis Lea Chamberlain fund the division of mol- 
lusks obtained over 50,000 specimens of land shells from Jamaica, 
which were collected by C. R. Orcutt. Dr. Charles de la Torre, of 
Habana, Cuba, presented 185 lots of mollusks, mostly types of new 
species. 


36 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


In the division of plants important accessions have included 9,000 
specimens collected in Honduras for the Museum by Mr. Paul C. 
Standley; more than 5,000 specimens, mainly grasses, transferred 
from the Bureau of Plant Industry; and nearly 3,000 from Formosa 
and Sumatra, representing a complete set of the material collected 
by Prof. H. H. Bartlett, collaborator of the Museum, under the joint 
auspices of the National Museum and the University of Michigan. 

Geology—Under the Roebling fund, established last year, there 
have been secured by purchase exampies of four new species of min- 
erals; some rare minerals from Franklin Furnace, N. J., now difficult 
to procure; a large mass of strongly magnetic lodestone from Utah, 
which attracts much attention in our exhibition halls; and a number 
of beautiful minerals for the exhibition and study series. These 
constitute highly important additions to our collections which other- 
wise it would have been impossible to procure, illustrating the value 
of special funds under the Smithsonian Institution for the purchase 
of needed specimens. 

There may be mentioned also a 65-carat cut gem of alexandrite, one 
of the finest in existence, secured under the Chamberlain fund, 
together with a fine Mexican opal, a brown diamond, and some other 
beautiful minerals. Miss Nina Lea, grandaughter of Isaac Lea, 
founder of the Isaac Lea collection, presented an unusual series of 
cut stones of sphene. Mr. William P. Pitts, of Sunnyvale, Calif., 
presented five varieties of cut semiprecious stones, with examples of 
the rough minerals from which they were derived. 

During field work in Mexico by Dr. W. F. Foshag, assistant 
curator of mineralogy and petrology, working in cooperation with 
Harvard University, groups of gypsum crystals, sets of valuable 
ores, and many other important specimens were collected. 

Through the bequest of Dr. Frank Springer, late associate in 
paleontology, the Museum has received the Frank Springer collection 
of fossil echinoderms, together with a very complete library on this 
subject. The collection, considered the most complete assemblage of 
fossil echinoderms in the world, comprises upward of 75,000 speci- 
mens, including many types. With it has come the Springer fund, 
established by the donor to promote work in connection with his 
collection. 

A second gift of value is the private collection of paleozoic inverte- 
brates from Dr. August F. Foerste, collaborator in paleontology, 
containing types of many species. The field work of Mr. E. R. Pohl 
in Michigan and Ontario yielded important series of Seieae 
Dévouten, and Mississippian fossils. 

Transfers from the United States Geological Survey have indhided 
collections of Upper Cambrian fossils secured by T. S. Lovering in 
Colorado, and other important collections. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY Bim 


The division of vertebrate paleontology acquired by purchase the 
skeleton of an extinct lizard Clidastes and one of the rare three- 
toed horses from the Miocene of Wyoming. A further collection of 
fossil footprints came through Mr. Gilmore’s third visit to the 
Grand Canyon, while work in Florida by Dr. J. W. Gidley has 
brought important material from the Pleistocene deposits of that 
State. 

The types of five species of fossil birds described recently by 
Doctor Wetmore have been deposited by the Colorado Museum oF 
Natural History. 

Arts and industries.—The single object a greatest popular interest 
that has come to the National Museum in many years is Colonel 
Lindbergh’s airplane, the Spiwit of St. Louis, deposited with the 
Smithsonian Institution, which has drawn large crowds since the 
first day of its installation. There may be mentioned also the Pan 
American good-will flyer San Francisco, transferred from the War 
Department, with the Army Curtiss racer airplane which won the 
Pulitzer and Schneider races of 1925. A Curtiss pusher type air- 
plane of the period 1909-1914 is also an important addition. For 
the land transportation section there was secured a White-Stanhope 
steam automobile of 1901-2. Mr. Guy M. Gest, who piloted the first 
electric railway car operated in Baltimore in 1885, presented a series 
of photographic enlargements of this vehicle from his original nega- 
tives. The Hudson River Day Line presented two steamship models, 
one of Fulton’s steamboat of 1807, and one of the Hendrick-Hudson 
built in 1906 and still in service. 

~The New Haven Clock Co. presented to the section of Havblogy 15 
objects illustrating ancient and modern watch and clock movements, 
together with an exhibit demonstrating how standard time is oh: 
tained, the whole constituting- a visual histery of American clock 
and watch making since 1775. 

The Wada stant Cement Co., through Mr. EK. R. Wilmer, pre- 
sented a 5-foot section of an ancient Roman aqueduct built in 80 
A. D. in Germany. The structure, which resembles rough concrete, 
is in a remarkable state of preservation, being apparently as strong 
to-day as ever. 

The division of textiles received further exhibits dealing with 
rayon or artificial silk. The Crompton & Knowles loom works pre- 
sented an automatic gingham loom of the latest type. The Bureau 
of Agricultural Economics of the Department of Agriculture trans- 
ferred three sets of official standards of the United States for grades 
of wool. A series of the new print silks, prepared by H. R. Mallin- 
son & Co., was another important addition. 

In the section of organic chemistry there was received an exhibit 
dealing with pyrolin, manufactured by the Du Pont Viscoloid Co., 


38 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


and from the Shawinigan Products Corporation a series of chemical 
specimens obtained from limestone and coke, An additional exhibit 
dealing with disease-carrying insects was prepared in the Museum 
during the year and added to the hygiene and sanitation collection. 

In the section of wood technology arrangement was made for the 
loan of a collection of walking sticks belonging to Mr. Rudolph 
Block, the collection consisting of the interesting woods of the world 
prepared in the form of canes, a series unique so far as is known. 

In the division of graphic arts the Misses Dodge presented a set 
of 24 engravings by Moseley Isaac Danforth, one of America’s fore- 
most engravers. Through exchange the division obtained a copy of 
a book by Dard Hunter entitled “ Primitive Paper Making,” made 
entirely by hand. Mr. Wiliam Edwin Rudge donated four ex- 
amples of microform printing, including a volume of Mark Twain’s 
The Innocents Abroad, in which 93,000 words are printed on 13 
pages measuring 534 by 884 inches. <A collection of the work of 
Henry Fox Talbot was presented by a descendant, Miss M. Talbot, 
O. B. E., of Lacock Abbey, Wiltshire, England. Mr. I. N. Phelps 
Stokes presented a series of specimens of considerable historic impor- 
tance relating to Muybridge’s work on motion pictures. 

The Radio Corporation of America deposited the apparatus used 
in receiving the first photoradiogram across the Atlantic—a, picture 
of President Coolidge sent from London and received on November 
27, 1924, in the office of the company in New York City. 

History—Mrs. Agnes K. Brent, through the Missouri Historical 
Sociecy, gave a silk flag presented by the ladies of Nashville, Tenn., 
to the Nashville Battalion during the Creek War in 1813. The naval 
collections were increased by a series of interesting relics of Rear 
Admiral Charles D. Sigsbee, given by Mrs. Nelhe C. Gunther. 

From the Treasury Department there was received a series of 
United States gold, silver, and bronze coins struck in the mints of the 
Government in 1927; also a series of ancient Roman and modern 
European and oriental coins. Mr. Isaac M. Weills presented a col- 
lection of American and European coins and tokens. 

The philatelic collection was increased by more than 27,000 speci- 
mens, in part transferred from the Post Office Department and in 
part presented by Mr. Weills, with the coins mentioned above. Two 
United States 5-cent stamps found in the seam folds of the mail bag 
carried by Commander Byrd on his flight to France in the airplane 
America were also placed in this collection. 

The Precancel Stamp Society, through Mr. Walter L. Gates, con- 
tinued its development of the collection of precancel stamps, a series 
augmented by gifts from Mr. Gates personally. 

To the Loeb collection of chemical types 102 samples were added 
during the year, bringing the total number of specimens to 1,092. 
There is assurance of hearty cooperation in developing this collection. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 39 
BPXPLORATIONS AND FIELD WCRK 


Through explorations financed by special funds made available by 
friends of the Institution, through a variety of cooperative arrange- 
ments with other organizations, and to some extent from funds pro- 
vided under the Museum appropriations, there have come many 
valuable specimens and much new information in various fields of 
science. A brief résumé of some of the important ace a and 
field work under the National Museum follows: 

In the Alaskan field, Mr. Henry B. Collins, jr., and Mr. T. Dale 
Stewart, under funds supplied by the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, the Council of Learned Societies, and the 
United States National Museum, conducted field work during the 
summer of 1927 on Nunivak Island, on the Bering Sea coast of 
Alaska. Explorations of several ancient village sites were carried 
out and anthropological measurements of the natives and observa- 
tions on their social life were made. In addition much anthropo- 
logical material was gathered during landings along the coast on the 
journey to the site of the season’s investigations. The material col- 
lected includes an excellent series of skeletal remains and numerous 
valuable objects of material culture. 

Mr. Herbert W. Krieger, through a grant from the National 
Academy of Science, and funds supplied by the Bureau of American 
Ethnology, visited the old site at Bonasila, Alaska, for remains that 
had attracted Doctor Hrdlicka’s attention the year before. Unfore- 
seen high water in the Yukon prevented complete examination, but 
important information and specimens dealing with ancient Eskimos 
were obtained. He also collected ethnologica from Eskimo in several 
villages on the Yukon. During this same season Mr. Krieger con- 
tinued archeological investigations along the Columbia and Snake 
Rivers, ope ne in many specimens, some of which, from the Snake, 
appear to represent an outlying site of Pueblo awe culture. 

Mr. Neil M. Judd, on detached detail, worked for the seventh field 
season at Pueblo Bonito, in Chaco Canyon, N. Mex., as director of 
the National Geographic Society’s archeological exploration of 
that. ancient pueblo. Through the interest of the society there has 
been uncovered and set in order for inspection of the public one 
of the largest pueblos of the prehistoric period as it stood perhaps 
1,000 years ago. Mr. Judd was occupied this season principally in 
obtaining final data for incorporation in his report. The investiga- 

tions as a whole have given extensive and valuable series of objects 
dealing with comparatively late pueblo culture, which through the 
generous gift of the National Geographic Society have greatly en- 
hanced the Museum collections in the pueblo culture of the Southwest. 


40 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


At the close of the fiscal year Mr. Judd was in the field for the 
Bureau of American Ethnology, examining caves in Russell County, 
Ky.. where textiles and other interesting specimens had been exhumed. 

Dr. Ales Hrdlitka, traveling partly under a grant from the Smith- 
sonian Institution and partly at personal expense, was in Europe 
for seven weeks in the fall of 1927 for the purpose of viewing the 
latest discoveries of early man. He examined sites of important 
finds in southern France and then proceeded to Belgium and later 
to Germany, where he visited the localities in the Neander Valley 
typical for the race of Neanderthal man. In southern Moravia 
he investigated the area that had recently given important finds 
in Aurignacian man, and continued then to Paris for work on the 
material accumulated there in the Museum of Natural History and 
to London for examination of the collections in the College of Phy- 
sicians and Surgeons. While in London he was the recipient of the 
Huxley medal of the Royal Society for his extensive investigations 
and researches in anthropology and delivered the Huxley lecture on 
“The Neanderthal Phase of Man.” 

Dr. Walter Hough in the early fall of 1927 examined for the 
Bureau of American Ethnology a large burial mound at Indian 
Mound, Tenn., to determine the type of slab-box burial. He also 
visited near-by village sites, flint quarries, and burial grounds, obtain- 
ing a considerable amount of material. In one of the village sites on 
the Cumberland River there were obtained numerous shells of mol- 
lusks of a species now extinct in that stream. 

Mr. H. B. Collins, jr., during January, 1928, visited for the Bureau 
of American Ethnology areas near Fort Myers, Fla., where mounds of 
the Calusa Indian type were reported. He obtained skeletal remains 
of considerable importance with respect to the racial identity of this 
people, who, though they existed within historic times, have become 
extinct and are comparatively little known. 

In February, 1928, Mr. H. W. Krieger, under funds provided by 
Dr. W. L. Abbott, proceeded to the Samana Bay region of the north- 
eastern coast of the Dominican Republic, and there carried on 
archeological investigations until April, working with Mr. G. S. 
Miller, jr., whose interest in this matter will be discussed in a later 
paragraph. Mr. Krieger visited a number of caves in the San 
Lorenzo Bay section, excavating extensive middens found therein, and 
obtaining much information of value. The middens, composed prin- 
cipally of shells and other kitchen refuse, were in places from 4 to 8 
feet in thickness, and contained artifacts of various kinds. Follow- 
ing this, two Arawak village sites at Anadel and the mouth of the 
Rio San Juan on the Samana Peninsula, whose location had been 
indicated by Doctor Abbott from earlier observations, were excavated 
carefully with the recovery of many articles of scientific importance. 


Z REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 41 


Officials of the Dominican Republic cooperated most courteously in 
furthering this work, which it is expected will be continued in the 
coming year. 

The travels of Gabb in the seventies of the last century brought to 
Washington a few bones of curious mammals from the caves of San 
Lorenzo in the Dominican Republic, to which have been added fur- 
ther specimens obtained within recent years by Dr. W. L. Abbott. 
In May, 1927, Assistant Secretary Wetmore in travels in this region 
observed extensive midden deposits in these caves still untouched that 
gave promise of further material of importance. Mr. G. S. Miller, 
jr., curator of mammals, deeply interested in the extinct mammals of 
the island, visited this area at his own expense in February and 
March, 1928, accompanied by Mrs. Miller. As the excavations to be 
made were also of great archeological interest, Mr. H. W. Krieger, 
as already stated, was detailed to conduct that phase of the work 
through funds provided by Dr. W. L. Abbott. These joint investi- 
gations proved of great importance as there were obtained through 
them extensive series of bones of mammals and certain birds long ex- 
tinct, from which there will come fuller understanding of their form 
and structure. The work was continued at the mouth of the Rio San 
Juan and at Anadel on the Samana Peninsula, resulting in additional 
osteological specimens of importance. The material obtained is now 
being studied. 

Through the further interest of Dr. W. L. Abbott, Mr. Arthur J. 
Poole, of the division of mammals, was occupied from December 8, 
1927, to March 21, 1928, in a thorough exploration of the well-known 
caves near San Michel, Haiti, obtaining large collections of bones of 
the extinct animals which occur in these deposits. It was particu- 
larly important that these specimens be collected at this time, since 
the earth on the cave floors was being removed for use as fertilizer, 
and in a short time all material of scientific value would have been 
destroyed. As incidental to this work Mr. Poole secured considerable 
collections of herpetological material and other zoological specimens. 
Reconnaissance of other caverns may indicate desirability of further 
work in these deposits from which many bones of mammals and birds 
have been obtained. 

Mr. W. L. Brown, of the taxidermist staff of the Museum, was de- 
tailed to accompany an expedition to the Sudan organized by Mr. 
William N. Beach to secure large mammals. The original party con- 
sisted of Mr. and Mrs. Beach, Mr. Marcus Daly, and Mr. Osgood 
Field. Sailing from Hoboken on January 4 on the S. S. George 
Washington, Mr. Brown and Mr. Field proceeded to Cherbourg, 
France, and from there continued by rail to Marseilles, where they 
joined the rest of the party and took steamer to Port Sudan, continu-. 
ing from there by train to Khartoum. In a chartered boat, the Lord 


42 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 «a 


Cromer, they navigated as far as Malakal, about 50 miles up the 
White Nile, where the sudden illness of Mr. Beach made it necessary 
to return to Khartoum and prevented his continuing with the party. 
The others proceeded, working the territory between Khartoum and 
Rejaf. During 20 days in the field Mr. Daly, Mr. Field, and Mr. 
Brown collected many scientific specimens, as well as material for 
an exhibition group of gazelles, with all necessary accessories of 
earth, ant hills, thorn bushes, and other vegetation. Apart from the 
specimens obtained for the Museum collections, Mr. Brown observed 
in a wild state, elephants, lions, antelopes, hippos, wart hogs, buffa- 
loes, giraffes, zebras, several cats, monkeys, crocodiles, and birds of 
many varieties, including the shoe-bill stork—experience of great 
profit to a taxidermist. He returned to Washington in April. The 
collections brought home included 49 mammals, 83 bird skins, 103 
alcoholic birds and skeletons, and a large number of reptiles and 
fishes. 

In November, 1927, following a stay in this country, Dr. Hugh M. 
Smith, director of fisheries of Siam and associate curator in zoology 
of the National Museum, returned to Bangkok, where he resumed 
active collecting of zoological materials. Word has already come of 
large gatherings of specimens. 

In spite of the political situation in China, Mr. A. de C. Sowerby, 
under the auspices of Col. R. S. Clark, continued his researches and 
collecting. A large consignment of reptiles, fishes, and marine 
invertebrates has come from him during the year. 

Dr. D. C. Graham, who has forwarded such splendid collections 
from western Szechuan, China, returned in the late fall of 1927 to 
Suifu, where he began at once his zoological studies. The first fruits 
of his endeavors have been received and include interesting collec- 
tions of birds, reptiles, and invertebrates. 

Dr. J. M. Aldrich, associate curator of insects, who at his own 
expense was in the field at the end of June, 1927, continued entomo- 
logical collecting during the months of July and August at various 
points in the West, eastern Nevada, the higher parts of the Sierra 
Nevada in California, and the Yellowstone Park, which proved to be 
localities of greatest interest. While the principal object of his work 
was the collecting of Diptera, valuable material in other orders of 
insects was secured. 

Mr. James O. Maloney, aide in the division of marine invertebrates, 
while on a vacation tour at his own expense, secured many valuable 
specimens of terrestrial isopods in Virginia, Tennessee, Alabama, 
and Mississippi. 

At the invitation of Mr. Copley Amory, of Washington, D. C., 
Mr. and Mrs. Paul Bowman of George Washington University, ae 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 43 


Doctor Bartsch, curator of mollusks, proceeded in June, 1927, to Mr. 
Amory’s summer home on Matamek River on the north shore of the 
Gulf of St. Lawrence, where Doctor Bartsch initiated plans for a 
study of the local flora and fauna which were continued by Mr. and 
Mrs. Bowman until September. Mr. Amory placed a laboratory -pro- 
vided with the needed equipment for research and other facilities 
at the disposal of the party, and was ever ready to give the benefit 
of his knowledgé of local conditions acquired through many years 
of residence, as well as personal help. In addition to marine dredg- 
ing, careful collecting was done along the beaches, in the shallow 
lagoons and tide pools, and in the inland pools, lakes, and streams 
of the region for fresh-water organisms. Collections were secured 
of the ectoparasites and endoparasites of fishes and careful analyses 
of the stomach contents of fishes were made. Mr. Bowman devoted 
time to the plants, covering all groups from marine and fresh-water 
algae to the flowering groups. Serial cores of the peat bogs were 
. taken and the samples shipped to Washington for microscopic study. 
A large amount of material, both animals and plants, was collected 
which is to be worked up later. 

In continuation of Cerion studies mentioned in previous reports, 
Doctor Bartsch visited the laboratory of the Carnegie Institution 
at the Tortugas from August 16 to 27, 1927. The year had been an 
unusually dry one at the Tortugas, affecting adversely some of the 
groups of Cerions under observation. Visits were made to all the 
colonies of Cerions in the Tortugas, and material collected for study 
in Washington. A series of specimens of Cerion viaregis from the 
Tortugas and Cerion incanwm from Key West, and of a hybrid 
Cerion from Newfound Harbor Key, were gathered and sent to Prof. 
Edward C. Jeffrey, Harvard University, for a comparative study 
of their chromosomes. 

Botanical field work during the year 1927-28 has been conducted 
in Honduras by Mr. Paul C. Standley, associate curator; in the 
islands of Formosa and Sumatra by Prof. H. H. Bartlett, col- 
laborator; in Texas by the late Dr. J. N. Rose, associate curator; in 
Oregon and Washington by Dr. A. S. Hitchcock, custodian of grasses ; 
and in California by Mr. J. R. Swallen, assistant in the grass herba- 
rium. Mr. Standley’s botanical exploration in Honduras was made 
possible by the generous cooperation of Prof. Oakes Ames, of Har- 
vard University, and the United Fruit Co. Work began in December 
and was conducted from headquarters at Tela, being mainly confined 
to the lowlands and adjacent low mountains along the north coast. 
During four months upward of 9,000 specimens were collected, these 
representing the largest single botanical collection ever procured in 
Honduras. The material is of unusual interest, since it contains many 


17563—28——_4 


44 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


new specimens and others not known previously from that region. 
Professor Bartlett’s field work in Formosa and Sumatra, financed 
from personal funds, was conducted under the joint auspices of the 
National Museum and the University of Michigan. The period of 
exploration in Formosa, though short, yielded specimens of many 
endemic species, chiefly from the higher mountains, which were not 
previously represented in American herbaria. In Sumatra the field 
work was continued from December, 1926, to the middle of July, 
1927, and resulted in the accumulation of a large collection consisting 
of about 2,400 numbers, mostly represented by 5 to 10 specimens each. . 
The exploration included the ascent of several volcanoes and lesser 
mountains and a reconnaissance of the Asahan region. The impor- 
tance of this collection can scarcely be overestimated in view of the 
rapid destruction of the Sumatran jungle, whose components are 
still very imperfectly known. 

In connection with current investigations of native plants as 
potential sources of rubber, the late Dr. J. N. Rose, associate curator 
of plants, was detailed to field work in Texas during October and 
November, 1927, through funds supplied by Mr. Thomas A. Edison. 
From the economic standpoint the results were chiefly negative, but 
a considerable collection of herbarium material was obtained for use 
in other current studies, chiefly an investigation of the families 
Caesalpinaceae and Mimosaceae. In this work Doctor Rose was ac- 
companied by Mr. Paul G. Russell, on detail from the Bureau of 
Plant Industry. 

Field studies of grasses for the United States Department of Agri- 
culture were conducted during the summer of 1927 in the Pacific 
coast region of the United States by Dr. A. S. Hitchcock, custodian of 
the section of grasses, and Mr. J. R. Swallen, assistant in the grass 
herbarium. Doctor Hitchcock spent about 10 weeks in the mountains 
of Oregon and Washington, in cooperation with the Forest Service, 
and a similar period was spent in California by Mr. Swallen. In 
both cases the object of the investigation was to determine the amount 
and character of variation in the grass species due to environmental 
and other factors, and to discover differential characters for the vari- 
ous species. Excellent collections of illustrative material were ob- 
tained. At the present time Mr. Swallen is absent on a similar field 
trip in the southwestern United States. 

Under an allotment from the Roebling fund, Dr. W. F. Foshag 
visited several mineral localities in the State of Sonora, Mexico. The 
chief point of interest was the Chispas mine, near Arispe, where Doc- 
tor Foshag procured a series of the magnificent silver minerals found 
there. During several days spent at Bisbee, Ariz., in collecting min- 
erals and examining material offered for sale, some very interesting 
specimens were added to the collections. In cooperation with the 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 45 


mineralogical museum of Harvard University, and accompanied by 
a representative of that institution, Doctor Foshag spent three months 
collecting minerals and examining mineral deposits in the States of 
Guanajuato, Zacatecas, Durango, and Chihuahua, Mexico. A consid- 
erable amount of excellent exhibition and study material was ob- 
tained, including groups of large gypsum crystals, a fine series of 
lead and zinc minerals, and complete sets of ores and rocks from all 
of the important mining districts visited. These will be used as the 
basis of a report on these districts. 

Drs. C. E. Resser and R. S. Bassler spent two months in the Rocky 
Mountain region in a reexamination of certain Canadian sections for 
stratigraphic details necessary for the completion of Doctor Walcott’s 
unfinished manuscript summarizing the knowledge gained in his 
years of extensive research. The area examined was covered by 
motor and the researches were at various times greatly facilitated by 
the cooperation of other geologists familiar with local sections. The 
territory covered included the Wasatch Mountains, Yellowstone Na- 
tional Park and the mountains immediately north, and the area along 
Newland Creek, Meagher County, Mont. Stops were also made in the 
Little Belt Mountains. The main objective of the summer’s work, 
however, was the general region of the Bow Valley, Canadian Rocky 
Mountains, north and west of Banff, Alberta, and certain other locali- 
ties well known from Doctor Walcott’s investigations. 

In cooperation with the Milwaukee Public Museum, Dr. Erwin 
Pohl continued a detailed study of the little known but highly im- 
portant stratigraphy of the Middle Paleozoic of the mid-Eastern and 
Central States. The researches of the season covered portions of 
eastern Wisconsin, southern Michigan, northern Ohio, and southern 
Ontario. Nearly 2 tons of selected and beautifully preserved fossils 
resulted from the trip. 

Dr. Joseph A. Cushman, collaborator in paleontology, spent the 
greater part of the summer of 1927 in a field trip through various 
countries of western Europe primarily to secure collections of fossil 
foraminifera from classic areas. He was highly successful in his 
work, and as a result, large numbers of types will come to the Museum 
upon the completion of his studies. 

Late in the fiscal year Mr. Gilmore was detailed for an expedition 
in the Two Medicine formation in Montana to search for dinosaur 
and other vertebrate remains, with Mr. George F. Sternberg, who 
has had long and varied experience in fossil collecting, as his assist-— 
ant. Incomplete reports to date indicate the finding of valuable 
material. As the expedition will continue into the next fiscal year, 
a detailed report will be given later. 

Exploratory work in the Pleistocene was again taken up by Dr. 
J. W. Gidley at Melbourne and other localities in Florida. The 


46 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


expedition, wh:ch covered a little more than two months, was made 
possible through the generosity of Mr. Childs Frick, who furnished 
half of the funds necessary for carrying on the work, the remainder 
coming from the Smithsonian Institution. Doctor Gidley was as- 
sisted by Mr. C. P. Singleton, of Melbourne. Two principal prob- 
lems involved in this research included the further search for evidence 
on the contemporane:ty of man with an extinct fauna in Florida, a 
much-disputed question, and the collection of additional material for 
the purpose of fixing more definitely the age of this fauna. The 
results in both cases are regarded as highly satisfactory. 


BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT 


Minor repairs of var.ous kinds have been required to keep the 
buildings housing the Museum in proper condition during the year. 
In the Natural History Building, woodwork of windows on the 
ground and third floors was repainted, and the interior woodwork 
on windows on the third floor was refinished. The ceiling and 
walls in the bird range were pointed up and painted, and wooden 
floors in rooms occupied by the division of mammals and the Bio- 
logical Survey and in the office of the assistant secretary were refin- 
ished. ‘Tin-lined gutters on the roofs were given a coat of metallic 
and oil paint; broken glass in various windows was replaced; wooden 
ladders were installed for use in inspecting the walls supporting the 
dome on the attic floor, and down pipes leading from the roof were 
repaired. 

In the Arts and Industries Building metal roofs were repainted, 
ventilating windows were repaired and provided with screens, and 
wooden window frames and sash recoated with lead and oil paint. 
The southwest range was repainted, as well as the gallery, and an 
iron-pipe railing installed on the latter to replace a temporary guard 
rail formerly in use. The composition floor of the reading room 
in the library was covered with cork carpet. A wire screen parti- 
tion was built on the third floor of the northeast pavilion to pre- 
vent unauthorized persons from entering the Mechanical Technology 
Laboratory; a concrete floor was laid about the mine exhibit in 
the southwest pavilion; and sheet-iron hoods were made for radi- 
ators in the Lace Hall to protect the walls from accumulation of dirt. 

In the Smithsonian Building a hot-water system was installed; 
stairs leading to the comfort rooms were repaired; the doors in the 
disbursing agent’s office were remodeled; the east entrance vestibule 
was repaired and painted; and doors in the storage room were made 
fireproof by covering with sheet iron. 

The exterior of the Aircraft Building was repainted and broken 
glass replaced. 


4 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 47 


The work of replacement of the main portion of the concrete 
service road east of the Natural History Building was continued, 
18014 linear feet being laid during the year. 

The power plant was in operation from September 21, 1927, until 
May 29, 1928. The consumption of coal was 3,416 tons, an amount 
in excess of that used in 1927. The average cost of coal was some- 
what greater than for the preceding year, being $5.87 per ton. The 
Steamboat Inspection Service of the United States examined the 
boilers during the summer and reported them in good condition, 
stating that they complied with all regulations governing steam 
boilers of this type. The elevators have been regularly inspected 
by the District of Columbia inspector, and are now equipped with 
all necessary safeguards to protect passengers. The total electric 
eurrent produced amounted to 603,343 kilowatt-hours, manufactured 
at a cost of 1.89 cents per kilowatt-hour, including interest on the 
plant, depreciation, labor, and material. The engineer reports a 
decided increase in efficiency in the production of electric current, 
due to installation of new pistons in the operating engines, an essen- 
tial increase, as the demands for light and power from all the build- 
ings grow larger each year. The ice plant manufactured 354.3 tons 
of ice at an average cost of $2.4114 per ton, which is slightly less than 
the cost for the previous year. 

During the year 23 exhibition cases and bases, 226 pieces of storage, 
laboratory, and office furniture, and 2,178 drawers of various kinds 
were added, practically all of these being manufactured in our shops. 


MEETINGS AND RECEPTIONS 


The lecture rooms and auditorium of the National Museum during 
the present year were used for 115 meetings, which covered a wide 
range of activities. Governmental agencies that utilized these re- 
sources for hearings, meetings, lectures, and exhibitions of pic- 
tures included the Commission of Fine Arts, the Graduate School 
of the United States Department of Agriculture, the Federal Hor- 
ticultural Board, the Forest Service, the Federal Radio Commission, 
the. Bureau of Plant Industry, and the Extension Service of the 
United States Department of Agriculture. 

Members of the Forest Service held a series of meetings during 
the year dealing with various phases of their work. The Smithsonian 
staff was convened on February 17, 1928, for an address with motion 
pictures by Mr. Matthew W. Stirling on his expedition to New 


-Guinea, which was carried on in cooperation with the Smithsonian 


Institution. 
- Scientific societies that met regularly in the building included the 
Entomological Society of Washington, the Society for Philosophical 


48 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Inquiry, the Anthropological Society of Washington, the Americar 
Horticultural Society, and the Wild Flower Preservation Society. 
Meetings were held also by the American Society of Mechanical 
Engineers, aeronautic division; the Washington Society of Engi- 
neers; the Potomac Garden Club; the Washington Society of Fine 
Arts; the Washington Academy of Sciences; the Seymour Club; the 
District of Columbia Federation of Music Clubs; the District of 
Columbia Library Association; the American Surgical Association : 
and the American Association for Thoracic Surgery. 

The American Ornithologists’ Union was convened for its annual 
meeting from November 15 to 17, inclusive. The American Society 
of Mammalogists held its annual meeting from April 11 to 13, and 
the annual meeting of the American Society of Ichthyologists and 
Herpetologists was convened on Aprii 16. 

The World Unity Foundation held a meeting on February 21 for 
addresses by Herbert Adams Gibbons, of Princeton University, and 
Felix Valyi, of Geneva, Switzeriand. The Masonic Clubs of the Dis- 
trict of Columbia met on February 22, under Gen. Amos A. Fries, 
for an address by Judge James W. Witten. The American War 
Mothers, District of Columbia Chapter, met on April 27 for addresses 
by Representative Royal C. Johnson, of South Dakota, and Gen. 
Amos A. Fries. Music was furnished by the United States Marine 
Band. 

The Fifth National Oratorial Contest was held in the auditorium 
on May 10. The Fourth Annual National Spelling Bee came on May 
22, with 25 boys and girls entered for the contest. The first prize was 
won by Miss Betty Robinson, representing the South. Bend News- 
Times. 

The Veterans of Foreign Wars of the United States, Federal Post, 
No. 821, United States Department of Agriculture, met on May 28 
for addresses by R. W. Dunlap, Assistant Secretary, United States 
Department of Agriculture. and Maj. Gen. Charles P. Summerall, 
United States Army. Music was furnished by the Navy Band. 

Other agencies using the auditorium or lecture room included the 
Washington Times, the National Association of Retired Federal 
Employees, classes from George Washington University and Howard 
University, the Boy Scouts, groups from the public schools of the 
District of Columbia, and the Smithsonian Relief Association. 

On January 24, 1928, at 11 a. m., there was held a special memorial 
meeting under direction of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian 
Institution to commemorate the life and work of Charles Doolittle 
Walcott, fourth Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. The gath-- 
ering was presided over by the chancellor of the Institution, the 
Hon. William Howard Taft, Chief Justice of the United States. 
Addresses were delivered by Dr. John C. Merriam, representing the 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 49 


Carnegie Institution of Washington; Dr. Joseph S. Ames, for the 
National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics; Dr. George Otis 
‘Smith, for the United States Geological Survey; and Dr. Charles G. 
Abbot, for the National Academy of Sciences and the Smithsonian 
Institution. 

Special exhibitions in connection with various meetings included 
an historical exhibit dealing with ornithology arranged in connection 
with the convention of the American Ornithologists’ Union during 
November, and one concerned with the work of American artists 
portraying mammals in connection with the annual meeting of the 
American Society of Mammalogists from April 1 to 15. 

On the evening of February 28 members of the Geological Society 
of Washington were given a special view of the geological collections 
” the National Museum. From March 1 to 8 there was a special dis- 
p!ay of the work in nature study in the fourth to the eighth grades in 
the District of Columbia schools arranged under Ae Esther W. 
Scott, teacher of elementary science. 

On June 21 there was a special meeting in the Arts and Industries 
Building of a group of 100 persons representing the Chamber of 
Commerce of St. Louis and other backers of the Lindbergh flight, 
who assembled for a ceremony beneath Colonel Lindbergh’s plane, 
the Spirit of St. Louis, when a silver medal commemorating the first 
New York-to-Paris flight was presented to the Smithsonian Insti- 
tution. The Secretary responded with a brief address, in which he 
expressed the thanks of the Institution to those closest to Colonel 
Lindbergh in his great venture for the privilege of exhibiting the 
plane in the Museum halls. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


The exhibition halls of the National Museum were open during 
the year on week days from 9 a. m. to 4.30 p. m., while in addition 
the Natural History Building and the Arts and Industries Building 
were opened Sunday afternoons from 1.30 to 4.30. From January 
22 to the close of the year the exhibits in the Smithsonian Building 
were also opened to the public on Sunday afternoon for the hours- 
indicated. All buildings were closed on Christmas Day and New 
Year’s Day. 

Visitors to the Museum during the year totaled 1,413,386 persons, 
an increase of more than 260,000 over the previous year, an excellent 
index to the number of Americans who come to visit the National 
Capital. Attendance in the several buildings was recorded as fol- 
lows: Smithsonian, 175,190; Arts and Industries, 517,238; Natural 
History, 618,773 ; an 102, 185. 


50 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


The average daily attendance for week days was 3,901 and for 
Sundays 3,761. The public has shown great appreciation of the 
privilege of entrance to our exhibits on Sunday afternoons. 

During the year the Museum published 10 volumes and 59 sepa- 
rate papers, while the distribution of literature amounted to 111,405 
copies of its various books and pamphlets. 

Additions to the Museum library have included 3,015 volumes 
and 1,165 pamphlets, obtained partly by exchange and partly by 
donation. The library of the National Museum, as separate from 
that of the Smithsonian Institution proper, has now 72,315 volumes 
and 106,881 pamphlets. Though most of the accessions for the 
present year, as usual, came through an exchange of publications, 
there may be noted the donation of 595 volumes and many additional 
separate papers from the American Association for the Advancement 
of Science, among them many works now out of print and very rare, 
which have served to complete a number of important sets on our 
shelves. Mr. William K. Vanderbilt presented a copy of his pri- 
vately printed work entitled “To Galapagos on the Avra.” Mr. 
Thomas A. McCaslin presented a bound manuscript entitled “A 
Souvenir of Wyoming,” including a diary of a trip in Jackson Hole 
and Yellowstone Park, with many remarks on early history and his- 
torical geography. The Librarian of Congress transferred 68 vol- 
umes and 47 parts to supplement our reference works, and about 
300 volumes, chiefly on the religions of the Old World, were received 
from the estate of Dr. I. M. Casanowicz, late assistant curator of the 
division of Old World archeology. During the year the library 
staff completed the sorting of a large accumulation of reprints, which 
were placed in the hands of the curators to whose work they were 
most related. A number of special collections of books, including 
the Casey, Dall, Gill, Henderson, Lacoe, Roebling, Schaus, Springer, 
and Teller libraries were listed in preparation for cataloguing. 

Dr. Samuel W. Woodhouse, for some time associated with the 
Institution in connection with the art collections presented to the 
National Gallery of Art by the late Alfred Duane Pell, was given 
honorary appointment as collaborator in ceramics. Mr. Robert A. 
Cushman, of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department 
of Agriculture, was made assistant custodian of hymenoptera. Mr. 
Arthur Cleveland Bent, of Taunton, Mass., well known for his com- 
prehensive volumes on the life histories of North American birds, 
was appointed collaborator in the division of birds. Dr. Joseph A. 
Cushman, an international authority on foraminifera, was appointed 
collaborator in foraminifera in the division of marine invertebrates. 
Dr. W. T. Schaller was given honorary appointment as associate in 
mineralogy in the department. of geology. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 51 


Mr. Ellsworth P. Killip, aide in the division of plants, was ad- 
vanced on December 1 to assistant curator and, following the resigna- 
tion of Mr. Paul C. Standley on May 31, to associate curator. On 
June 1 Mr. Emery C. Leonard was made assistant curator in the divi- 
sion of plants. Miss M. F. Willoughby was appointed senior clerk 
in the division of stratigraphic paleontology on December 16. The 
division of Old World archeology, following the death of Dr. Casa- 
nowicz, has been placed temporarily under the general supervision of 
Mr. Neil M. Judd, curator of American archeology. 

Turnover on the staff for the year was less than for the similar 
preceding fiscal period, due to the action of Congress in making pos- 
sible on July 1, 1927, the first promotions under the efficiency ratings. 
The Museum force has now become more stabilized, with resultant 
improvement in morale. 

Three employees left the service through the operation of the re- 
tirement act: Columbus M. Sorrels, watchman, after 36 years’ serv- 
ice; Robert Campbell, a laborer at the Museum for 33 years; and 
Thomas Hamilton, laborer, after 23 years of service. 

Miss Elizabeth Ward Lamon, principal clerk-stenographer in the 
administrative office, after a Government service of 30 years, was 
granted an indefinite furlough to permit her to regain lost health. 

The Museum lost through death a number of important members 
of its scientific staff, all of whom had been long associated with its 
scientific work. Dr. Immanuel Moses Casanowicz, assistant curator — 
of Old World archeology, died September 26, 1927. Dr. Joseph 
Nelson Rose, assistant curator of plants, died May 4, 1928. Mr. 
Bradshaw Hall Swales, honorary assistant curator of birds, died on 
January 23, 1928. Other losses by death included Mr. Joseph Mace, 
who served the Museum as teamster for over 50 years; Bernard W. 
Burdine, oiler, with 40 years of service; Samuel J. Lancaster, watch- 
man, with 33 years of service; Carter E. Collins, laborer for 30 years; 
Edwin J. Weiskoff, electrician for 17 years; Edgar Furbush, watch- 
man for 6 years; and Frank Nash, laborer for 2 years. 

Respectfully submitted. 

ALEXANDER WETMORE, 
Assistant Secretary. 
Dr. Cuarztes G. Apzor, 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 2 
REPORT OF THE NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 


Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the affairs 
of the National Gallery of Art for the fiscal year ending June 30, 
1928 : 

The urgent need of a national gallery building has been a chief 
concern of the gallery staff and of the commission during the year. 
The poverty of space for the installation of collections already in 
hand and for the encouragement of gifts and bequests of art works, 
the sources of our present riches, has interfered seriously with prog- 
ress in any direction. It is to be hoped that this condition may soon 
be remedied. Upward of a year ago it was announced in the public 
press that, under certain suggested conditions, private funds would 
become available for the erection of a building. There is naturally 
less inclination in Congress to consider grants for art while the pros- 
pect of private munificence for this purpose is thus definitely fore- 
shadowed. Moreover, the project of a great group of buildings, 
manifestly necessary to the public welfare and requiring vast ex- 
penditure of the public funds, took shape about this time and is now 
being carried forward with commendable vigor. It is thus apparent 
that for the present the realization of the gallery’s hopes seems de- 
pendent on the generous response of public-spirited citizens to a 
manifest need. Undue delay in the struggle for national art appears 
as a great misfortune, since we are compelled to remain inactive 
during a period of exceptional art activity and art production and 
distribution, and in which the art treasures of the Old World are in 
a state of unparalleled flux. 


THE GALLERY COMMISSION 


The art collections of the Institution, which accumulated slowly 
during the last quarter of a century, and largely within the depart- 
ment of anthropology of the National Museum, had, in 1920, grown 
so in bulk that the Regents of the Institution found it advisable to 
establish the National Gallery as a separate bureau of the Institution, 
and a commission was appointed to consider its interests and promote 
its welfare. This commission comprises 16 members—5 public men 

52 by 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 53 


interested in the fine arts, 5 experts in the fine arts, and 5 artists, the 
Secretary of the Institution becoming a member ex officio. The 
membership at present is as follows: W. K. Bixby, Joseph H. Gest, 
Charles Moore, James Parmelee, Herbert L. Pratt, John E. Lodge, 
Frank Jewett Mather, jr., Charles L. Borie, jr., Edward Willis Red- 
field, James E. Fraser, Edmund C. Tarbell, Daniel Chester French, 
Herbert Adams, Gari Melchers, William H. Holmes, and C. G. Abbot, 
ex officio. 

The Regents’ plan provided for two or more meetings of the com- 
mission per year, but it was soon found that a single meeting only 
was necessary to look after the affairs and to consider the problems 
of the gallery. Meetings were held annually beginning in 1921, and 
their proceedings are recorded in the annual reports of the Smith- 
sonian Institution. 

The seventh annual meeting of the commission was held in the 
Regents’ room of the Institution on December 6, 1927. The mem- 
bers present were Gari Melchers, chairman; Frank J. Mather, jr., 
vice chairman; W. H. Holmes, secretary; Herbert Adams; James EK. 
Fraser; John E. Lodge; James Parmelee; EK. W. Redfield; and C. G. 
Abbot, Acting Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 

The annual report of the secretary of the commission reviewing 
the activities of the gallery for the calendar year 1927 was then 
presented. There was wide discussion of various matters treated in 
the report, especially (1) the question of the development of a 
national portrait gallery as a separately conducted branch of the 
gallery proper, and (2) the possible assemblage in the gallery at a 
future date of the Ranger-fund purchases now tentatively held by 
various galleries throughout the country, the National Gallery having 
the privilege of claiming such of these works, now numbering up- 
wards of 60, as it may choose, after the lapse of a certain period. 
The purpose of the proposed assemblage is to enable the commission 
to keep in touch with the growing collection and to make tentative 
selection of such works as appear worthy of a place in the National 
Gallery. On motion of Mr. Adams, it was resolved that in the sense 
of the meeting it is desirable to hold such an exhibit of the Ranger 
purchases. On motion, it was further resolved that the Secretary 
of the Smithsonian Institution be invited to ask the Bureau of the 
Budget to recommend an appropriation of $1,000 to meet the expenses 
ot the proposed exhibition of the Ranger paintings. 

The secretary presented a request of the National Press Club of 
Washington for the loan of gallery paintings for the embellishment 
of the club’s reception rooms and principal offices, and after discus- 
sion, on motion of Mr. Mather, it was Resolved: That it is the policy 
of the National Gallery of Art not to lend works of art of public 
ownership to private institutions. | 


54 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Following adjournment at noon the advisory committee visited the 
gallery rooms in the National Museum Building to consider accept- 
ance of offerings of art works for the year. The following were 
accepted: (1) Seven water-color paintings of Greek Temples, by 
Henry Bacon, designed to serve as a nucleus for a prospective archi- 
tectural department in the gallery; (2) a three-quarters length 
‘portrait of Admiral Samuel Francis Du Pont, by Daniel Huntington, 
for the National Portrait Gallery; and (3) portrait busts of Gen. 
Winfield Scott and Wiliam Cullen Bryant, by Henry Kirke Brown, 
for the Portrait Gallery. 


THE HENRY WARD RANGER FUND PURCHASES 


The paintings purchased during the year by the council of the 
National Academy of Design from the fund provided by the Henry 
Ward Ranger bequest, which are under certain conditions prospective 
additions to the gallery collections, are as follows, including the 
names of the institutions to which they have been assigned : 


Title t Artist Date of purchase Assignment 

63. Cypripedia <2 22s Sergeant Kendall, N. A__-| December, 1927___. 

64. The Chief’s Canoe______ Belmore Browne______----|_---- (Clee eek saad Bi National Gallery of Art, 
Washington, D. C. 

65. Feeding Cattle, Winter_| Harry Leith-Ross__.______|____- (5 eagles selon | Se Montana State College, 
University of Montana, 
Bozeman, Mont. 

G6. lcotPond= sone eee Aldro T. Hibbard, A. N. A_|____- 5 (0 ari 5 | Phillips Andover Acade- 

| my, Andover, Mass. 

67. A Long Island Garden_.| Childe Hassam, N. A__---|__-_- do__...........| The Kansas City Art Insti- 
tute, Kansas City, Mo. 

68. Mile. Maria Safanoff_.._| Irving R. Wiles, N. A....-| April, 1928-------- 


THE ALFRED DUANE PELL COLLECTION 


Thirty-six pieces of porcelain were added to the Alfred Duane 
Pell collection, already installed, by Mrs. Pell, Mr. Pell having died 
March 6, 1924. The lot includes 10 superb pieces of pate-sur-pate 
by Solon and 4 by his pupil, A. Birks; 6 pieces of charming Old 
Worcester ware: 1 piece of the hitherto unrepresented New Hall 
porcelain; 1 piece of Meissen from a set made for the King of Hol- 
land; and examples of Capo di Monti, Doccia, and other Italian 
porcelains. The pieces by Solon are of special interest in rounding 
out the gallery’s exceptional representation of this great master’s 
work, 


THE GEORGE DUPONT PRATT GIFT 


The Thomas Moran painting of the Grand Canyon of the Yellow- 
stone which has been exhibited in the gallery for a number of years 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 55 


as a loan, first by the artist and later by his daughter, Miss Ruth B. 
Moran, has been added to the gallery’s permanent collections. In 
May of the present year during a visit of Mr. Pratt to the gallery 
he became deeply impressed with the national importance of this 
great work, and soon after announced his willingness to contribute 
$10,000 to its purchase. Miss Moran was so greatly pleased with 
the prospect of having the picture become the property of the Nation, 
thus retaining its place in the National Gallery, that she decided to 
accept this amount. Moran may well be regarded as our greatest 
master of landscape, marvelously skilled with the pencil, the graver, 
and the brush, and he was a colorist unsurpassed. After three visits 
to the Yellowstone he chose this as the subject most worthy of his 
crowning effort, and prepared the way for its realization by a multi- 
tude of studies in pencil and water color. The canvas finally chosen 
was so large—8 by 14 feet—that it could not be accommodated in 
his East Hampton studio and a near-by carpenter shop was utilized 
for the purpose. The acquirement of this work is a triumph for the 
National Gallery. 


SPECIAL EXHIBITS HELD IN THE GALLERY 


With the opening of the calendar year 1928 the gallery entered 
upon a period of exceptional activity. Four important exhibits 
followed one another in quick succession. The space required for 
their installation was obtained by removing to storage the contents 
of four of the main exhibition rooms of the gallery. This was made 
less embarrassing by the withdrawal at the particular moment of the 
McFadden collection of British old masters, which had occupied two 
of the rooms for a number of years awaiting the completion of the 
Philadelphia Museum of Art, in which institution they are destined 
to find a permanent resting place. 


THE OSTERMAN COLLECTION 


It happened also at this time that the Henry Cleveland Perkins 
collection of British and Dutch masters, exhibited for several years 
in the northeast room of the gallery, was withdrawn, and in this room 
the first of the series of exhibits, the remarkable collection of por- 
traits with one figure subject, by Bernhard Osterman, of Stockholm, 
Sweden, was installed. This exhibit, held under the patronage of 
His Excellency, W. Bostrom, the Swedish minister in Washington, 
was opened to the public January 11, a private view by special invi- 
tation having been given on the 10th. An illustrated catalogue was 
supplied by the artist, the foreword to which, by Christian Brinton, 
is in part appropriately quoted in this place. 


56 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


The present exhibition offers a comprehensive résumé of Mr. Bernhard 
Osterman’s work. From the early likeness of the ascetic, intellectual Bishop 
of Lund to the latest products of his brush you observe an increased mastery 
of the approved elements of pictorial representation. For aristocratic restraint, 
coupled with clearly realized individuality, special mention must be made of 
the seated figure of His Majesty the King of Sweden. In sheer vigor of 
characterization the standing three-quarter length of Herr von Stubenrauch, 
late president of the Berlin police, occupies a position by itself in the artist’s 
gallery of international celebrities, 

It happened that this collection at the close of the exhibition, Janu- 
ary 24, was not scheduled for exhibition elsewhere for the remainder 
of the season and the artist consented to have it remain on view in 


the gallery until the next exhibition season opens. 
ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF THE SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ARTISTS 


Early in 1928 it became known that the Corcoran Gallery, due to 
the erection of the W. A. Clark Annex and the installation of his 
great collection, could not hold the accustomed annual exhibits of 
the local art societies. A plea was made by the artists, who were 
at a loss for accommodations, to the director of the National Gallery 
who was glad to grant the request, although the granting implied 
a very great crowding of the season’s exhibits. The annual exhibi- 
tion of the Society . Washington Artists followed the Osterman 
exhibit and was opened to the public February 4. The society 
printed its usual catalogue, which listed 119 paintings and 11 works 
of sculpture. The installation in the three available halls of the 
gallery proved highly satisfactory to the society and the exhibit 
met with marked public appreciation. 


COLLECTION OF CONTEMPORARY BRITISH ART 


The exhibit of the local society was followed by a most interesting 
collection of paintings, 91 in number, by contemporary British 
artists, which remained on view from March 5 through April 1. 
The paintings were assembled in London by Miss Charlotte Pearson 
with the approval of the president of the Royal Academy, who 
named as an honorary committee the Earl of Balfour, K. G., the 
Earl of Birkenhead, K. G., Sir Frederic G. Kenyon, G. B. E.,. 
and His Excellency ihe Hon. Alanson B. Houghton, ambassador: 
of the United States to Great Britain. The committee of selection 
was composed of Robert Anning Bell, R. A., Sir D. Y. Cameron, 
R. A., Sir George Clausen, R. A., Julius Olsson, R. A., and Miss Char- 
lotte Pearson, secretary, who accompanied the collection to Wash- 
ington, and at the close of its presentation here directed its transfer 
to the Toronto Art Gallery, Toronto, Ontario, Canada. — 

The exhibit was held under the patronage of His Excellency Si r 
Esme Howard, G. C. M. G., the British ambassador to the United 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 57 


States, and was opened by a public reception tendered by the Board 
of Regents of the Institution. The foreword of the catalogue, by 
Sir Frederic G. Kenyon, G. B. E., was introduced by the following 
lines: 

The object of the present exhibition is to bring to the notice of the American 
people some part of the contemporary work of the artists of Great Britain. 
It hag the support of many ‘of its leading painters, and it is believed that it 
may fairly claim to be representative of much of the best work that is being 


done there to-day. Merely as an exhibition of art it is hoped that it has 
attractiveness and merit. 


ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF THE WASHINGTON WATER COLOR CLUB 


The annual exhibition of the Washington Water Color Club fol- 
lowed the British exhibit and closed the loan exhibition program for 
the season. There were 226 exhibits—185 in water colors and 41 
etchings, block prints, and drawings. The result in this case, as in 
that of the local oil exhibit, was highly satisfactory. The works 
were well shown and the attendance was gratifying. 

It may be stated in this place that it is not a definitely authorized 
privilege of the gallery, which is a Government bureau, to entertain 
displays for individuals or private organizations of which an essen- 
tial feature is the privilege of making sales. The admission of the 
exhibits of the two local societies was, as stated above, due to a serious 
emergency that had arisen, and no objection has been raised. 


THE JOHN ROSS KEY COLLECTION OF PAINTINGS 


In January, 1927, the gallery accepted for temporary exhibition a 
large collection of paintings by John Ross Key, mainly landscapes 
of the near-by States but including a number of interesting canvases 
representing colonial mansions of Washington and near-by Maryland 
and Virginia. These latter paintings have much sentimental inter- 
est aside from the subjects represented, being the handiwork of the 
grandson of Francis Scott Key, the author of our Star-Spangled 
Banner. At the close of the exhibition the owner, Mrs. Ellenore 
Dutcher Key, was permitted to continue the exhibition for, several 
months beyond the stipulated period, and the collection is still held 
in reserve at the close of the fiscal year 1928. 


REINSTALLATION OF COLLECTIONS 


At the close of the loan exhibition season in July, reinstallation of 
the gallery collections, largely in storage, was taken up and given 
very careful attention, so that the appearance of the gallery to-day 
is more satisfactory and the collections more fully representative than 


58 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


at any previous period. Paintings of the highest order of merit were 
chosen, and overcrowding was avoided. Many works are, however, 
held in reserve, but all of these are hung where they may be seen to 
advantage by visitors desiring to examine them. 


LABELING OF COLLECTIONS 


Upward of 100 metal labels have been engraved and attached 
to the frames of the paintings to which they belong. Aside from 
these labels, all necessarily of small size, and limited to the simplest 
essentials of record, framed labels giving fuller data are attached to 
the background in close proximity to the pictures. 


CARE OF COLLECTIONS 


Requisite care has been given to all paintings with respect to repair, 
restoration, varnishing, and glazing, there remaining unglazed only 
four works which are of such large size that glass can not be intro- 
duced. Three paintings requiring expert treatment, Man Wearing 
a Large Hat, by Rembrandt; portraits of Lord Abercorn, by Law- 
rence, and of Viscount Hill, by Reynolds, were intrusted to the 
expert restorer of old masters, Mr. H. E. Thompson, of the Boston 
Museum of Fine Arts, and have been returned to the gallery in an 
entirely satisfactory state. 


ART WORKS RECEIVED DURING THE YEAR 


Accessions of art works by the Smithsonian Institution, subject to 
transfer to the National Gallery on approval of the advisory com- 
mittee of the gallery commission, are as follows: 

Portrait of Admiral Samuel Francis Du Pont (1803-1865) by 
Daniel Huntington, P. N. A. (1816-1906) ; bequest of Mrs. May Du 
Pont Saulsbury, for the National Portrait Gallery. 

A painting entitled “Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone,” by 
Thomas Moran, N. A. (1837-1926); gift of Mr. George Dupont 
Pratt, of New York City. 

A painting by Belmore Browne (1880-), entitled “The Chief’s 
Canoe,” purchased from the Henry Ward Ranger fund by the coun- 
cil of the National Academy of Design, trustees of the fund, and as- 
signed to the gallery. 

Thirty-six pieces of porcelain including pate-sur-pate by Solon 
and his pupil, A. Birks; Old Worcester ware; Hall porcelain; Meis- 
sen; and Capo di iene Doccia, and other Italian porcelains. Gift 
of Mrs. Alfred Duane Pell as an addition to the Alfred Duane Pell 
collection. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 59 


Miniature painting of Mrs. Harriet Lane Johnston by John Henry 
Brown (1818-1891) ; bequest of Miss May S. Kennedy, cousin of Mrs. 
Johnston, as an addition to the Harriet Lane Johnston collection, 
“said painting (according to the terms of acceptance) * * * to 
be placed in the case beside the miniature of President Buchanan 
and there permanently exhibited, and in case it shall not be so exhib- 
ited, it shall revert to the members of the family of May S. Kennedy, ~ 
in accordance with the terms of her said will.” 

Thirteen specimens of modern Japanese cloisonné, and a series 
of nine small vases illustrating the stages of manufacture, with the 
tools and materials used in the manufacture of cloisonné, all by 
Yoshichika, of Tokyo, Japan; presented by Seth B., jr., and Thomas 
Dudley Robinson, of New York City. 

Medallion portrait in bronze of Dr. Charles W. Elliot, by W. 
Clark Noble; gift of the sculptor. 

A pai tind, entitled “The Abbess,” by Govaert Camphuysen 
(1624-1674) ; bequest of Mrs. Emily H. Edrington. 


LOANS ACCEPTED BY- THE GALLERY 


Portrait of Lady Evelyn Cook, by John Hoppner, N. A. (1758- 
1810) ; let by Mrs. Arthur Lee, of Washington, D. C. 

A painting entitled “A Farnese Investiture,” attributed to Titian 
(1477-1576) ; lent by Mrs. Estelle Bakewell-Green, Norwood, Pa. 

A painting entitled “The Immaculate Conception with the Mir- 
ror,” by Bartolomé Estéban Murillo (1617-1682); lent by Mr. De 
Witt V. Hutchins, Riverside, Calif. 

Portraits of Fisher Wales by Gilbert Stuart, and ingen dae 
Hamilton, by John Trumbull ; lent by Mr. Georse Cabot Lodge, of 
Washington, D. C. 

A painting entitled “The Lido, Venice,” by H. Corrodi, Rome 
(1844-1905) ; lent by Mr. Arthur T. Brice. 

Portrait of Dr. Charles G. Abbot, Secretary of the Smithsonian 
Institution, 1928— , by S. L. Huntley; lent by Doctor Abbot. 

Portrait of Henry, Prince of Wales (or Prince Charles), by C 
Janssens van Ceulen (1664); lent by Mr. and Mrs. Marshall Lang- 
horne, Washington, D. C. 


DISTRIBUTIONS 


as 


Paintings lent to the gallery have been withdrawn by their owners 
as follows: 

Portrait of Thomas Amory, of Boston, by Gilbert Stuart; with- 
drawn by Miss Helen Amory Ernst. 

Twenty old masters intrusted to the gallery in 1924 by Mrs. Ralph 
Cross Johnson fer temporary care and display; withdrawn by her 


17563—28——_5 


60 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


daughter, Mrs. Marshall Langhorne, as follows: Portrait of the 
Duke of Sussex, by Sir William Beechey; View of St. Paul’s and 
Black Friar’s Bridge, by Calcott; Large Landscape, Dedham Vale, 
and Small Landscape, Heavy Clouds, by Constable; Portrait of 
Henry, Prince of Wales (or Charles), by Janssens; Portrait of 
Ruben’s Wife, by Jordaens; Self Portrait, by Lawrence; Festive. 
Scene, by Jan Molenaer; Portrait of a Man, by Raeburn; Portrait 
of Richard Brinsley Sheridan, Portrait of Lord Lifford, Portrait of 
Mrs. Lloyd, and Portrait of Lord Roth, by Reynolds; Interior of 
Kings College Chapel, Oxford, by David Roberts; Marine, Ap-. 
proaching Storm, by Stanfield; Dutch Landscape with figures, by 
Van Strij; Italian Landscape, Classical Landscape, and Small Land- 
scape, by Richard Wilson; Small Seascape, by Guardi. 

Fourteen paintings by British and Dutch masters, lent by Henry- 
Cleveland Perkins, Esq., in 1922, withdrawn by the heirs of Mr. 
Perkins, as follows: Portrait of a Man, by Sir William Beechey ; 
Portrait of a Boy, by John Hoppner; Cottage Scene, by Ladbrooke ; 
Portrait of Henry, First Ear] Mulgrave, by Sir Thomas Lawrence; 
Portrait of a Dutch Lady, by Michael Janson Mierevelt; Portrait of . 
a Girl, by John Opie; Portrait of Frances, Countess of Clermont, 
by Sir Joshua Reynolds; The Windmill, by Salomon Ruysdael; two, 
Studies of Ruins, and a Landscape, by Richard Wilson; Landscape, 
by an Unknown Artist; Madonna and Child, attributed to Van Dyck: 
Portrait of Dutch Lady, by Jan Victoors. 

The John H. McFadden collection of 43 British masters, received’ 
by the gallery in July, 1922; withdrawn by the trustees of the col- 
lection to be transferred to its permanent home in the Philadelphia 
Museum of Art. The list follows: A Coast Scene, Normandy, by 
Richard Parks Bonington; The Lock, Hampstead Heath, Storm: 
Coming Up and The Dell in Helmingham Park, by John Constable; 
Going to the Hayfield, 1849, by David Cox; Blacksmith Shop, near 
Hingham, Norfolk, and Woody Landscape, at Colney, by John 
Crome; Henrietta, Lady Rodney, and A Classical Landscape, by- 
Thomas Gainsborough; The Misses Leader, The Leader Children, 
and Mrs. Weddell and Children, by George Henry Harlow; The 
Assembly at Wanstead House and The Fountaine Family, by William 
Hogarth; Mrs. Hoppner, by John Hoppner; Miss West (afterwards: 
Mrs. William Woodgate), by Sir Thomas Lawrence; The Refuge (or: 
The Storm), 1853, by John Linnell, sr.; Old Coaching Days, the 
Fruits of Early Industry, and The Happy Cottagers, by George. 
Morland; Lady Belhaven, Master Thomas Bissland, Master John 
Campbell of Saddell, Col. Charles Christie, Lady Elibank, Mr. 
Lawrie, of Woodlea, Castle Douglas, Alexander Shaw, and Portrait 
of a Gentleman, by Sir Henry Raeburn; Master Bunbury and The- 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 61 


Right Hon. Edmund P. Burke, M. P., by Sir Joshua Reynolds; Mrs. 
Crouch, Mrs. De Crespigny, Mrs. Finch, Lady Grantham, Lady 
Hamilton (study head), Mrs. Tickell, Rev. John Wesley, and Little 
Bo-Peep, by George Romney; Landscape with Cattle, by James 
Stark; Laborers—The Brick Cart, 1767, by George Stubbs; Burning 
of the Houses of Parliament, by J. M. W. Turner; Sir Walter Scott, 
Bart., by Sir John Watson-Gordon; View on the Thames, by Richard 
Wilson. 

Five paintings by French masters, withdrawn by the Hon. and 
Mrs. Louis A. Frothingham; The Lake (panel) and Twilight on 
the River Oise, by C. F. Daubigny; The Little Marauders (panel) 
and Group of Dogs (Fox Hounds) (panel), by Narcisse Diaz; The 
Setting Sun (canvas), by J. B. C. Corot. 

Mention should be made here of the privilege granted by the 
gallery to the sculptor Moses W. Dykaar, who has been permitted 
to temporarily occupy room 29 in the National Museum, which is 
assigned to the gallery as a studio and workroom. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


The wall coverings of the gallery, the background for the paint- 
ings and other art works, are a consideration of first importance. 
The burlaps applied to the walls six years ago gradually faded to a 
golden brown, giving a rich effect to the halls, but later changed to a 
dull brown so somber that it was removed and replaced in part by 
burlaps of a light-green tone, a little too positive but contrasting 
agreeably with the warm tones of the paintings. 

A number of burlap-covered screens for gallery use, a prime 
necessity in accommodating overflow of exhibits, were added to the 
already large supply. Four easels required for the display of paint- 
ings of special note were added, besides one exhibition case of the 
gem type, eight mahogany settees, and four pedestals for the installa- 
tion of portrait busts. The gallery to-day is not crowded as here- 
tofore and presents a more finished and restful appearance than at. 
any previous date. Oil paintings, 337 in number, and 82 drawings 
in various mediums by French artists of note are shown to good ad- 
vantage on folding screens in the south room, and 70 works worthy 
of a place in the gallery are held in reserve to be utilized as oppor- 
tunity occurs. 


LIBRARY 


The gallery library has added by gift, purchase, and subscription 
1,096 numbers to its upward of 1,500 volumes, pamphlets, and peri- 
odicals, and 12 water-color paintings by W. H. Holmes, gift of the 
artist. ‘ 


62 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


It was found possible to enlist the services of Miss Helen V. Barnes, 
junior librarian, for a period of two months, to assist in the Smith- 
sonian library as a return for work done in that library for the 
gallery. 

PUBLICATIONS 


Hotmes, W. H. Report on the National Gallery of Art for the year ending 
June 30, 1927. Appendix 2, report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian 
Institution for the year ending June 30, 1927, pp. 53-61. 

The National Gallery and the Scope and Functions of an Art Museum. 
No. 5 of the series under Topic 14—Arts, Topical Survey of the Government. 
United States Daily, Washington, July 17, 1927, Vol. II, No. 106. 

Catalogue of A Collection of Portraits by Bernhard Osterman, Member of the 
Royal Swedish Academy of Arts, on view in the National Gallery, Natural 
History Building, United States National Museum, January 16 to January 
24, 1928. Washington, 1928, pp. 1-4; 6 illustrations. 

Catalogue of a collection of paintings by contemporary British artists on view 
in the National Gallery, Natural History Building, United States National 
Museum, March 5 through April 1, 1928. Washington, 1928, pp. 1-8. 


Respectfully submitted. 
W. H. Hoitmss, Director. 
Dr. Cuartes G. ABpor, 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 3 
REPORT ON THE FREER GALLERY OF ART 


Sir: I have the honor to submit the eighth annual report on the 
Freer Gallery of Art for the year ending June 30, 1928: 


THE COLLECTIONS 


Additions to the collections by purchase are as follows: 


28.1. 


28.2. 


28.4. 


98.5. 


28.8. 


POTTERY 


Persian, thirteenth century. Rhages. A large jar, with bands of orna- 
ment in bold relief. Dark blue glaze with traces of red painting and 
gilding. A fine specimen of great significance. 

Persian, twelfth-thirteenth century. Rhages. A goblet, with a painted 
decoration over a white enamel glaze. The colors are red, blue, grayish- 
yellow, and light green. 


PORCELAIN 


. Chinese, early eighteenth century. A shallow bowl with a floral decora- 


tion painted in enamels over a white glaze. Mark: Yung Chéng in 
blue. enamel. 

Chinese, early eighteenth century. A shallow bowl, covered by a. white 
glaze inside and a light green glaze outside. The floral decoration is 
painted in enamels over glaze. Mark: Yung Chéng in blue enamel. | 

Chinese, early eighteenth century. A small shallow bowl, covered by a 
white glaze inside and a rose pink glaze outside. The decoration of 
bamboo is in two tones of green enamel, inlaid in the glaze. Mark: 
Yung Chéng in blue enamel. 


PAINTINGS 


. Persian, late thirteenth century. Abbasid School. 


Two leaves from a ms. book, probably a Manafi-al-Hayawan. Each page 
bears a painting of birds and foliage, rendered in water colors and 
gold. 

Persian, sixteenth-seventeenth century. Turkish School. A battle scene, 
with mounted warriors, foot soldiers with shields, and a phalanx of 
chariots. It is rendered in pale colors and gold on a long strip 
inlaid in a page of manuscript. 


. Persian, early sixteenth century. Bukhara School. A portrait of a 


youthful prince, standing. It is painted in opaque white and green 
.pigment and gold on a ground of pale green. 
63 


64 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


28.10. Persian, early seventeenth century. Riza ’Abbasi School. A youth kneel- 
ing and holding out a wine cup. It is painted in black outline with 
areas of color, and slight gold. 

28.11. Persian, early fifteenth century. Timurid period. A battle scene, the 
siege of a fortress, painted in colors and gold; an illustration in a page 
of manuscript. 

The work of the care and preservation of objects in the collec- 
tion, which goes forward year by year, has this year included the 
remounting of four Japanese screens, in addition to completing the 
work on Japanese screen 01.173, which was begun in the spring of 
1927. Twenty-two paintings in the American section have been 
put in condition. Changes in exhibition during the year have 
involved 168 different objects, itemized as follows: 

63 Whistler etchings. 

40 Whistler and other oil paintings. 
11 Japanese screens. 

6 Japanese lacquer and sculpture. 
7 Japanese panels. 

4 Chinese pottery. 
28 Near Hastern paintings. 

1 Indian sculpture. 

6 Near Eastern pottery. 

2 Siamese sculptures. 


Two hundred and twenty-four objects have been submitted for an 
expert opinion upon them, or for translation of their oriental inscrip- 
tions. Thirty-four other translations of inscriptions have been made 
from photographs submitted to the curator. 

Additions to the library include 26 volumes, 28 periodicals, and 59 
pamphlets. The Chinese library of the eminent oriental scholar, the 
late William Woodville Rockhill, which was presented by Mrs. Rock- 
hill to the Smithsonian Institution in the autumn of 1927 and de- 
posited in the Freer Gallery, forms an important addition to the 
Chinese section of the library. The Rockhill collection comprises 
1,100 volumes, ranging in date of publication from 1659 to 1913. 
A list of the new accessions accompanies this report as Appendix A 
(not printed). 

The books of the field staff comprise a separate and movable unit 
of the general reference library and are at present installed at the 
gallery. The total number of volumes in this branch is 661; unbound 
periodicals, 134; pamphlets, 439; catalogues, 36; and bulletins, 9. 
Thirty-six volumes have been added during the current year. A 
complete list of books in the field library accompanies this report 
as Part II, Appendix A (not printed). 

As noted in the report of last year, the demand for photographs 
by special students and others is constantly increasing the store of 
negatives. The total number of these is now 1,491, in addition to 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 65 


‘829 negatives of Biblical MSS. A certain number of prints from 
these negatives are always kept in stock to meet the popular demand; 
-others can be obtained upon order. The total number of sales of 
reproductions are as follows: Photographs, 1,089; negatives, 2; a 
rubbing from a Chinese stone relief, 1; lantern slides, 100; post cards, 
9,017. All of the foregoing are sold at their cost prices. 

The pamphlets issued by the gallery have been increased by a 
“List of paintings, pastels, drawings, prints, and copper plates, by 
and attributed to American and European artists, together with a 
list of or:ginal Whistleriana in the Freer Gallery of Art” (Smith- 
‘sonian Publ. No. 2963), dated March 20, 1928. Sales of gallery 
publications were as follows: 


TOL COR ANS Tez of aU CS) ej i ae SN as ee ae Ee ag a cag maar as ceeds 319 
‘Synopsis of History______--__-----------_-- ae eT ences Br ae SUL eee eee Roe" ees 306 
‘Gallery books: 
Gaillleryin Vis ss oi Na ATE RS BRE OIE cD BN SP A i ela aed Ea 22 
AGT TSy NEN te eee est See ee ee ee ee Be 28 
SABC Tea ee a a I NN ae SM A UG RT ee lan ee 20: 
GP TU Sa? jG (EEN a ga Pe ee eh es ed Te han SE nc ces ae 16 
(Peo TASTY, EG By [ata ate ealgeeste aexuhe aaa is et amis eee pa see uciiye eee apeds apes Sanaa 173 
—— 259 
‘Outline of Study: 
OUTS Cie hbk gh 1 eek ee he De ee te 28 
CCB IU GIS * LITE a Es A 2 Ss SN Fa a sa OL) SE 2 Sak ee pee ae 13 
Rei SE OiMeRDIMLIDES, Wastels: ete 2-29 2) ta ee 95 
SPUT LP RIMS Ln Sate aD a ae ag SAP el Slee ae hed ee mee ee mem oe ee ee 11 


THE BUILDING 


The shop has been constantly occupied during the year with the 
making of necessary stands, frames, and cases, general repair work, 
and the fitting up of two additional workrooms, namely, an office for 
the field staff and a room for operating the mimeograph and photo- 
graph press. A detailed report made by the superintendent is sub- 
mitted herewith as Appendix C (not printed). 


ATTENDANCE 


The gallery has been open every day with the exception of Mon- 
days, Christmas Day, and New Year’s Day, from 9 until 4.30 o’clock. 
The total attendance for the year was 111,288. The aggregate Sun- 
day attendance was 32,279, with an average of 620. The week-day 
attendance amounted to 79,009, with an average of 305. It reached 
its highest totals in the months between April and October, inclu- 
sive. The total number of visitors to the office was 1,218. Of these, 
171 came for general information; 48 to study the building and 
museum methods; 64 to submit objects for examination ; 262 to see ob- 
jects in storage ; 221 to study in the library; 80 to see the facsimiles of 


66 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


the Washington MSS; 23 to make drawings; 4 to make photographs; 
and 182 to purchase photographs. Thirty-three classes were given 
instruction, four groups were given docent service in the galleries, 
and two lectures were delivered in the auditorium, as follows: 

February 25: Dr. Alfred Salmony, on “ Les Problémes de la Sculpture dans 
les Indes Orientales.” Illustrated. 

Mareh 16: My. Carl W. Bishop, on “Archeological Research in China.” 
Illustrated. The latter lecture was given under the combined auspices of the 
Archeological Society of Washington and the Art and Archeology League. 

This report marks the close of the fifth year of the Freer Gallery 
as an institution open to the uses of the public. During these years 


oe ae 


JENDANGE 


esau 


Fie. 


the total attendance has been fairly constant, that of the first year 
reaching 111,942; that of the fifth year, 111,288. The Sunday at- 
tendance has noticeably increased, being slightly more than twice as 
great as week-day attendance during the past year. Figure 1 indi- 
cates in graphic form the total and average attendance since the 
gallery was first opened to the public. 

Last winter for the space of a month a record was kept of the 
average length of time spent by visitors in the exhibition galleries. 
During the time that this observation was being made the longest 
visit lasted 2 hours and 45 minutes; the shortest, 11 minutes. Fig- 
ure 2 indicates the average stay. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 67 


While the above records give some indication of the response of the 
general public to the exhibitions, another survey indicates the demand 
made upon the inner resources of the gallery by that smaller section 
of the public which has an especial interest in the field of art rep- 
resented in the collections. It is interesting to note the steady 
growth of this group with its demands analyzed in Figure 3. 


FIELD WORK 


Owing in part to conditions in China and in part to the large 
amount of material already secured for study, Mr. C. W. Bishop, as- 
sociate curator, was, as stated in the report for last year, temporarily 
recalled to the gallery. He traveled by way of Egypt and the prin- 
cipal western European countries, where he visited collections and 
sites of importance and held discussions with a number of promi- 
nent archeologists. Since his arrival in Washington he has been en- 
gaged principally in working up the material collected during his 
four years and a half in the field. 


Best 


es areas 
Te een] 
andes “S| 


Gab aseetnnet ib 


ssietes 


a 
easraag. 
Boo) 2 


Dr. C. Li and Mr. K. Z. Tung, the Chinese members of the field 
staff, were left in China in order to maintain the contacts already 
established with various Chinese scientific bodies and to prepare the 
way for further field work at an early date. In both these tasks they 
have achieved gratifying success. Negotiations are at present being 
conducted with the newly-founded bureau of scientific research, an 
organization whose character and aims correspond somewhat closely 
to those of the Smithsonian Institution, for cooperation in archeo- 
logical investigation. 

Early in the present summer Doctor Li was called to the gallery 
to discuss future field work and to complete, with the aid of the facil- 
ities now available in Washington, his report on his excavations in 
southwestern Shansi Province. He plans, upon his return to China, 
to establish a field station as a semipermanent base of operations, thus 
permitting the uninterrupted prosecution of excavation for much 
longer periods. 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


68 


3 


Fic. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 69 


A detailed account of the activities of the field staff will be found 
in Appendix B, herewith submitted (not printed). 


PERSONNEL 


Mr. Herbert E. Thompson, with his assistant, Mr. Finlayson, 
worked on the preservation of 22 oil paintings. 

Mr. Y. Kinoshita, of the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, worked at 
the gallery from January 3 to June 16 on the preservation of oriental 
paintings. 

Miss Christabel E. Hill has been added to the field staff as ste- 
nographer. 

Mr. A. G. Wenley, field assistant, spent the year in study under 
Pelliot and Elisséeff, in Paris. 

Dr. Chi Li, of the field staff, reported at the gallery on May 26 for 
a stay of two months. 

Respectfully submitted. 

J. E. Lopes, 
Curator, Freer Gallery of Art. 
Dr. C: G. Apsor, 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 4 
REPORT ON THE BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 


Sir: The following report on the field researches, office work, and 
other operations of the Bureau of American Ethnology during the 
fiscal year ended June 30, 1928, is herewith submitted. This work 
was conducted in accordance with the act of Congress approved 
February 11, 1927, which contains the following item: 

American ethnology: For continuing ethnological researches among the Ameri- 
can Indians and the natives of Hawaii, the excavation and preservation of 
archeologic remains under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution, includ- 
ing necessary employees, the preparation of manuscripts, drawings, and illustra- 
tions, the purchase of books and periodicals, and traveling expenses, $58,720, 
of which amount not to exceed $48,000 may be expended for personal services in 
the District of Columbia. 

Dr. J. Walter Fewkes, chief of the bureau since March 1, 1918, 
continued to occupy that position until January 15, 1928, when he 
retired as chief but continued on the staff of the bureau as associate 
anthropologist. 

The general program of the bureau for the entire year has been 
similar to that of the last fiscal year. 

Doctor Fewkes’s scientific work has been mainly devoted to the 
preparation of a report on his excavations at Elden Pueblo, Ariz., 
made during the summer of 1926. 

Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, completed the proof reading 
of his papers on the Social Organization and Social Usages of the 
Indians of the Creek Confederacy, the Religious Beliefs and Medical 
Practices of the Creek Indians, The Culture of the Southeast, and 
a paper by the late Wiliam KE. Myer on Trails of the Southeast, all 
of which have appeared in the forty-second .annual report of the 
bureau, and of a short paper on the Social and Religious Usages 
of the Chickasaw Indians which is to appear in the forty-fourth 
annual repert. He spent some time in continuing the preparation 
of a tribal map of aboriginal North America north of Mexico and 
the text accompanying, and assisted in the preparation for publica- 
tion of James Mooney’s paper on The Aboriginal Population of 
America North of Mexico, which appeared as volume 80, No. 7, of 
the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. 

Work in connection with the Timucua dictionary, with the help 
of Miss Tucker, was continued during most of the year. In 1926, 

70 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 71 


Miss Irene Wright, in the employ of the Florida State Historical — 
Society, discovered a letter in the archives of the Indies at Sevilla 
written in the Timucua language. Part of the work of preparing 
this material for publication by the society has been done by Doctor 
Swanton, and in the same volume an earlier letter, discovered and 
published by Buckingham Smith is to be included. Although this 
publication is being done outside, it will furnish in more convenient 
and reliable form all of the known material which we have not yet 
drawn upon for the dictionary, some scattered words alone excepted. 
Doctor Swanton has been called upon for an unusual amount of 
advisory and other special work during the past year. 

From July 1 to 22 Dr. Truman Michelson, ethnologist, continued 
ethnological and linguistic work among the Sac and Fox of Iowa. 
From the latter part of July to the end of August he was engaged 
in work on the Northern Arapaho, devoting his time mainly to 
linguistics, and was able to-unravel a number of complex phonetic 
shifts whereby a larger proportion of Algonquian elements in the 
language were made more certain than hitherto suspected. He also 
took physical measurements of a number of Arapaho and Shoshoni 
Indians. As far as the latter is concerned, the cephalic index of 
his series agrees closely with that obtained under the direction of 
Doctor Boas more than 20 years ago. After his return to Washington, 
September 1, he corrected the proofs of his notes on the buffalo- 
head dance of the thunder gens of the Fox Indians, which will appear 
as Bulletin 87 of the bureau. 

Doctor Michelson submitted for publication a work entitled “ Ob- 
servations on the Thunder Dance of the Bear Gens of the Fox 
Indians,” which is to be issued as Bulletin 89 of the bureau. He has 
also submitted a manuscript designated “Sketch of the Buffalo 
Dance of the Bear Gens of the Fox Indians.” He worked out a 
complete translation of a syllabic text supplementary to his paper, in 
the fortieth annual report. A number of technical papers have 
been prepared by Doctor Michelson and published in various scien- 
tific journals. Doctor Michelson from time to time has furnished 
data to answer official correspondence. 

Mr. J. P. Harrington, ethnologist, spent the year in a study of the 
Mission Indians of the Santa Barbara region of California and of 
the Taos Tribe of north-central New Mexico. 

Leaving for the field in the fall of 1927, Mr. Harrington nestimetl 
his field studies at Santa Barbara with great success, securing a 
mass of important linguistic information jana the ne few aged 
survivors of the proud and highly cultured people which only a few 
decades ago thickly populated the islands and mainland coasts of the 
Santa Barbara region. The material covered the entire range of 
knowledge of the informants and included difficult translations inte 


72 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


the Chumashan. These translations now include an almost exhaustive 
study of the earlier period of Chumashan history. The grammatical 
material was all perfectly heard and reaches into every corner of 
phonetic phenomena and grammatical construction. The work con- 
tains a new and exhaustive study of the early voyages, proving, 
among other points that will have great popular interest, that Cabrillo 
was the discoverer of Monterrey. It also contains translations made 
by Mr. Harrington of the diaries of the early land expeditions, 
throwing new light on hitherto dark chapters of the earliest history 
of Alta California, since this history is here for the first time dealt 
with from the Indian viewpoint. In this work Mr. Harrington has 
cooperated with Fr. Zephyrin Engelhardt, custodian of the Santa 
Barbara Mission archives, and with Dr. H. E. Bolton and other 
friends at the Bancroft Library of the University of California. 

Returning to Washington in March, Mr. Harrington elaborated 
his recent notes and prepared his Taos material for publication. 
This consists of a thorough presentation of the documents of Taos 
Indian history, all of them worked through afresh and provided with 
new original translations by Mr. Harrington, a presentation of Taos 
ethnology, and a comprehensive vocabulary of the Taos language, 
which, as Mr. Harrington has recently pointed out, has close genetic 
relationship with the Kiowa language. 

At the beginning of the fiscal year 1928-Mr. J. N. B. Hewitt, 
ethnologist, undertook a detailed study and interpretation of certain 
Onondaga Iroquoian texts recorded by him in former years relating 
to the wind or air gods, who are in fact disease gods of Iroquoian 
mythic thought. These texts are Delphic in their brevity, and so 
are most difficult to interpret and to correlate. They are only brief 
myths, most of the details of which have been forgotten, and so the 
mode of telling them has become oracular. 

Mr. Hewitt read the galley proof of his paper in the forty-third 
annual report of the bureau, Iroquoian Cosmology, Second Part. 
Severe illness during the early winter delayed this work, but upon 
partial recovery he completed this task and also the final reading in 
page proofs. 

Mr. Hewitt also edited Mr. Edwin Thompson Denig’s manuscript, 
Report on the Indian Tribes of the Upper Missouri to the Hon. Isaac 
H. Stevens, Governor of Washington Territory. He added an intro- 
duction to the report, with a brief biography of the author. 

As the representative of the Smithsonian Institution on the United 
States Geographic Board, Mr. Hewitt attended the meetings of the 
board and of the executive committee of that board, of which he is 
also a member. 

As custodian of the bureau manuscripts, Mr. Hewitt reports the 
continuation of the work of recataloguing the manuscript material 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 73 


and the phonograph music records belonging to the archives. Miss 
M. W. Tucker typed the cards and stored the material, and also cata- 
logued 250 cylinders of the Osage Indian songs and rituals. These 
‘were verified by Doctor LaFlesche with the use of the phonograph, 
and are therefore authentic. Mr. Harrington has also turned over 
his collection of 100 cylinders. Miss Densmore has, to date, a total of 
1,697 cylinders listed and filed. 

There are now 3,079 manuscripts in the archives, and about 626 
phonograph records, in addition to those of Miss Densmore. 

On May 18, 1928, Mr. Hewitt left Washington to continue his 
studies among the Iroquoian and Chippewa tribes in Canada. He 
visited the Chippewa at Garden River to revise certain cosmic texts 
acquired in 1900 from Mr. John Miscogeon, of Bay View, Mich., and 
from Mr. George Gabaoosa, of Garden River, in 1921. He also 
visited the Huron remnant at Loretteville, near the city of Quebec, 
Canada, to ascertain whether any knowledge of an institution re- 
sembling closely the League of the Five Iroquois Tribes formerly 
extant among the Hurons then dwelling about Lake Simcoe still 
existed among this remnant of the Hurons. But no remembrance of 
it was found. 

He also visited the Caughnawaga Mohawk lving near Montreal, 
where information regarding the league and its institutions was 
sought, but he found only a jumble of ideas coming from the old 
religious thought of the natives, from the so-called Handsome Lake 
reformation, and from the hazy ideas instilled into them by the 
missionaries. Here Mr. Hewitt also sought information tending to 
identify the so-called Seven Nations of Canada, etc., who have re- 
cently become a problem for the Canadian Department of Justice 
and of the law department at Albany, N. Y. 

Mr. Hewitt’s most fruitful field of research was among the S1x°* 
Nations of Iroquois living on the Grand River grant not far from 
Brantford, Canada. Here he undertook the free translation of the 
historical tradition of the founding of the League of the Five Iro- 
quois Tribes in the closing decades of the sixteenth century, as related 
by the Mohawk and the Onondaga, which embodies the farewell 
address of Deganawide, the master mind in the work of establishing 
that institution. He also revised the seven myths in native Onon- 
daga texts relating to the gods of the air and the wind who control 
cliseases. . 

He also was fortunate enough to secure the emblem of official 
authority of the fire keeper of the council of the league to open and 
to close the sessions of the council. 

Mr. Hewitt, as usual, has devoted much time to providing, through 
careful research, data for replies to the many correspondents of the 
bureau. 


74 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1928, Dr. Francis LaF lesche, 
ethnologist, completed two manuscripts: Wa-sha-be A-thi?, contain- 
ing 270 pages, and Wa-wa-tho*, or Pipe Ceremony, containing 110 
pages. Another manuscript is in the hands of the editor, entitled 
“The Child-Naming Ritual.” 

He started a dictionary of the Omaha language, obtaining about 
7,000 words with both the Indian and the English meaning and 
usage. In November he began the compilation of a dictionary of the 
Osage language. About 20,000 words with their full meanings and 
usage have been completed. 

The month of July, 1927, and the first part of August were spent 
by Dr. F. H. H. Roberts, jr., archeologist, in the Chaco Canyon, 
N. Mex., completing the excavation of a late basket-maker site. 
It was discovered that the latter had been a village consisting of 18 
houses, a kiva or circular ceremonial structure; 48 storage bins; and 
a court. Definite knowledge of the house type was obtained during 
the progress of these excavations, as well as other information of 
value concerning one of the lesser known stages in the cultural de- 
velopment of the sedentary, agricultural Indians of the prehistoric 
Southwest. The work in the Chaco added materially to the infor- 
mation on southwestern archeology. 

Two weeks of August were spent in southeastern Utah in a recon- 
naissance along Montezuma Creek, one of the northern tributaries 
of the San Juan. The purpose of this reconnaissance was to locate 
additional late basket-maker sites which might warrant intensive 
investigation. Despite heavy rains and flooded conditions of the 
streams, he was able to make his way up Montezuma Creek a dis- 
tance of 40 miles. Several late basket-maker sites were observed, 
but in every case the remains were so eroded that it was not deemed 
-advisable to do any excavating. Several ruins were visited which 
were of interest because they had been noted and described by W. H 
Jackson in the Hayden survey report for Colorado and adjacent ter- 
ritory, 1876. Although unique from an architectural standpoint, the 
ruins belong to the late Mesa Verde era, the period when the pottery 
Seeeuighede of the large Mesa Venda pie and cliff dwellings 
was in vogue, 

At the end of August Doctor Roberts went to Pecos, N. Mex., 
where he attended the conference of southwestern archeologists and 
ethnologists held at the Pecos ruins, where the Andover Academy 
expedition under Dr. A. V. Kidder was completing its extensive 
investigations of that well-known pueblo. While at the conference 
he assisted in the drafting of a new outline of the sequence of cul- 
tural stages in southwestern prehistoric and early historic develop- 
ment of the sedentary Indian groups. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 75 


The first week in September found him at Folsom, N. Mex., where 
workmen of the Colorado Museum of Natural History, Denver, had 
uncovered several projectile points in direct association with the 
bones of an extinct species of bison, Bison taylori. Several days 
were spent in investigating the fossil bed and the surrounding terri- 
tory. Doctor Roberts was so impressed with the find that he sent for 
Dr. A. V. Kidder, of the Andover Academy and the Carnegie Insti- 
tution of Washington, and with him again went carefully over the 
problem presented. At the conclusion of the investigations Doctor 
Roberts and Doctor Kidder were convinced that the bones and the 
projectile points had been deposited in the stratum contem- 
poraneously. He returned to Washington early in October. 

The winter was spent in the preparation of a manuscript on the 
season’s work, entitled “ Shabikeshchee Village, a Late Basket Maker 
Site in the Chaco Canyon, New Mexico.” Another manuscript on 
Certain Cave Sites Near El Paso, Tex., was also completed. 

In February Doctor Roberts went to Melbourne, Fla., to view, in 
situ, a projectile point which Dr. J. W. Gidley, of the United States 
National Museum, had found in a stratum from which he was remov- 
ing the bones of extinct Pleistocene animals. The projectile point 
and bones were from the same stratum which in previous work -had 
yielded the crushed skull of a human being. It is around the latter 
that much anthropological and paleontological discussion has centered 
during the last two years. Doctor Roberts took advantage of the 
trip to Melbourne to visit a number of shell heaps and mounds left 
by some of the earlier Indian inhabitants of the region. 

In May, 1928, Doctor Roberts made a reconnaissance along the 
San Juan River to a point about 10 miles south of Rosa, N. Mex. 
Returning to Arboles, Colo., a short survey and inspection was made 
of the ruins and ruin sites along the Piedra River, one of the larger 
tributaries of the San Juan. As a result of the latter it was deter- 
mined to excavate a site located on a bluff 100 feet above the river 
on the east side of the Piedra 15 miles north of Arboles. 

The month of June was spent in an intensive investigation of the 
above site, which proved to be a Pueblo I village. Of the 24 houses 
excavated, 21 were single-room structures. Of the remaining 3, 2 
had been 2-room domiciles, while the third had contained three 
cell-like rooms. It was found that the structures varied considerably 
in size, some of them being but 5 to 6 feet square, while others were 
25 to 30 feet in length by 6 to 9 feet in width, but all had been 
constructed in the same manner. In most cases there had been a 
shght excavation measuring from 6 inches to 1 foot in depth. This 
pit portion of the dwelling, if the slight excavation may be so called, 

; 17563—28——_6 


76 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


was roughly rectangular in shape. At an average distance of 10 
inches from each corner a large post had been set in the floor. These 
four posts appear to have carried at their tops a rectangular frame- 
work, which formed the support for the roof and walls. Both the 
roof and walls had had a framework of small poles, which was 
covered with adobe plaster averaging 6 inches in thickness. The roof 
proper seems to have been flat, while the walls had a slight slope due 
to the fact that the poles which formed them had had their lower 
ends embedded in the earth around the edges of the shallow pit, while 
their upper ends leaned against the framework at the tops of the 
large support posts. In most cases the rooms were entered by means 
of a small doorway in the center of one of the side walls. One or 
two of the structures gave the suggestion of a roof entrance. In all 
cases the doorway seems to have had a large stone slab for a cover. 

There seems to have been a definite method of grouping the houses, 
from four to eight or more of them being grouped in a semicircle 
around a circular depression. Two of these depressions were exca- 
vated and two more were trenched in the hope that they might be 
found to contain kivas or ceremonial rooms, but in all four cases 
they were found to be nothing more than pits. It is quite possible 
that the earth used in making the plaster to cover the wooden frame- 
work of the structures was taken out of these pits; possibly the 
plaster itself was mixed there, while the hole remained to serve as a 
reservoir for the storing of water. In each case the lower portions 
of the pits gave distinct evidence of having been filled with water. 

Refuse mounds containing burials were found in most cases to le 
some distance south or southeast of the house clusters. The burials 
were of the contracted form, the body being placed in the shallow 
grave with the knees drawn up to the breast and the lower limbs 
tightly flexed to the upper. Accompanying each burial were two 
or three pottery vessels as mortuary offerings. 

A good collection of pottery and other specimens was secured 
from the houses and graves. 

An interesting sidelight on the village is that it. was destroyed by 
fire, presumably in the fall or early winter, as practically every 
vessel found in the structures contained corn, beans, wild cherries, 
or some other form of vegetal food. It appears that very little of 
the harvest had been used when through some mischance or other the 
village was devastated by flames. Two of the inhabitants were 
trapped in the houses, as the findings of the skeletons on the floor 
would indicate. In both instances the remaining fragments of bone 
showed clearly the marks of fire, and there was every evidence to 
show that the bodies had been consumed in the flames. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 77 
SPECIAL RESEARCHES 


Research in the music of the American Indians has been carried 
forward during the past year by Miss Frances Densmore, a collab- 
orator of the bureau. In October, 1927, Miss Densmore visited the 
Winnebago in Wisconsin, recording songs and interviewing many 
Indians within a radius of about 20 miles around Black River Falls. 
Highty-three songs were recorded, with data concerning their origin 
and use, and the singers and their environment were photographed. 
The winter feast (also known as the war-bundle feast) and the 
buffalo dance received special consideration, as these are distinc- 
tively Winnebago ceremonies. Twenty-five winter feast songs were 
recorded, including those of the night spirit, morning star, sun, 
bear, and thunderbird bundles. The songs were recorded and infor- 
mation given by men who habitually attend this feast, given annually 
in Wisconsin and Nebraska. The use of music in the treatment of the 
sick was found to be similar to that of the Chippewa and, in some 
respects, to that of other tribes. The principal informant on this 
subject was John Henry, living at Trempeleau, who recorded the 
‘songs used by his grandfather when treating the sick. Additional 
old healing songs included those formerly used by a Winnebago 
named Thunder’ and recorded by his sons. Herb remedies were 
administered and songs sung to make them effective. 

Among the war songs is a group composed by members of the 
tribe when serving in France with the United States Army during 
the recent war. These express a high patriotism and are interesting 
examples of songs composed by several persons in collaboration. 
This is a phase of musical composition which has been observed 
among the Sioux and Makah, as well as among Indians of British 
‘Columbia. Other classes of recorded Winnebago songs are those of 
the Heroka (bow and arrow spirits), songs to calm the waves, songs 
received in dreams, and songs of the moccasin game. 

One purpose of the work among the Winnebago was to ascertain 
whether their songs resembled those of the neighboring Chippewa 
or the related Sioux. The songs show a distinct resemblance to the 
Chippewa and to the Menominee. Each tribe has its own songs, 
and exceedingly old songs of each tribe have been obtained, but 
there is a general resemblance in the melodic trend. 

The study of material obtained at Neah Bay, Wash., and in 
British Columbia in 1926, as well as Menominee material obtained in 
1925, was continued, together with the work on Winnebago songs. 
Eight manuscripts were submitted with the following titles: “ Dance 
and dream songs of the Makah and Clayoquot Indians”; “ Miscel- 
Janeous Makah and Clayoquot songs and Makah customs”; “ Nitinat 


78 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


war and dance songs and Menominee songs connected with stories: 
of Manabus, with catalogue numbers of 184 songs”; “Songs of 
Nitinat medicine men and miscellaneous Nitinat songs, with catalogue 
numbers of Nitinat songs”; “ Songs of Indians living on the Fraser 
and Thompson Rivers in British Columbia”; “ Winnebago songs. 
of the Winter Feast”; “ Winnebago songs used in the treatment of 
the sick”; and “ Winnebago war songs, with catalogue numbers of 
Winnebago songs.” 

The paper on Makah customs includes a consideration of such 
topics as the construction of houses and canoes, tools, rope, clothing,. 
fishing, cooking, tatooing, and wedding customs, also methods of 
making observations of the sun, and beliefs concerning petitions for 
supernatural help. 

Early in June ,1928, Mr. H. Hughes, of Ono, Russell County, Ky... 
advised the Smithsonian Institution of certain Indian objects re- 
cently exhumed from a cave in the bluffs bordering Wolf Creek, a 
branch of Cumberland River. To examine these objects and the 
scene of their discovery, Mr. Neil M. Judd, curator of Americam 
archeology, United States National Museum, was directed to proceed 
to Ono. 

Accompanied by Mr. Hughes, Mr. Judd called upon the three gen-. 
tlemen concerned with the discovery of the matérial in question,. 
examined the specimens, and later visited the shallow cave from 
which they had been removed. The collection included parts of three- 
skeletons—two adults and an adolescent—a fragment of a buckskin. 
head band with fiber ropes attached, fragments of an olivella shell 
necklace, a covered basket, and portions of two others. The basket, 
certainly the most important of the several items, was woven of split. 
reeds; it is about 20 inches long, 8 inches wide, and 8 inches deep,. 
and was provided with a cover of approximately equal size that fitted 
completely over the container. The basket is doubtless of Cherokee- 
origin; pottery fragments found in the cave tend to confirm this. 
deduction. 

Owing to the fact that the site of discovery is only a shallow shelter: 
in a thick stratum of disintegrating shale, it is truly remarkable that. 
these textile fragments should have been so well preserved. Layers: 
of burned clay and ash indicated frequent though intermittent use- 
of the shelter by Indian peoples. Fragments of corncobs, one small 
red bean, gourd rind, and squash seeds were observed among the. 
shaly deposits covering the narrow floor space. 

During the summer and early fall of 1927 archeological investiga- 
tions for the Bureau of American Ethnology were continued by Mr. 
H. W. Krieger, curator of ethnology, United States National Museum, 
in the arid section of the Columbia Basin and in the lower valley 


‘REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 79 


of Snake River. During the preceding year the region extending 
from the mouth of the Yakima River to the Canadian border was 
explored. During the season of 1927 exploration of archeological 
_ sites was continued from the mouth of the Yakima River to Mosier, 
Oreg., in the vicinity of The Dalles. At this point an appreciable 
increase in rainfall and forest growth marks the dividing line between 
the humid northwest coast and the arid plateau of the interior. 

In most essentials the early occupants of the upper plateau 
possessed a remarkably uniform culture. It was found that the sub- 
culture arex of north-central Oregon appears to be distinguished by 
the -excellent chipping of weapon points and tools from obsidian, 
jasper, agate, and chalcedony. The subarea of The Dalles and Miller 
Island, the so-called “ Dalles culture,” is characterized to a greater 
degree than is the subarea of north-central Oregon by realistically 
shaped animal and human figurines executed in stone and wood and 
appearing on wooden combs, stone pestle heads, stone bowls, and as 
stone plaques. The subarea of The Dalles is also unique in the 
possession of a lozenge or ovoid-shape stone knife with beveled lateral 
surfaces shaped by rubbing. This type of knife was found in 
abundance at Lyle, Wash. In the Snake River Valley a form of bone 
_ or horn knife supplants the knife of chipped stone which prevails 
elsewhere in the Columbia Basin, except in the areas mentioned. 

Materials used as tools or as media on which to execute art designs 
are characteristic of very restricted localities and vary in many 
instances from village to village. The distinctions are the more 
clear cut the more ancient the site and the more free the area from 
the influence of contiguous culture areas. 

At Page, Wash., on the Snake River, about 20 miles from Pasco, 
were noted definite departures from the general type of archeological 
remains characteristic of the sites along the Columbia River. No 
copper ornaments or other objects of metal were found; nor were 
any objects uncovered, other than dentalium shell, that might indi- 
eate intercourse with British Columbia or with the tribes of the 
lower Columbia. Bone knives and scrapers here displaced those of 
chipped stone; weaving implements and perforators were of antler 
or bone instead of rubbed stone as on the Columbia. Pairs of sand- 
stone arrow-shaft rasps; fine-grained, grooved stone polishers; bas- 
ketry fragments, showing styles of false embroidery, lattice weave, 
and simple coiling and twining; ovoid stone clubs; and burials either 
with red paint or of the usual cremation group type—all these char- 
acteristics indicate a subculture area transitional between the Sho- 
shoni on the east and south and the Shahaptian tribes of the middle 
Columbia Basin. 

The type of early culture that existed within the arid sections of 
the Columbia Basin has become definitely established. Many of the 


80 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


connecting culture and trade relationships are now known. The re- 
lationship with the Shoshoni and with other cultures on the south, 
those of the basket maker and the pueblo, is not yet clearly defined. 
Further research along the Snake River and its tributaries in south- 
ern Idaho, northern Utah, and Nevada will no doubt bring out addi- 
tional evidence of relationships with the preagricultural peoples of 
the Southwest. 

Mr. Henry B. Collins, jr., assistant curator of ethnology, and Mr. 
T. Dale Stewart, of the division of physical anthropology, United 
States National Museum, were detailed to conduct field work along 
the coast of western Alaska, including the island of Nunivak,, for 
the purpose of observing these people, their manner of life, and their 
physical type, as well as to collect skeletal and cultural material from 
inhabited and abandoned villages. From the standpoint of the 
anthropologist, the section of Alaska from Bristol Bay northward 
along the coast to the mouth of the Yukon is one of much interest, 
for here dwell the most primitive group of Eskimo to be found in all 
of Alaska. The work was conducted under the auspices of the 
Bureau of American Ethnology, the United States National Museum, 
the American Association for the Advancement of Science, and the 
American Council of Learned Societies. 

Transportation to Nunivak Island was obtained on the U. S. S. 
Boxer, through the courtesy of the Federal Bureau of Education, 
which operates this boat in the interest of the native schools it main- 
tains throughout Alaska. The Bower stopped at Unalaska, Akutan, 
and Ugashik on the Aleutian Islands and the Alaska Peninsula, and 
later at Kanakanak on the upper part of Bristol Bay. 

Leaving Bristol Bay, the journey was continued northward along 
the coast, stopping at Kukukak, Togiak, Mumtrack, and Tanunuk. 
The Eskimo here live in small villages, usually along the coast near 
the mouth of a stream. They subsist principally on fish, seal, and 
birds, together with berries and-a few other native plants. The most 
important item of their clothing is the parka, a long coatlike gar- 
ment made of feathers or fur. Their dwellings are semisubterra- 
nean, consisting of a square or octagonal excavation from 1 to 3 
feet deep, with walls and roof built up of successive tiers of drift- 
wood logs, for there is no timber anywhere along the coast north of 
Bristol Bay. The outside is completely covered with sod. 

For winter travel the Eskimo use sleds and dog teams, while in 
summer most of their journeys are made in the kayak, the in- 
geniously made skin boat so typical of the Eskimo everywhere. 

On June 21 Mr. Collins and Mr. Stewart landed at Nash Harbor 
on the northwestern end of Nunivak Island, 48 days after leaving 
Seattle. Here at the small native village of Kligachimiuny is located 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 81 


the school of the Bureau of Education. Nunivak Island is 70 miles 
long and about 45 miles wide, but there are no dependable charts of 
its shores except for two restricted localities. 

While very little was definitely known of them, the Nunivak Eskimo 
have long been regarded as the most primitive in this remote region. 
This was found to be true. Women were found still wearing the lip, 
ear, and nose ornaments of beads and walrus ivory that were given 
up years ago by the other Eskimo of western Alaska. The elaborate 
observances and ceremonies relating to the hunting of the seal, and 
their social and religious life in general, furnish additional evidence 
of the extreme conservatism of these people. 

The first work accomplished at Nash Harbor was the taking of 
measurements and physiological observations on the natives. Much 
of the western end of the island was explored on foot, bones and 
ethnological material being collected from several deserted villages 
and finally from the village at Nash Harbor. After completion of the 
work on the western end of the island, camp was removed to Amo- 
lowikimiut, a native village at Camp Etolin, some 30 miles to the east. 

In August the party left Nunivak Island, Mr. Stewart going to St. 
Michael with the trader from Tanunuk villege, Nelson Island, while 
Mr. Collins stopped at Hooper Bay, an Eskimo village on the main- 
land between Nunivak and the Yukon, where additional collections 
were secured. From St. Michael the outward trip was made up the 
Yukon to Nenana, and thence to the coast to Seward, affording an 
opportunity to observe the Eskimo along the lower Yukon and later 
the Tinné Indians farther up the river. 


EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS 


The editing of the publications of the bureau was continued 
through the year by Mr. Stanley Searles, editor, assisted by Mrs. 
Frances 8. Nichols, editorial assistant. The status of the publications. 
is presented in the following summary. 


PUBLICATIONS ISSUED 


Forty-second Annual Report. Accompanying papers: Social Organization and 
Social Usages of the Indians of the Creek Confederacy (Swanton) ; Religious 
Beliefs and Medical Practices of the Creek Indians (Swanton) ; Aboriginal 
Culture of the Southeast (Swanton) ; Indian Trails of the Southeast (Myer). 
$00 pp. 17 pls. 108 figs. 

Bulletin 85. Contributions to Fox Ethnology (Michelson). 168 pp. 


PUBLICATIONS IN PRESS 


Forty-first Annual Report. Accompanying papers: Coiled Basketry in British 
Columbia and Surrounding Region (Boas, assisted by Haeberlin, Roberts, and 
Teit) ; Two Prehistoric Villages in Middle Tennessee (Myer). 


82 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Forty-third Annual Report. Accompanying papers: The Osage Tribe: Two 
Versions of the Child-naming Rite (La Flesche) ; Wawenock Myth Texts from 
Maine (Speck) ; Native Tribes and Dialects of Connecticut (Speck) ; Picuris 
Children’s Stories, With Texts and Songs (Harrington); Iroquoian Cos- 
mology, Part II (Hewitt). 

Forty-fourth Annual Report. Accompanying papers: Excavation of the Bur- 
ton Mound at Santa Barbara, Calif. (Harrington); Social and Religious 
Usages of the Chickasaw Indians (Swanton) ; Uses of Plants by the Chippewa 
Indians (Densmore) ; Archeological Investigations II (Fowke). 

Bulletin 84. A Vocabulary of the Kiowa Language (Harrington). 

Bulletin 86. Chippewa Customs (Densmore). 

Bulletin 87. Notes on the Buffalo-head Dance of the Thunder Gens of the Fox 
Indians (Michelson). 

Bulletin 88. Myths and Tales of the Southeastern Indians (Swanton). 

Bulletin 89. Observations on the Thunder Dance of the Bear Gens of the Fox 
Indians (Michelson). 

Bulletin 90. Papago Music (Densmore). 


DISTRIBUTION OF PUBLICATIONS 


> 


The distribution of the publications of the bureau has been con- 
tinued under the charge of Miss Helen Munroe, assisted by Miss 
Emma B. Powers. Publications were distributed as follows :, 


Report volumes)and ‘separates 2-222 -28 08 eeae ) _ J ee eee 1, 450 
Bulletinswandtjseparates. 02 1 a owl) et es oe 6, 870 
Contributions to North American Ethnology______--___-________________ 23 
Miscellaneous’ publications 222 22 2) see ieee Ee 783 

10) | a ea een a ae! Dee eee 9, 126 


There was a decrease of 788 publications distributed, due to the 
fact that 1 less publication was distributed to the mailing list than 
in the previous year. The mailing list, after revision during the year, 
now stands at 1,713 addresses. 


ILLUSTRATIONS 


Following is a summary of work accomplished in the illustration 
branch of the bureau under the supervision of Mr. De Lancey Gill, 
illustrator : 


Drawings made (maps, diagrammatic and graphic illustrations) ___-____ 55 
Photographs retouched, lettered, and made ready for engraving_________ 598 
Engraved proofs criticized. == ee 582 
Color prints examined at Government Printing Office___________________ 3, 660 
Illustrations catalogued for outside publications________________________ 350 
Photographie negatives. se oe ee ee eee 96 
Photographie | prints: 3S. 22 a ee ee ee 367 
Bnlargements, << ye a Zz 
Development (films) .2-20 5-2 2 op 


Color Print 5 e 4 s4t hese te one bey SaaS ee ee al 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 83 


The development and printing of all photographic work was done 
in the laboratory of the United States National Museum by Dr. A. J. 
Olmsted in cooperation with the bureau in exchange for work done 
by Mr. Gill for other branches of the Institution. This arrangement, 
as in the.previous year, has proved eminently satisfactory. 


LIBRARY 


The reference library has continued under the care of Miss Ella 
Leary, librarian, assisted by Mr. Thomas Blackwell. The library con- 
sists of 27,921 volumes, about 16,177 pamphlets, and several thousand 
unbound periodicals. During the year 780 books were accessioned, of 
which 115 were acquired by purchase and 665 by gift and exchange; 
also 3,980 serials, chiefly the publications of learned societies, were 
received and recorded, of which only 108 were obtained by purchase, 
the remainder being received through exchange. A considerable 
amount of time was given to preparing bibliographic lists for corre- 
spondents. Requisition was made on the Library of Congress during 
the year for an aggregate of 325 volumes for official use. An increas- 
ing number of students not connected with the Smithsonian Institu- 
tion found the library of service in consulting volumes not obtainable 
in other libraries. 

COLLECTIONS £ 


99366. Archeological and human skeletal material collected in Florida by Henry 
B. Collins, jr., during January and February, 1928. (13838 specimens.) 

99553. Lots of potsherds collected on the surface of mounds in the vicinity of 
Greenville, S. C., during the spring of 1927 by Dr. J. Walter Fewkes. 

99554. Small prcncolgeicil collection purchased by the bureau from R. W. ‘Owen, 
Philadelphia, Pa. (16 specimens. ) 

99953. Archeological and human skeletal material collected by H. W. Krieger 
during the late summer of 1927 in the Columbia and Snake River Valleys. 
(190 specimens.) 

101146. Small collection of archeological specimens from Tennessee secured in 
the spring of 1928 by Henry B. Collins, jr. (6 specimens.) 

101340. Archeological material from two sites in Chaco Canyon, N. Mex., col- 
lected during 1927 by Dr. F. H. H. Roberts, jr. (199 specimens.) 

101524. Potsherds, stone, and shell objects from a shell mound near Melbourne, 

_ Fla., collected by Dr. F. H. H. Roberts, jr. (4 specimens.) 

101525. Atlatl spearshafts, sandals, netting, ete., from a cave about 20 miles 
northeast of Hl Paso, Tex., collected in May, 1927, by Dr. F. H. H. Roberts, jr. 
(26 specimens. ) 


PROPERTY 


Office equipment was purchased to the amount of $656.89. 


84 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 
MISCELLANEOUS 


Clerical.—The correspondence and other clerical work of the office 
has been conducted by Miss May S. Clark, clerk to the chief, assisted 
by Mr. Anthony W. Wilding, stenographer. Miss Mae W. Tucker, 
stenographer, continued to assist Dr. John R. Swanton in compiling a 
Timucua dictionary. She also classified and catalogued 2,323 musical 
records in the possession of the bureau. Mrs. Frances S. Nichols 
assisted the editor. 

Personnel.—Dr. J. Walter Fewkes retired as chief of the bureau 
January 15, 1928, but continued on the staff of the bureau as associate 
anthropologist. 

Respectfully submitted. 

H. W. Dorsey, 
Chief Clerk, Smithsonian Institution. 
Dr. C. G. Axsgor, 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 5 
REPORT ON THE INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGES 


Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the 
operations of the International Exchange Service during the fiscal 
year ending June 30, 1928: 

An appropriation was made by Congress for the support of the 
system of international exchanges between the United States and 
foreign countries under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution 
for the fiscal year 1928 of $46,855, an increase of $595 over the appro- 
priation for the preceding year. This increase in the amount made 
available for the service was to enable the Institution to advance to 
the next step in their respective grades such of the exchange em- 
ployees as were eligible for promotion. In addition to the above, 
$300 was allotted for printing’ and binding. The repayments from 
departmental and other establishments aggregated $5,083.14, making 
the total resources available for exchange purposes during the year, 
$52,238.14. . : 

The total number of packages passing through the service was 
542,223, a decrease from the number for the preceding year of 48,656. 
This falling off in the number of packages handled was expected. 
However, it does not signify that the normal work of the office has 
slackened to any extent, as the number of packages passing through 
the service during the preceding fiscal year was the largest since its 
organization in 1850—the increase being over a hundred thousand 
packages, while the annual increase usually averages five or ten 
thousand. The increase in that year was due in great measure, as was 
explained in last year’s report, to the action of the Department of 
Agriculture in turning over to the exchange office large numbers of 
small packages for distribution abroad that it formerly transmitted 
through the mails. That department later discontinued sending the 
_ material in question to the Institution. 

The total weight of the packages was 594,121 pounds—a gain of 
40,996 over the weight of those handled during the preceding twelve 


months. 
85 


86 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


The number and weight of the packages of different classes are 


given in the following table: 


Packages Weight 
Sent |Received| Sent | Received 
Pounds | Pounds 
United States parliamentary documents sent abroad -_-_-_--__----- 219, 9683) 2.43223 99,663. 23.5285 = 
Publications received in return for parliamentary documents-_--_|---------- 6, 320 |--2 =< asoee 23, 693: 
United States departmental documents sent abroad._.._--.---- Lc BR Ye Pee sae eee 168,'0463| = eee 
Publications received in return for departmental documents-__-__|---------- 07,060") 2a ee 23, 002: 
Miscellaneous scientific and literary publications sent abroad_-_| 113,448 |---------- 196,.546),|teceassa= 
Miscellaneous scientific and literary publications received from 
abroad for distribution in the United States__________________|---------- 43, 564) |. _- SS 88, 181 
SOG exe se as as a ah ap Die ee RE 486, 789 55,484 | 459, 245 134, 876: 
Grand total nn soc 62224 353s So. ot A ee ek 542, 223 594, 121 


In a letter to the American legation in Peking regarding the inter- 
change of governmental documents between China and the United 
States the Metropolitan Library in Peking, which in 1926 was desig- 
nated by the Chinese Government as the depository library for all 
official publications of foreign governments received by China 
through the International Exchange Service, makes the following 
statement : 


Special mention should be made of the monthly consignments of govern- 
mental documents received from the Smithsonian Institution. The Metropolitan 
Library maintains a reference card catalogue containing general and specific 
information concerning these publications and endeavors to furnish informa- 
tion to inquirers, either in person or by mail, involving the material over which 
it has custody. 

The official publications of the United States forwarded to China previous. 
to 1926 were scattered in different places. The Library of the Foreign Office, 
Peking; the Library of the Science Society, Nanking; and the Library of the 
Chamber of Commerce, Shanghai, are the three places where a portion of these 
publications are kept. It is hoped that these publications will eventually be 
concentrated in one large library where a complete file is available for refer- 
ence and research. 


The Metropolitan Library further adds in its letter to the legation: | 


In writing to the Department of State will you be good enough to convey our 
high appreciation of the efficient service which the Smithsonian Institution has 
been rendering to the Metropolitan Library. 

The Smithsonian occasionally receives letters from its correspond- 
ents testifying to the usefulness of the International Exchange Serv- 
ice and expressing appreciation of the help rendered in diffusing 
knowledge by distributing scientific and literary publications. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 87 


Among such communications received during the past year was one 
from Mr. George S. Godard, Connecticut State librarian. <A part of 
that letter is given below: 

Every time I make a call at your department I am the more impressed with 
the most important service you and those associated with. you in the inter- 
national exchange service are rendering to the several States, institutions, and 
others scattered throughout the civilized earth. 

As a representative of the State of Connecticut in charge of the State, na- 
tional, and international exchanges of Connecticut, I wish to again express my 
thanks for the services you have rendered the good State of Connecticut both 
in forwarding to cthers and sending to us. 


Another correspondent, the Minister of Guatemala, states that: 


It is my privilege to express to the Institution the sincere thanks of the Gov- 
ernment of Guatemala for the interest manifested by the useful and abundant 
material furnished. 


As an example of aid rendered by the international exchange serv- 
ice in securing publications on some particular subject, a request was 
received from a correspondent in London for information as to what 
America has done toward the important subject of enacting laws to 
provide for compulsory automobile liability insurance, and the In- 
stitution succeeded in procuring quite a number of publications on 
the subject. In acknowledging their receipt, the correspondent wrote 
in part as follows: 


I have not up to the present time had the opportunity of reading more than 
a few of the publications sent to me, but I should like to tender you my very 
sincere thanks for sending me all the reports desired and in addition many 
other highly interesting articles. I assure you I appreciate your action very 
much indeed. 

There were shipped abroad during the year 2,872 boxes, being an 
increase of 264 over the number for the preceding year. Of the total 
number of boxes sent abroad 648 contained full sets of United States 
official documents for foreign depositories and 2,229 included depart- 
mental and other publications for the depositories of partial sets and 
for miscellaneous correspondents. 

Occasionally, as explained in previous reports, it is found more 
economical to forward packages direct to their destinations by mail 
than to transmit them in boxes by freight. In addition, quite a num- 
ber of packages are sent by mail to remote places which can not be 
reached through the existing agencies. During the year the number 
of packages thus forwarded was 47,851. 


88 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


The number of boxes sent to each foreign country during the fiscal 


year 1928 is given below: 


Consignments of exchanges forwarded to foreign countries 


Country eae a Country ene 
IAT PRIN A ts eset . nya ee GC Salita 4:1 Latvia. 220 2S es eee 4 
IAP EPREINA. 26 2. Jae so oe 62"||. Lithuania °- 2 6 ee 6. 
Muastrik sf s31i0.) JO er eR. 677" Mexico :i et 22 Ee ae ee 11 
Melehim: 205 2 ace 71) Netherlands<» 2392 »2/_ 26028 66 
Borage sae nt a Sey! eee eee 48 || New South Wales______-_____ 39 
Bulpariat 200i. 2 ese: 5 |) New Zealand iul.22L2LL Lule 32 
British colonies_.=.=.=.22==-2 25) Norways2: 3 eae ae ee 69. 
@anadal 2222 i270 ise Bas 55a Palestine ee a2 Sec eae ee 69 
Chilezjs 2 jae Sevtncd att sek dia 29 eruiirl a2 See: aia pe eee ee 23. 
Gling ss ee eee ee Salis 55),|) Poland 2.2) ae 41 
Colombideves. =. aaa Eee 22) || Portugal. . sn 21 
Costa ;Rieaot 4th so ene 21 «|! Queensland 2.52. 24 co... 4a5 ee 26 
Cubs eee ee ee 11") Rumania ==.) 52 ee eee 14 
Czechoslovakia_.____________- 68 “i Russias! MIS Gt eee 134 
IDenmarki <3 oe Bee Ee 54 "South, Australia... 1. suo ee 30. 
HMewador see eee ee 2 SM oe EY ee yk ee 37 
Riry pti ith gst 2 ya ie 2:1 Sweden 1012/20 vis) Sie ae 87 
SE OMIA Uae oes = ree ee, see ee 17, Switzerland: 22). 22 eee 66. 
DALAT ek Sage f 6 ee os 141) Pasmie nig eet Lees tee 20: 
Mrancexts G2) SiGe) 69 Tt tha 198)! Turkey 20254 2) OST) 900s eae 4 
KGeTINanys) Mace de sere DU eg ee 357 || Union of South Africa_______-_ 36 
Great Britain and Ireland_--__-_ 3307) Uriguaysen= Jo. ee. ee 19. 
CreGCes: Skena= Uh AUP tent aoa 9 || Venezuela__ =...) S22CReEe Bees 15. 
RPMMEArY = OL eee 49° | Vietoria. 20 oe 59 
Pndia tt 280 Gye) Yee ea 68 || Western Australia____________ 25: 
Dtaly = 22 ers eee of A he 158) ;}) Yugoslaviaw oc J lic ida ae 18 
Jamisica ss oe is ae ae ee 2 
DADAMS hae ee ee eee ee oe 91 Total.2 2.2900 aa 2, 872 


FOREIGN DEPOSITORIES OF UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS 


The number of sets of United States official documents forwarded 
abroad to certain designated depositories is 105, an increase of 2 
during the year—Burma and Bombay having been added to the list. 
of those countries receiving partial sets. The partial set of govern- 
mental documents which has been sent to Rumania since 1903 has 
been increased to a full set. 

Shipments of governmental documents to Turkey, which were sus- 
pended at the beginning of the World War, have been resumed, the 
Turkish Government having designated the Ministry of Public 
Instruction at Angora as the depository. 

At the request of the Government of Yugoslavia, the depository of 
the full set of official documents in that country has been changed 
from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs to the Ministry of Education at. 
Belgrade. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 89 


The depository of governmental publications sent to the Nether- 
lands, at the request of that Government, has been changed from the 
Library of the Second Chamber of the States General to the Royal 
Library at The Hague. 

The Government of the Commonwealth of Australia, which was tem- 
porarily located in Melbourne, has moved into the recently founded 
city of Canberra. The set of United States governmental documents 
sent to the Library of the Commonwealth Parliament, therefore, is 
now being forwarded to that city instead of to Melbourne. 

A list of the foreign depositories is given below: 


DEPOSITORIES OF FULL SETS 


ARGENTINA: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Buenos Aires. 
Buenos ArrES: Biblioteca de la Universidad Nacional de La Plata, La Plata. 
(Depository of the Province of Buenos Aires. ) 
“AUSTRALIA: Library of the Commonwealth Parliament, Canberra, 

New SourH WALES: Public Library of New South Wales, Sydney. 

QUEENSLAND: Parliamentary Library, Brisbane. 

SourH AvusTRALIA: Parliamentary Library, Adelaide. 

TASMANIA: Parliamentary Library, Hobart. 

Vicroria: Public Library of Victoria, Melbourne. 

WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Public Library of Western Australia, Perth. 
Austria: Bundesamt fiir Statistik, Schwarzenbergstrasse 5, Vienna I. 
BeLgium : Bibliothéque Royale, Brussels. 

Braziz: Bibliotheca Nacional, Rio de Janeiro. 
CANADA: Library of Parliament, Ottawa. 

Manirosa: Provincial Library, Winnipeg. 

Ontario: Legislative Library, Toronto. 

QUEBEC: Library of the Legislature of the Province of Quebec, Quebec. 
CHILE: Biblioteca del Congreso Nacional, Santiago. 

CHINA: Metropolitan Library, Pei Hai, Peking. 
COLOMBIA : Biblioteca Nacional, Bogota. 
Costa Rica: Oficina de Deposito y Canje Internacional de Publicaciones, San 
José. 
Cupa: Secretaria de BHstado (Asuntos Generales y Canje Internacional), 
Habana. 
CzHCHOSLOVAKIA: Bibliothéque de l Assemblée Nationale, Prague. 
DENMARK: Kongelige Bibliotheket, Copenhagen. 
Eeypr: Bureau des Publications, Ministére des Finances, Cairo. 
Estonia: Riigiraamatukogu (State Library), Reval. 
FRANCE: Bibliothéque Nationale, Paris. 
Paris: Préfecture de la Seine. 
GERMANY: Deutsche Reichstags-Bibliothek, Berlin. 
Bapen: Universitits-Bibliothek, Freiburg. (Depository of the State of 
Baden. ) 

Bavaria: Staats-Bibliothek, Munich. 

Prusst4: Preussische Staatsbibliothek, Berlin, N. W. 7. 

Saxony: Sichsische Landesbibliothek, Dresden—N. 6. 

WURTTEMBERG: Landesbibliothek, Stuttgart. 


90 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


GREAT BRITAIN: 
ENGLAND: British Museum, London. 
GLascow : City Librarian, Mitchell Library, Glasgow. 
Lonpon: London School of Economics and Political Science. (Depository 
of the London County Council.) 
Greece: Bibliothéque Nationale, Athens. 
Huneary: Hungarian House of Delegates, Budapest. 
Inpia: Imperial Library, Calcutta. 
IrtsH Frem State: National Library of Ireland, Dublin. 
Iraty: Biblioteca Nazionale Vittorio Emanuele, Rome. 
JAPAN: Imperial Library of Japan, Tokyo. 
Mexico: Biblioteca Nacional, Mexico, D. F. 
NETHERLANDS: Royal Library, The Hague. 
New ZEALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington. 
NorTHERN IRELAND: Ministry of Finance, Belfast. 
Norway: Universitets-Bibliotek, Oslo. (Depository of the Government of 
Norway.) 
Peru: Biblioteca Nacional, Lima. 
PoLAND: Bibliothéque du Ministére des Affaires Etrangéres, Warsaw. 
PortTuGAL: Biblioteca Nacional, Lisbon. 
Russta: Shipments temporarily suspended. 
Spain: Servicio del Cambio Internacional de Publicaciones, Cuerpo Faculta- 
tivo de Archiveros, Bibliotecarios y Arquedlogos, Madrid. 
SwepDEN: Kungliga Biblioteket, Stockholm. 
SWITZERLAND: Bibliothéque Centrale Fédérale, Berne. 
SwItzERLAND: Library of the League of Nations, Geneva. 
TurKEY: Ministére de l’Instruction Publique, Angora. 
UNIoN oF SourH AFrica: State Library, Pretoria, Transvaal. 
Urvueuay: Oficina de Canje Internacional de Publicaciones, Montevideo. 
VENEZUELA: Biblioteca Nacional, Caracas. 
Yucositavia: Ministére de Education, Belgrade. 


DEPOSITORIES OF PARTIAL SETS. 


AUSTRIA : 
VipnnaA: Magistrat der Stadt. 
Bo.iviA: Ministerio de ColonizaciOn y Agricultura, La Paz. 
BRAZIL: 
Minas Gerrans: Directoria Geral de Hstatistica em Minas, Bello Horizonte, 
Minas Geraes. 
Rio DE JANEIRO: Bibliotheca da Assemblea Legislativa do Estado, Nictheroy. 
CANADA: ; 
ALBERTA: Provincia! Library, Edmonton. 
BritTisH CoLuMBIA: Legislative Library, Victoria. 
New Brunswick: Legislative Library, Fredericton. 
Nova Scotia: Provincial Secretary of Nova Scotia, Halifax. 
PRINCE EpwarpD ISLAND: Legislative Library, Charlottetown. 
SASKATCHEWAN: Government Library, Regina. 
BritisH GUIANA: Government Secretary’s Office, Georgetown, Demerara. 
ButearIA: Ministére des Affaires Etrangéres, Sofia. 
Cryton: Colonial Secretary’s Office (Record Department of the Library), 
Colombo. 
Danzia: Stadtbibliothek, Free City of Danzig. 
DoMINICAN RepuBLic: Biblioteca del Senado, Santo Domingo. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 91 


-Ecuapor: Biblioteca Nacional, Quito. 
FINLAND: Parliamentary Library, Helsingfors. 
WRANCE: 
ALSACE-LORRAINE: Bibliothéque Universitaire et Régionale de Strasbourg, 
Strasbourg. 
“GERMANY : 
Bremen: Senatskommission fiir Reichs- und Auswirtige Angelegenheiten. 
HameBure: Senatskommission ftir Reichs- und Auswirtige Angelegenheiten. 
Hesst: Landesbibliothek, Darmstadt. 
LUprck: President of the Senate. 
THURINGIA: Rothenberg-Bibliothek, Landesuniversitét, Jena. 
‘GUATEMALA: Secretary of the Government, Guatemala. 
Haiti: Secrétaire d’Etat des Relations Extérieures, Port au Prince. 
Honpuras: Secretary of the Government, Tegucigalpa. 
ICELAND: National Library, Reykjavik. 
INDIA: 
BompBay: Undersecretary to the Government of Bombay, General Depart- 
ment, Bombay. 
Burma: Secretary to the Government of Burma, Hducation Department, 
Rangoon. : 
Mapras: Chief Secretary to the Government of Madras, Public Depart- 
ment, Madras. 
‘UNITED PROVINCES oF AGRA AND OUDH: University of Allahabad, Allahabad. 
JAMAICA: Colonial Secretary, Kingston. 
Larvia: Bibliothéque d’Etat, Riga. 
‘LIBERIA: Department of State, Monrovia. 
LitHUANIA: Ministére des Affaires Etrangéres, Koyno. 
‘LOURENCO Marqurz: Government Library, Lourenco Marquez. 
Matra: Minister for the Treasury, Valetta. 
NEWFOUNDLAND: Colonial Secretary, St. John’s. 
Nicaragua: Superintendente de Archivos Nacionales, Managua. 
PAanaMA: Secretaria de Relaciones Hxteriores, Panama. 
Paraguay: Seccién Canje Internacional de Publicaciones del Ministerio de 
Relaciones Exteriores, Estrella 563, Asuncion. 
RuMANIA: Academia Romana, Bucharest. 
‘SALVADOR: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, San Salvador. 
‘Sram: Department of Foreign Affairs, Bangkok. 
‘Srrairs SETTLEMENTS: Colonial Secretary, Singapore. 


INTERPARLIAMENTARY EXCHANGE OF OFFICIAL JOURNAL 


During the year, three additional foreign depositories were added 
to the list of those receiving the daily issue of the Congressional 
Record, the depositories being located in Brazil, Irish Free State, and 
‘Turkey. 

The two chambers of the National Congress of Spain having been 
‘superceded by a national assembly with but one chamber, only one 
copy of the Record is now forwarded to the Spanish Legislature 
instead of two. The total number of establishments receiving copies 
‘of the daily issue of the Congressional Record is 101. 


. 17563 —28——7 


92 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


A complete list of the countries now taking part in this exchange 
is given below: 


DEPOSITORIES OF CONGRESSIONAL RECORD 


ARGENTINA : 
Biblioteca del Congreso Nacional, Buenos Aires. 
CAmara de Diputados, Oficina de Informaci6n Parlamentaria, Buenos Aires. 
Buenos Aires; Biblioteca del Senado de la Provincia de Buenos Aires, 
La Plata. 
AUSTRALIA : 
Library of the Commonwealth Parliament, Canberra. 
New South Wales: Library of Parliament of New South Wales, Sydney. 
Queensland: Chief Secretary’s Office, Brisbane. 
Western Australia: Library of Parliament of Western Australia, Perth. 
AUSTRIA: Bibliothek des Nationalrates, Vienna I. 
BELGIuM: Bibliothéque de la Chambre des Représentants, Brussels. 
Bouivia: Camara de Diputados, Congreso Nacional, La Paz. 
BRAZIL: 
Bibliotheca do Congresso Nacional, Rio de Janeiro. 
Amazonas: Archivo, Bibliotheca e Imprensa Publica, Manos. 
Bahia: Governador do Estado de Bahia, Sio Salvador. 
Espirito Santo: Presidencia do Estado do Espirito Santo, Victoria. 
Sergipe: Director da Imprensa Official, Aracaju, Estado de Sergipe. 
Sao Paulo: Bibliotheca Publica do Estado de Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo. 
CANADA: 
Library of Parliament, Ottawa. 
Clerk of the Senate, Houses of Parliament, Ottawa. 
CuiInA: Metropolitan Library, Pei Hai, Peking. 
Costa Rica: Oficina de Depdsito y Canje Internacional de Publicaciones, San 
José. 
CUBA: 
Biblioteca de la Camara de Representantes, Habana. 
Biblioteca del Senado, Habana. 
CZECHOSLOVAKIA: Bibliothéque de l’Assemblée Nationale, Prague. 
Danzieé: Stadtbibliothek, Danzig. 
DENMARK: Rigsdagens Bureau, Copenhagen. 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Biblioteca del Senado, Santo Domingo. 
DoutcH East Inpies: Volksraad van Nederlandsch-Indie, Batavia, Java. 
Eeypet: Bureau des Publications, Ministére des Finances, Cairo. 
EsToniA: Riigiraamatukogu (State Library), Reval. 
’ FRANCE: 
Bibliothéque de la Chambre des Députés, au Palais Bourbon, Paris. 
Bibliothéque du Sénat. au Palais du Luxembourg, Paris. 
GERMANY: 
Deutsche Reichstags-Bibliothek, Berlin, N. W. 7. 
Anhalt: Anhaltische Landesbiicherei, Dessau. 
Baden: Universitiits Bibliothek, Heidelberg. ! 
Braunschweig: Bibliothek des Braunschweigischen Staatsministeriums, 
Braunschweig. 
Mecklenburg-Schwerin: Staatsministerium, Schwerin. 
Mecklenburg-Strelitz: Finanzdepartement des Staatsministeriums, Neu- 
strelitz. ; 
Oldenburg: Oldenburgisches Staatsministerium, Oldenburg i. O. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 93 


GERM ANY—Continued. 
Prussia: Bibliothek des Abgeordnetenhauses, Prinz-Albrechtstrasse 5, 
Berlin, 8S. W. 11. : 
Schaumburg-Lippe: Schaumburg-Lippische Landesregierung, Bticheburg. 
GIBRALTAR: Gibraltar Garrison Library Committee, Gibraltar. 
GREAT Britain: Library of the Foreign Office, London. 
GREECE: Library of Parliament, Athens. 
GUATEMALA: Archivo General del Gobierno, Guatemala. 
Haiti: Secrétaire d’Etat des Relations Extérieures, Port-au-Prince. 
Honpuras: Biblioteca del Congreso Nacional, Tegucigalpa. 
Huneary: Bibliothek des Abgeordnetenhauses, Budapest. 
InpIA: Legislative Department, Simla. 
ITALY: 
Biblioteca del Senato del Regno, Rome. 
Biblioteca della Camera dei Deputati, Rome. 
TrAq: Chamber of Deputies, Baghdad, Iraq (Mesopotamia). 
Trish Free STate: Dail Hireann, Dublin. 
Latvia: Library of the Saeima, Riga. 
LiseriA: Department of State, Monrovia. 
Mexico: Secretaria de la Camara de Diputados, Mexico, D. F. 
Aguascalientes: Gobernador del Estado de Aguascalientes, Aguascalientes. 
Campeche: Gobernador del Estado de Campeche, Campeche. 
Chihuahua: Gobernador del Estado de Chihuahua, Chihuahua. 
Chiapas: Gobernador del Estado de Chiapas, Tuxtla Gutierrez. 
Coahuila: Periddico Oficial del Estado de Coahuila, Palacio de Gobierne, 
Saltillo. 
Colima: Gobernador del Estado de Colima, Colima. 
Durango: Gobernador Constitucional del Estado de Durango, Durango. 
Guanajuato: Secretaria General de Gobierno del Estado, Guanajuato. 
Guerrero: Gobernador del Estado de Guerrero, Chilpancingo. 
Jalisco: Biblioteca del Estado, Guadalajara. 
Lower California: Gobernador del Distrito Norte, Mexicali, B. C., Mexico. 
Mexico: Gaceta del Gobierno, Toluca, Mexico. 
Michoacan: Secretaria General de Gobierno del Estado de Michoacin, 
Morelia. 
Morelos: Palacio de Gobierno, Cuernavaca. 
Nayarit: Gobernador de Nayarit, Tepic. 
Nuevo Leon: Biblioteca del Estado, Monterey. 
Oaxaca: Periddico Oficial, Palacio de Gobierno, Oaxaca. 
Puebla: Secretario General de Gobierno, Zaragoza. 
Queretaro: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Seccién de Archivo, Queretaro. 
San Luis Potosi: Congreso del Estado, San Luis Potosi. 
Sinaloa: Gobernador del Estado de Sinaloa, Culiacan. 
Sonora: Gobernador del Hstado de Sonora, Hermosillo. 
Tabasco: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Seccié6n 3a, Ramo de Prensa, 
Villahermosa. 
Tamaulipas: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Victoria. 
Tlaxcala: Secretaria de Gobierno del Estado, Tlaxcala. 
Vera Cruz: Gobernadcr del Estado de Vera Cruz, Departamento de 
Gobernacion y Justicia, Jalapa. 
Yueatin: Gobernador del Estado de Yucatan, Mérida, Yucatan. 
NrEw ZPALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington. 
Peru: Camara de Diputados, Congreso Nacional, Lima. 


94 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Norway: Storthingets Bibliothek, Oslo. 
Potanp: Ministére des Affaires Etrangéres, Warsaw. 
PortuGaL: Biblioteca do Congresso da Republica, Lisbon. 
RUMANIA: 
Bibliothéque de la Chambre des Députés, Bucharest. 
Ministére des Affaires Etrangéres, Bucharest. 
SPAIN: 
Biblioteca de la Asamblea Nacional, Madrid. 
Barcelona: Biblioteca de la ComisiOn Permanente Provincial de Barcelona, 
Barcelona. 
SWITZERLAND: 
Bibliothéque de l’Assemblée Fédérale Suisse, Berne. 
Library of the League of Nations, Geneva. 
SYRIA: 
Ministére des Finances de la République Libanaise, Service du Matériel, 
Beirut. 
Governor of the State of Alaouites, Lattaquié. 
TurKEY: Turkish Grand National Assembly, Angora. 
UNION oF SOUTH AFRICA: 
Library of Parliament, Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope. 
State Library, Pretoria, Transvaal. 
Urucuay: Biblioteca de la Camara de Representantes, Montevideo. 
VENEZUELA: Cimara de Diputados, Congreso Nacional, Caracas. 
Yueostavia: Library of the Skupshtina, Belgrade. 


FOREIGN EXCHANGE AGENCIES 


The Italian Office of International Exchanges, which since its 
organization had been, under the direction of the Victor Emanuel 
National Library in Rome, was during the latter part of the year 
placed under the ministry of public instruction. 

The Dutch Central Scientific Bureau, which for many years con- 
ducted the exchange agency for the Netherlands and was under the 
direction of various scientific organizations, was made, on January 
1, 1928, a subdivision of the Federal organization and placed under 
the direction of the Royal Library at The Hague. Information has 
been received from the latter to the effect that the name and address 
of the agency is now International Exchange Bureau of the Nether- 
lands, Royal Library, Kazernestraat, The Hague. A list of the 
foreign exchange agencies or bureaus is given below: 


LIST OF EXCHANGE AGENCIES 


ALGERIA, via France. 

ANGOLA, via Portugal. ‘ 

ARGENTINA: Comisién Protectora de Bibliotecas Populares, Calle Cordoba 931, 
Buenos Aires. 

AustTriA: Bundesamt fiir Statistik, Schwarzenbergstrasse 5, Vienna I. 

AZORES, via Portugal. : 

BELGiumM: Service Belge des Echanges Internationaux, Rue des Longs-Chariots, 
46, Brussels. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 95 


Bo.ivia: Oficina Nacional de Hstadistica, La Paz. 

BrAzi: Servicio de Permutacgdes Internacionaes, Bibliotheca Nacional, Rio de 
Janeiro. 

BrRiTisH CoLoNies: Crown Agents for the Colonies, London. 

BRITISH GUIANA: Royal Agricultural and Commercial Society, Georgetown. 

British HonpurAs: Colonial Secretary, Belize. 

BuLGARIA: Institutions Scientifiques de S. M. le Roi de Bulgarie, Sofia. 

CANARY ISLANDS, via Spain. ; 

CHILE: Servicio de Canjes Internacionales, Biblioteca Nacional, Santiago. 

CHINA: Bureau of International Exchange of Publications, Ministry of Educa- 
tion, Peking. 

CoLomMBIA: Oficina de Canjes Internacionales y Reparto, Biblioteca Nacional, 
Bogota. 

Costa Rica: Oficina de Depodsito y Canje Internacional de Publicaciones, San 
José. 

CzECHOSLOVAKIA: Service Tchécoslovaque des Echanges Internationaux, Biblio- 
théque de l’Assemblée Nationale, Prague 1-79. 

Danzig: Amt ftir den Internationalen Schriftenaustausch der Freien Stadt 
Danzig, Stadtbibliothek, Danzig. 

DENMARK: Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Copenhagen. 

DutcH GUIANA: Surinaamsche Koloniale Bibliotheek, Paramaribo. 

Ecuapor: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Quito. 

Heyer: Bureau des Publications, Ministére des Finances, Cairo. 

Estonia: Riigiraamatukogu (State Library), Reval. 

FINLAND: Delegation of the Scientific Societies of Finland, Helsingfors. 

FRANCE: Service Francais des Echanges Internationaux, 110 Rue de Grenelle, 
Paris. 

GERMANY: Amerika-Institut, Universititstrasse 8, Berlin, N. W. 7. 

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND: Messrs. Wheldon & Wesley, 2, 3, and 4 Arthur 
St., New Oxford St., London W. C. 2. 

GREECH: Bibliothéque Nationale, Athens. 

GREENLAND, via Denmark. 

GUATEMALA: Instituto Nacional de Varones, Guatemala. 

Hairr: Secrétaire d’Etat des Relations Extérieures, Port-au-Prince. 

Honpurss: Biblioteca Nacional, Tegucigalpa. 

Hungary: Hungarian Libraries Board, Budapest, IV. 

ICELAND, via Denmark. 

InpIA: Superintendent of Stationery, Bombay. 

- ITALY: R. Ufficio degli Scambi Internazionali, Ministero della Pubblica Istru- 
zione, Rome. 

JAMAICA: Institute of Jamaica, Kingston. 

JAPAN: Imperial Library of Japan, Tokyo. 

JAVA, via Netherlands. 

Korea: Government General, Seoul. 

LAtv1A: Service des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque d’Etat de Lettonie, 
Riga. 

LiseriA: Bureau of Exchanges, Department of State, Monrovia. 

LITHUANIA: Sent by mail. 

Lovurenco Marquez, via Portugal. 

LUXEMBURG, via Belgium. 

MApAGASCAR, via France. 

MAperrRA, via Portugal. 

MozaAMBIQuE, via Portugal. 


96 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


NETHERLANDS: International Exchange Bureau of the Netherlands, Royal 
Library, The Hague. 

New Sourn WaLrEs: Public Library of Ncw South Wales, Sydney. 

New ZEALAND: Dominion Museum, Wellington. 

Nicaragua: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Managua. 

Norway: Universitets-Bibliotek, Oslo. 

PALESTINE: Hebrew University Library, Jerusalem. 

PanAMA: Sent by mail. 

Paraguay: Seccion Canje Internacional de Publicaciones del Ministerio de 
Relaciones Exteriores, Estrella 563, Asuncion. 

Peru: Oficina de Reparto, Depésito y Canje Internacional de Publicaciones, 
Ministerio de Fomento, Lima. 

PoLAND: Service Polonais des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque du Minis- 
tére des Affaires Etrangéres, Warsaw. 

PortuGaL: Secciio de Trocas Internacionaes, Biblioteca Nacional, Lisbon. 

QUEENSLAND: Bureau of Exchanges of International Publications, Chief Secre- 
tary’s Department, Brisbane. 

RuMANIA: Bureau des Echanges Internationaux, Institut Météorologique Cen- 
tral, Bucharest. 

Russia: Academy of Sciences, Leningrad. 

SaLvapor: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, San Salvador. 

Stam: Department of Foreign Affairs, Bangkok. 

SourH AustRALIA: Public Library of South Australia, Adelaide. 

SpaAIn: Servicio del Cambio Internacional de Publicaciones, Cuerpo Facultativo 
de Archiveros, Bibliotecarios y Arquedlogos, Madrid. : 

Sumarra, via Netherlands. 

Swepen: Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Akademien, Stockholm. 

SwITzERLAND: Service Suisse des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Cen- 
trale Fédérale, Berne. 

Syrra: American University of Beirut. 

TASMANIA: Secretary to the Premier, Hobart. 

TrinipaD: Royal Victoria Institute of Trinidad and Tobago, Port-of-Spain. 

TUNIS, via France. i 

TurRKEY: Robert College, Constantinople. 

Union or Sourm Arrica: Government Printing Works, Pretoria, Transvaal. 

Urucuay: Oficina de Canje Internacional de Publicaciones, Montevideo. 

VENEZUELA: Biblioteca Nacional, Caracas. 

Victoria: Publie Library of Victoria, Melbourne. 

WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Public Library of Western Australia, Perth. 

YuGosLaviA: Ministére deg Affaires Etrangéres, Belgrade. 


Dr. Charles G. Abbot, who on his appointment December 16, 1918, 
as Assistant Secretary of the Institution, was, among other duties, 


assigned to the general charge of the international exchanges, has _ 


retained supervision over the exchanges since his election as Secretary 
of the Smithsonian Institution on January 10, 1928. 
Respectfully submitted. 
C. W. SHOEMAKER, 
Chief Clerk, International Fachange Service. 
Dr. Cuarites G. ABport, 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 6 
REPORT ON THE NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK 


Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the opera- 
tions of the National Zoological Park for the fiscal year ending June 
30, 1928. The appropriation made by Congress for the regular 
maintenance of the park was $175,000, and there was the usual allot- 
ment of $300 for printing and binding. Of the appropriation, 
$126,000 was expended for salaries and labor in connection with the 
maintenance of the park; $22,800 for food for animals; and $4,701 
for coal. 

There has been no important increase in the collection of animals, 
though a number of species new to the collection have been added. 


ACCESSIONS 


Gifts—There were added to the collection by gift or deposit 138 
specimens from 87 different donors. Notable among the gifts are a 
shoebill stork and two red birds of paradise which were purchased 
from the Chrysler fund. Mrs. James Cox Brady, of New York City, 
presented a flock of six of the beautiful Forsten’s parrakeets. Col. 
H. A. Shumaker, of McElhattan, Pa., presented three plains wolves, 
a pair of which have since bred in the park. 

From the United States Biological Survey, through its chief, Mr. 
Paul G. Redington, the park obtained a beautiful specimen of the 
-young Kadiak bear. The acquisition of young animals is of great 
importance, for although the national collection is one of the most 
notable, many of the animals are now very old. The Yakatat bear, 
for instance, has been here 28 years, and young specimens, especially 
of the Alaskan species, are highly desirable. 

Through Dr. H. C. Kellers, United States Navy, now on duty with 
the Marine Corps in Nicaragua, the park has received two original 
collections of Central American birds and animals, among them 
toucans, a cage of spider monkeys, and a cage of Pee all of 
which make attractive exhibits. 


DONORS: 


Mrs. Ethel H. Allicoate, Washington, D. C., screech owl. 
American Nature Association, Washington, D. C., two European flamingoes. 
Mrs. Anne Archbold, Washington, D. C., one kinkajou. 
Miss. Helen Louise Baldwin, Chevy Chase, Md., horned toad. 
97 


98 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Mr. Thomas Barbour, Cambridge, Mass., musk turtle, box turtle, two spotted 
trvtles. 

Mrs. A. A. Beck, Washington, D. C., grass parrakeet. 

Mr. H. S. Bickel, Brunswick, Md., two alligators. 

Mr. John §S. vu. Boswell, Alexandria, Va., four-lined snake. 

Mr. Roy M. Bott, Washington, D. C., black snake. 

Miss Betty Bowman, Germantown, Md., kinkajou. 

Mrs. James Cox Brady, New York City, six Forsten’s parrakeets. 

Mrs. Robert Callow, Washington, D. C., Cuban parrot. 

Mr. F. G. Carnochan, New York City, wood tortoise, mynah bird. 

Mr. M. O. Castleman, Castlemans Ferry, Va., weodchuck. 

Mrs. Fred K. Chapin, Washington, D. C., two finches. 

Mr. W. P. Chrysler, Detroit, Mich., shoe-pill stork, two birds of paradise.. 

Mr. F. M. Clark, Washington, D. C., red fox. 

Mrs. E. Cocksell, Washington, D. C., double-yellow-head parrot. 

President Coolidge, White House, bald eagle. 

Dr. T. B. Cracroft, Washington, D. C., horned toad. 

Mr. C. W. Cramer, Morgantown, W. Va., three banded rattlesnakes. 

Mr. C. E. Cummings, Buffalo, N. Y., six hellbenders. 

Mr. H. A. Daniel, Orange, Va., red-tailed hawk. 

Sefior don Pedro Domian, Limon, Costa Rica, two Costa Rica deer. 

Lieut. Commander G. W. Dugger, United States Navy, alligator. 

Major Erwin, Washington, D. C., gray fox. 

Mrs. N. Floyd, jr., Garden City, N. Y., donroucouli. 

Mr. C. W. Gaines, horned toad. 

Mr. R. D. Harrison, Alexandria, Va., alligator. 

Mr. Stephen Haweis, Washington, D. C., two menk parrakeets. 

Mr. C. A. Henderson, Washington, D. C., great horned owl. 

Mr. Albert Hochbaum, Takoma Park, D. C., barrel owl. 

Horne’s Zoological Arena Co., Kansas City, Mo., vervet monkey. 

Mr. James Hyslop, Silver Spring, Md., copperhead. 

Miss Elsie Jardine, Washington, D. C., bull snake. 

Mr. L. W. Keesling, Bristol, Va., two skunks. 

Dr. H. C. Kellers, United States Navy, Fifth Brigade, Managua, Nicaragua,. 
three gray spider monkeys, two gray coatimundis, agouti, lemon-breasted toucan,,. 
two tovi parrakeets, white-throated capuchin. 

Mr. John H. Kennard, Newton Center, Mass., Gila monster. 

Mr. J. R. King, Takoma Park, Md., rhesus monkey. 

Mrs. D. W. Knowlton, Washington, D. C., white Pekin duck. 

Mr. Preston Laflin, High Point, N. C., great blue heron. 

Mr. J. C. Lannam, Calderwood, Tex., black snake. 

Mr. 8S. J. La Seola, Washington, D. C., alligator. : 

Mr. G. C. Leach, Bureau of Fisheries, Washington, D. C., opossum. 

Mr. Harrison Lee, Bastian, Va., banded rattlesnake. 

Mr. R. 8S. Lindamood, Salem, Va., two American black bears. 

Mrs. William M. Mann, Washington, D. C., two nanday parrakeets. 

Miss Mary Marsh, Chevy Chase, Md., red fox. 

Mr. M. E. Musgrave, Phoenix, Ariz., puma, Bailey’s lynx, Berlandier’s tortoise: 

Mrs. B. H. Myers, Washington, D. C., two white-tailed jack rabbits. 

National Park Service, Grand Canyon, Ariz., Gila monster. 

Mrs. Rose V. Nolte, Washington, D. C., double-yellow-head parrot. 

Mrs. W. P. Norfolk, two brown capuchins. 

Mrs. R. B. Patterson, Washington, D. C., alligator. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 99 


-Pearson & Hauke, Clifton, Tex., red-tailed hawk. 

Hon. Gifford Pinchot, Washington, D. C., yellow and blue macaw. 

Mr. Paul G. Redington, Chief U. S. Bureau of Biological Survey, Washing- 
tton, D. C., Kadiak bear. 

Mr. HE. B. Reid, Culpeper, Va., gray fox. 

Mr. E. D. Reid, National Museum, black snake. 

Lieut. EH. J. Richards, United States Navy, rosella parrakeet. 

Mr. Siegfried Scharbau, Washington, D. C., crimson-headed parrot. 

Mr. Charles Shelby, Washington, D. C., American black bear. 

Mr. H. A. Shumaker, McHlhattan, Pa., and New York City, three plains 
‘wolves. 

Mr. M. B. Slemmer, Centerville, Md., alligator. 

Miss Stella Snell, New York City, canary. 

-Mrs. Sockrell, Washington, D. C., red-tailed hawk. 

Mr. J. H. Stieg, Washington, D. C., osprey. 

Mr. Robert F. Taylor, Washington, D. C., raccoon. 

-Mrs. Thomas, Garrett Park, Md., copperhead. 

Miss Frances Tooke, Washington, D. C., opossum. 

Mr. B. R. Torrance, Silver Spring, Md., three skunks. 

Mr. G. Townsend, Colonial Beach, Va., great horned owl. 

Mrs. E. M. Tracy, Washington, D. C., two coyotes. 

United States Biological Survey, through Stanley G. Jewett, Portland, Oreg., 
zalbino coyote. 

United States Coast Guard, New London, Conn., black bear. 

United States Marine Corps, through Dr. H. C. Kellers, United States Navy, 
‘three gray spider monkeys, two gray coatimundis, agouti, lemon-breasted tou- 
rean, two tovi parrakeets, white-throated capuchin. 

United States National Museum, Washington, D. C., coach-whip snake. 

Miss Mabel Van Alstyne, New Rochelle, N. Y., red-fronted parrakeet. 

Mr. G. H. Vega, Fort Humphreys, Va., gray fox. 

Mr. A. E. Vinsen, Port au Prince, Haiti, Haitian snake. 

_Mr. C. T. Vorhies, Tucson, Ariz., three Gila monsters. 

-Mr. Edward White, Washington, D. C., two alligators. 

Mr. W. L. Whiting, Takoma Park, Md., raccoon. 

Mr. J. 8S. Williams, Widewater, Va., green guenon. 

Mr. W. C. Williams, Franklin, Tenn., banded rattlesnake. 

Unknown donors, great blue heron, turkey vultures, broad-winged hawk, two 
‘alligators. 


The office of the Chief Coordinator has again transferred certain 
useful and appreciated equipment and supplies to the park. 

Births —Among the births of the park this year have been yak, 
‘tahr, American elk, Alpine ibex, mouflon, barasingha deer, hog deer, 
‘fallow deer, red deer, Sika deer, bison, mountain sheep, llama, gray 
wolves, aoudads, wart hogs, agouti, rhesus monkey, and leopards. 
‘Both pairs of leopards secured by the Smithsonian-Chrysler expedi- 
‘tion mated in the zoo and each produced a litter of two cubs, which 
-are doing well. An American white pelican was raised in the pelican 
pond near the Harvard Street entrance, which is the first breeding 
‘record of this bird in captivity, and two more blue geese have been 
thatched. The herd of Rocky Mountain sheep was augmented by 


100 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


2 lambs, and at the close of*the year there were 10 individuals—8 born 
in the park and 4 of them grandchildren. 

Eachanges.—The most important of the animals received in ex- 
change were a mate to the Mongolian wild horse which we already 
had, a pair of South African big-eared foxes, and a collection of 
eight species of lories. 

Purchases—The principal purchases of the year were a young 
South African buffalo; an inyala, the first of its kind to reach 
America; a pair of brown hyena, also unique of their kind in America; 
three wolverines secured by Dr. W. H. Chase. of Cordova, Alaska; a 
rhinoceros hornbill; and a hyacinthine macaw. 

La Société Nationale d’Acclimatation, de France during the year 
awarded the park its medal in recognition of the raising of the blue 
goose. 

Removals.—Losses by death include the two giraffes, Hi-boy and 
Dot, both of which died of nephritis with complications. Other 
serious losses are a Kadiak bear, which had lived in the park from 
December 15, 1903, to August 28, 1927; white-tailed gnu, arrived 
June 23, 1914, died November 21, 1927; a sambar deer, received May 
22, 1912, died January 2, 1928; our last cheetah, which had arrived 
August 8, 1913, died September 6, 1927; an American bison, born 
in the zoo May 24, 1907, died September 4, 1927; jaguar, arrived 
May 1, 1915, died June 28, 1928; European black stork, arrived May 
18, 1902, died May 13, 1928; West African crowned crane, arrived 
May 25, 1905, died February 21, 1928; gila monster, received Sep- 
tember 21, 1910, died January 11, 1928; anaconda, received August 
17, 1899, died August 26, 1927. 

The long life of the cheetah is a record for an individual of its 
species living in the North, and the anaconda, having lived for 28 
years in the park, provides a most notable record for longevity of 
this snake, which is usually not hardy in captivity. 

The loss in the reptile collection has been great, as we have no 
suitable quarters for them. 

Post-mortem examinations were made in most cases by the patho- 
logical division of the Bureau of Animal Industry. The following 
list shows the results of autopsies: 


CAUSES OF DEATII 
MAMMALS 


Carnivora: Acute peritonitis, 1; intestinal obstruction, 1; gastritis, 2. 

Primates: Chronic nephritis, 1; pneumonia, 5; gastroenteritis, 3; cachexia 
senilis, 1. 

Artiodactyla: Nephritis, 2; gastroenteritis, 1; septic metritis, 1; pneumonia, 
3; old age, 1. 

Rodentia: Pneumonia, 1. 


EE — 


_———_ 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 


Sphenisciformes: Peritonitis, 1. 


BIRDS 


Ciconiiformes : Ruptured liver, 1; edema of heart, 1. 


Charadriiformes: Pneumonia, 1. 
Coraciiformes: Aspergillosis, 1. 


Psittaciformes; Acute enteritis, 1. 


101 


The animals lost by death which were valuable for museum pur- 
poses were transferred to the United States National Museum for 


preservation. 
Museum. 


A number of rare birds’ eggs were also sent to the 


A few mammals especially desired by the department of anatomy 
of the Johns Hopkins Medical School were sent, after death, to that 


institution. 


ANIMALS IN THE COLLECTION JUNE 30, 1928 


MARSUPIALIA 


Virginia opossum (Didelphis  virgin- 

MEAENEE)) ap Sl map 
Flying phalanger (Petaurus breviceps) — 
Bush-tailed rock wallaby (Petrogale 

MeENICHILGLO) SoS eee Ee 
Wallaroo (Macropus robustus) —_--_-- 
Wombat (Phascolomys mitchelli) __--- 


CARNIVORA 


Kadiak bear (Ursus middendorffi) ----- 
Alaska Peninsula bear (Ursus gyas)—-~ 
Yakutat bear (Ursus dalli) _--------- 
Kidder’s bear (Ursus kidderi) ___-_---- 
European bear (Ursus arctos)——----~~ 
Grizzly bear (Ursus horribilis) ______- 
Apache grizzly (Ursus apache) ——----- 
Himalayan bear (Ursus thibetanus) -_~ 
Black bear (Huarctos americanus) ~~~ 
Cinnamon bear (Huarctos americanus 

cinnamomum) ——-—------------------ 
Glacier pear (Huarctos emmonsit) ——-- 
Sun bear (Helarctos malayanus) ——_~- 
Polar bear (Thalarctos maritimus) —---~ 
Dingo (Canis dingo) ~-~------------- 
Gray wolf (Canis nubilus) _-_-------~-~ 
Florida wolf (Canis floridanus) —~~----- 
Texas red wolf (Canis rufus) —~------- 
Coyote (Canis latrans) __----_--_—--- 
Hybrid coyete (Canis latrans-rufus) —-- 
California coyote (Canis ochropus) ———- 
Black-backed jackal (Thos mesomelas) — 
Fennec (Fennecus zerda)——__--__-__-- 
Rough fox (Cerdecyon cancrivorus) ——- 
Red fox (Vulpes fulva) ---_---------- 
Silver-black fox (Vulpes fulva)——----- 
European fox (Vulpes vulpes) —_—_-_---- 
Kit fox (Vulpes velox) ---__---------- 
Gray fox (Urocyon cinereoargenteus) — 
Bush dog (Icticyon venaticus)-__----- 


ot 


Eh 


NYeHeERPANDHPAD 


= 


BPONEFP EAN NPE ROP Hwee 


MAMMALS 


Cacomistle (Bassariscus astutus) —-_—~ 
Raccoon (Procyon lotor)——__------__ 
Florida raccoon (Procyon lotor elucus) — 
Gray coatimundi (Nasua narica) —----- 
Kinkajou (Potos flavus) -~---___--_-__~ 
Mexican kinkajou (Potos flavus azte- 


Fisher (Martes pennanti) _---_-_----__- 
Skunk (Mephitis nigra) —--~-----~------ 
Wolverine (Gulo lwscus)—--_____---~_-~- 
American badger (Tawxidea tarus) —_--~ 
Ratel (Mellivora capensis) ~~~----~~--~ 
Florida otter (Lutra canadensis vaga) — 
Indian civet (Viverra zibetha) ~~-----~ 
Palm civet (Paradoxurus hermaphro- 

CUUEALS)\ yp a ee 
Egyptian mongoose (Herpestes ichneu- 

DVO NUs) ease ne ae Sc a Be ee oe Soa ie 
Neumann’s genet (Genetta dongalana 

MEUNTONTL) == ee TA ee 
Aard-wolf (Proteles cristatus) ~-----~ 
Spotted hyena (Crocuta crocuta)———-- 
East African spotted hyena (Crocuta 

crocuta germinans) —~~---~-~-----~-- 
Striped hyena (Hyena hyena) ——_____- 
Brown hyena (Hyena brunnea) —----- 
Mion CHES TEU) A ae ee ee 
Bengal tiger (Felis tigris) --_-_-_------ 
Manchurian tiger 


Leopard (Felis pardus) _---~-------_~- . 


Black leopard (Felis pardus)——~-----~- 


Bast African leopard (Felis pardus 

SUGREUICUS) ee ae ae eee 
Serval’ (Pens serval) =e! = es 
East African serval (Felis capensis 


inde) =s==- so SRY PES AS SSeS 
Ocelot (Felis pardalis) —_---_-__-----_- 
Brazilian ocelot (Felis pardalis brasili- 
ENSIS) a2 eS AUS RE. I eee ee 
Gray tiger-cat (Felis chrysothrir) __—~ 
Mexican puma (Felis azteca) _------__ 


(Felis tigris longi- 


RH Oe 


Phew ae Ee 


= 


102 


Mountain lion (Felis hippolestes)____ 
Yaguarundi (Felis yagouarowndi) ____~ 
Indian caracal (Lyn@# caracal)__-__~ 
Abyssinian caracal (Lynx caracal nu- 


Canada lynx (Lynx canadensis) —~____ 
Bay: lynx: (Lyne rufus) _—--_______-_— 
Bailey’s lynx (Lyng baileyi) ___--_---~ 
Clouded leopard (Neofelis nebulosa) __ 


PINNIPEDIA 


California sea-lion (Zalophus californi- 
AETPUES') os oot at eS eS Ee eh 
Leopard seal (Phoca richardii var.) —— 
San Geronimo harbor seal (Phoca 
richardii geronimensis)—___________ 


RODENTIA 


Woodchuck (Marmota monazr)________ 
Prairie dog (Cynomys ludovicianus) —_ 
Albino squirrel (Sciurus carolinensis) — 
American beaver (Castor canadensis) _ 
East African porcupine (Hystrie gal- 

CRUE) ee EE See IN AEG en he eee 


Central American 

POCO WING AUS) ee ees 
Trinidad agouti (Dasyprocta rubrata) — 
Guinea pig (Cavia porcellus) 


paca (Cuniculus 


LAGOMORPHA 
Domestic rabbit (Oryctolagus cunicu- 
Libs) Pes eee eee Neen) eae ae 
INSECTIVORA 
Kuropean hedgehog (Hrinaceus euro- 
DUS) 5. Fo eh ee ee ee 
PRIMATES 


Zanzibar lemur (Galago garnetti) ____ 
Red-fronted lemur (Lemur rufifrons) — 
Black lemur (Lemur macaco)________ 
Douroucouli (Aotus trivirgatus)_____ 
Gray spider monkey (Ateles geoffroyi) — 
White-throated capuchin (Cebus capu- 

CHS) oe ees Se ee Fay 
Brown capuchin (Cebus fatuellus)___ 
Margarita capuchin (Cebus margari- 


Chacma (Papio porcarius)___________ 
Anubis baboon (Papio cynocephalus) —_ 
Olive baboon (Papio neumanni)——-~_~ 
Hamadryas baboon (Papio hamadryas) — 
Mandrill (Papio sphingz)_ ~--________ 
Drill (Papio leucopheus)_____-_______ 
Moor monkey (Cynopithecus maurus)— 
Black ape (Cynopithecus niger) —_____ 
Barbary ape (Simia sylvanus)____-_~ 
Japanese macaque (Macaca fuscata)_ 


me et oo ee ee 


10 


THe ee 


i) 


J 


WONrF WE WH Wah eH 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Brown macaque (Macaca arctoides)__ 
Pig-tailed monkey (Macaca neme- 

sirind) 21S ee eee eat 
Burmese macaque (Macaca andamanen- 


Crab-eating macaque (Macaca irus)__ 
Philippine macaque (Macaca syrichta) — 
Javan macaque (Macaca mordaz)____ 
Sooty mangabey (Cercocebus fuligino- 

8Ué) L233. uses 4 ee eee 
Green guenon (Lasiopyga  callitri- 

Chus)\ ee ae 
Vervet (Lasiopyga pygerythra)__-_-__ 
Johnston’s vervet (Lasiopyga pygery- 

thra johnston) —- 2 ee eee 
Mozambique monkey (Lasiopyga sp.) —— 
Sykes’ guenon (Lasiopyga albigularis) _— 
Mona guenon (Lasiopyga mona)_____ 
De Brazza’s guenon (Lasiopyga braz- 


Lesser white-nosed guenon (Lasiopyga 

petawriste) = 3 =  eeeee 
Patas guenon (Hrythrocebus patas)__ 
White-handed gibbon (Hylobates lar)_ 
Gray gibbon (Hylobates leuciscus) —___~ 
Chimpanzee (Pan satyrus) —-________— 
Orang-utan (Pongo pygmeus)________ 


ARTIODACTYLA 


Wart hog (Phacocherus cethiopicus) __ 
River hog (Potamocherus africanus) _— 
Collared peccary (Pecari angulatus) —_ 


Hippopotamus (Hippopotamus amphi- 
00S) \ a2 22. eee 
Pigmy hippopotamus (Cheropsis  li- 
beriensis) 2-3 es eee oo 


Bactrian camel (Camelus bactrianus) — 
Arabian camel (Camelus dromedarius,) — 
Guanaco (Lama huanachus) —~~--~-_---_ 
Liama (Lam@. qlama) =e 
Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus) —~__-~-_~ 
Fallow deer (Dama dama)—-------~--~ 
White fallow deer (Dama dama)__-~- 
Axis deer (Apis aais) _=--_ === 
Hog deer (Hyelaphus porcinus) —_—--~~ 
Barasingha (Rucervus duvaucelii) ——--~ 
Burmese deer (Rucervus eldii) ~---_~ 
Japanese deer (Sika nippon) —--__~-_~ 
Red deer (Cervus elaphus ) -—___ ee 
Kashmir deer (Cervus hanglw)— ~~----~ 
Bedford deer (Cervus xsanthopygus) —-~ 
American elk (Cervus canadensis) —--- 
Costa Rican deer (Odocoileus sp.)-—--~ 
Guatemala deer (Odocoileus sp.)—--~-~- 
Mule deer (Odocoileus hemionus) —-_-- 
Blesbok (Damaliscus albifrons) ____-- 
White-tailed gnu (Connochetes gnu) -- 
Brindled gnu (Connochetes taurinus) — 
White-bearded gnu (Connochetes tau- 

rinus albojubatus) _.----—-_=._-~—_ 
Lechwe (Onotragus leche) -----------~ 
Inyala (Tragelaphus angasi)—~-__-_--- 
Sable antelope (Hgocerus niger) —_---~~ 


wNnreAH 


bo bo Re 


= 


_ 


—< 
Bee WrHNOONONHF AOINRF CODON HH F 


He ee DS 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 


Reed buck (Redunca bohor) —-~------- 
Hast African impalla (A/pyceros me- 

LOMDUS SUT) — ee oe Be 
Indian antelope (Antilope cervicapra) — 
Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocameius) ——-~ 
Mountain goat (Oreamnos americanus) — 
Tahr (Hemitragus jemlahicus) ——-___--~ 
Alpine ibex (Capra iber) __-------_--~ 
Aoudad (Ammotragus lervia)—_-_-~-~--~ 
Rocky Mountain sheep (Ovis cana- 

CETUS S)) es Bee Teg ras A A 
Moufion (Ovis curopmuws) ———----__--~~ 
Greenland musk-ox (Ovibos moschatus 


American bison (Bison bison) __---___ 
Anoa (Anoa depressicornis)  —_-_____ 
Indian buffalo (Bubalus bubalis) _____ 


STRUTHIONIFORMES 


South African ostrich (Struthio aus- 
{BUCO I CIS) )) a AC aa Roa A 
Somaliland ostrich (Struthio molyb- 
PU UCILES)) a rns oes ASS I Se 
Nubian ostrich (Struthio camelus) ____~ 


RHEIFORMES 


Rhea (Rhea americana)_—__---_----_- 


CASUARIIFORMES 
Australian cassowary (Casuarius aus- 
UROLIS)) Ee i eh ee ee 
Single-wattled cassowary (Casuarius 
uniappendiculatus) —_—_______-_-_-__ 
Sclater’s cassowary (Casuarius phi- 
(POA) ae 5 AEN es ES Ci a aN Se ee 


Emu (Dromiceius novehollandie) ___—~ 


CICONIIFORMES 


American white pelican (Pelecanus ery- 
OEROTIVYILCIUOS) toe ee ee 
European white pelican (Pelecanus 
GHGCLOLOLUS) ae eee ee 
Roseate pelican (Pelecanus roseus) —-- 
Australian pelican (Pelecanus  con- 
RLCUULOTUES) ee re ee 
Brown pelican (Pelecanus occidentalis) — 
California brown pelican (Pelecanus 
TCLET OUIECIUG axe n ee  Se 
Florida cormorant (Phalacrocorag auri- 
EUSP ILOTAOATULS se we OO 


Brandt’s cormorant (Phalacrocorax 
BEMICULUGUS) aes Se 
Great white heron (Ardea _ occiden- 
ECLUES) ee eet eae ede me ae 


Great blue heron (Ardea herodias) —-- 
Hybrid great blue and white heron 

(Ardea herodias-occidentalis) -_____-~ 
Goliath heron (Ardea goliath) ----_-_~ 
East African heron (Ardea melanoce- 


1 PERISSODACTYLA 
9 | Malay tapir (Tapiryus indicus) —____~~ 
D) Brazilian tapir (Tapirus terrestris) —_ 
9 | Baird’s tapir (Tapirella bairdii) ______ 
3 | Mongolian horse (Hquus przewalskii) — 
19 | Mountain zebra (Hquus zebra) _—_____ 
9 | Chapman’s zebra (Hquus quagga chap- 
3 UD OG) a ae ee 
Zebra-horse hybrid (Hqwus grevyi-ca- 
11 CULL AUS ye ate aaa eee ce ws ae 
7 Zebra-ass hybrid (Equus grevyi-asi- 
HU US) Nene as eee eee ae a eh re 
1 
1 PROBOSCIDEA 
6 | Abyssinian elephant (Loxodonta afri- 
14 CONGAOLY OTIS) SA Sea eee eee 
1 Sumatran elephant (Hlephas sumatra- 
2 TUG) Ss SOS Bes, tS eeaet Lk eee FI GI le 
BIRDS 
Black-crowned night heron (Nyctico- 
rax nycticorae nevius) —~______-___ 
Boatbill (Cochlearius cochlearius) ___~ 
3 | White-necked stork (Dissura episcopus) 
Indian adjutant (Leptoptilus dubius)_ 
1 | Shoe-bill (Baleniceps rex) __-_-_-_______ 
1 | Wood ibis (Mycteria americana) —_____ 
Sacred ibis (Threskiornis cethiopicus) — 
Black-headed ibis (Threskiornis mela- 
1 MOCE DINGS) ie ee ee 
White ibis (Guara alba) _____________ 
Scarlet ibis (Guara rubra) __________ 
European flamingo (Phenicopterus ro- 
SUNS) eee a ae TS TAL ee eas 
1 
7 ANSERIFORMES 
Mallard (Anas platyrhynchos) ——~____ 
4 | Black duck (Anas rubripes) __________ 
9 | Australian black duck (Anas super- 
cilidsa) saan ee eee 
Gadwall (Chaulelasmus streperus)——__ 
Faleated teal (Hunetta falcata) _____ 
HKuropean widgeon (Mareca penelope) _ 
9 | Baldpate (Mareca americana) —__--___ 
Green-winged teal (Nettion caroli- 
2 MENSE) ee BERS soe ee eee 
1 | European teal (Nettion crecca)__--_~ 
Baikal tcal (Nettion formosum)_—_____ 
2 | Blue-winged teal (Querquedula dis- 
6 WU) ee 
Garganey (Querquedula querquedula) _— 
5 | Shoveller (Spatula clypeata)________ 
African pintail (Dajila erythrorhyncha)_ 
2 | Pintail (Dafila acuta) —--_-___________ 
Wood duck (Ai# sponsa)—--_--_---___ 
1 | Mandarin duck (Dendronessa galerieu- 
EEDA ATA) VR ee Ba aE A I ip a pa 
1 | Canvasback (Marila valisineria) __---~ 
3 | European pochard (Warila ferina)_---- 
Redhead (Marila americana) —~-------- 
1 | Ring-necked duck (Marila coliaris) _--_ 
1 | Tufted duck (Marila fuligula) ~------- 
Lesser scaup duck (Marila affinis) ---- 
1 ' Greater scaup duck (Marila marila)—_ 


103 


Dp e ee 


BPeRPPNrH 


a 
le ot al wl or 


_ 
Ct CRs ie 9} 


104 


Rosy-billed pochard (Metopiana pepo- 
NR CLONA) e  e r 
Egyptian goose (Chenaloper cegypti- 
LGU) aoe i oe re eee 


Hawaiian goose (Nesochen sandvicen- 


Blue goose (Chen cerulescens) —~------ 
White-fronted goose (Anser albifrons) — 
American white-fronted goose (Anser 

albifrons gambelt) =~ ——*—-- _—___-_-_ = 
Bean goose (Anser fabalis) _-__-_------_ 
Pink-footed goose (Anser brachyrhyn- 

ER) ee ee 
Chinese goose (Cygnopsis cygnoides) __ 
Bar-headed goose (Hulabeia indica) —-- 
Canada goose (Branta canadensis) _-~ 
Hutchins’s goose (Branta canadensis 

hutchinsit) — 225520444 e ec is te eee 
White-cheeked goose (Branta canaden- 

sis occidentalis) 222 eee 
Cackling goose (Branta _ canadensis 

ANAT i ees 
Brant (Branta bernicla glaucogastra) — 
Barnacle goose (Branta leucopsis) —--- 
Emperor goose (Philacte canagica) —-_ 
Spur-winged goose (Plectropterus gam- 

bensisyLE Ss. Sei ee Bee) eee eee 
Muscovy duck (Cairina moschata) —-__ 
Black-bellied tree duck (Dendrocygna 

CUtmnts yes Sweats eS 2 ee 
Eyton’s tree duck (Dendrocygna ey- 


Mute swan (Cygnus gibbus) -~__----_~- 
Whistling swan (Cygnus columbianus) — 
Black swan (Chenopis atrata) _-----_~ 


FALCONIFORMES 


Condor (Vuliur gryphus)——_—~~-—-~—- 
California condor (Gymnogyps califor- 

NAGHUS)). Se pe ee 
Turkey vulture (Cathartes aura) _~--- 
Black vulture (Coragyps wrubu)_—-~--- 
King vulture (Sarcoramphus papa) __ 
Secretary bird (Sagittarius serpen- 

FOTVUS) oe eo ee ee eee ee 
Griffon vulture (Gyps fulvus)——~------ 
African black vulture (Torgos_ tra- 

CHOVIOTUS ) ec ee ee ee 
Cinereous vulture (AWgypius monachus) 
White-headed vulture (Trigonoceps oc- 

eipilalisy = 22. 2 ae NS Se ee 
Caracara (Polyborus cheriway)_——~~----~ 
Wedge-tailed eagle (Uroaétus audaz) —~ 
Golden eagle (Aquila chrysaétos)__-~~ 
Tawny eagle (Aquila rapar)_________ 
Bald eagle (Haliwetus leucocephalus 

Teucocepiaua) soa en a ee 
Alaskan bald eagle (Haliwetus leuco- 

cephalus alascanus)——L—-—  _-=_ = 
Red-tailed hawk (Buteo borealis) ~~ 
Broad-winged hawk (Buteo  platyp- 

COV U8) So ee ee ee 
Hast African chanting goshawk (WMelie- 

Toa no Gepterua) — 5 = So SS 


Re a1 bo 


Noe 


onwry 


BH HOT 


= 


Dor OD w 


NrPRWw we 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Pigmy falcon (Poliohierar semitor- 
udu) Poe). 3 bone ae 
Sparrow hawk (Falco sparverius)__—_~ 
Osprey (Pandion  haliaétus  carolin- 
ensis) —L24 ONES ee — Se eee 


GALLIFORMES 


Panama curassow (Crar panamensis)_— 
Spix’s wattled curassow (Craxr globu- 

(088) =. See oe 
Razor-billed curassow (Mitu mitu)—___ 
Crested guan (Penelope boliviana) ____ 
Chestnut-winged guan (Ortalis gar- 


Grant’s crested guinea fowl (Guttera 

Orantt) 3 Sa ee eee 
Reichenow’s helmeted guinea fowl (Nu- 

mida mitrata reichenowi)—-________ 
Peafowl (Pavo cristatus) ____________ 
Albino peafowl (Pavo cristatus)______ 
Javan jungle fowl (Gallus varius) ____~ 
Argus pheasant (Argus giganteus) ____ 


Silver pheasant (Genneus_ nycthe- 
Merus) = oa 
Edward’s pheasant (Genneus_ ed- 
WUTdSt) =.= = 
Golden pheasant (Chrysolophus pic- 
(Us) 2222-235) 2 eee 


Lady Ambherst’s pheasant (Chrysolo- 
phus. amhersug) _.._-__-_ 
Ring-necked pheasant (Phasianus tor- 
quatus): a 
Migratory quail (Coturnixz coturniaz) —_ 
Valley quail (Lophortyx californica 
vallicola),—__-.—. __ __ ee 
Scaled quail (Callipepla squamata) ——~ 
Crowned wood partridge (Rollulus 
Cristatus))=— =< == 


GRUIFORMES 


Florida gallinule (Gallinula chloropus 
Galette) ——-~— =. & = ee 
East Indian  gallinule 
Calva) |= > = eee 
Pukeko (Porphyrio stanleyi) ____----_ 
Black-tailed moor hen (WMicrotribonyz 
ventralis) = — = eee 
American coot (Fulica americana) —--~ 
African moor hen (Fulica eristata)—~ 
African black crake (Limnocrazr flavi- 
VOR C) — a ee er 
Lesser rail (Hypotenidia philippensis) — 
South Islan@ weka rail (Ocydromus 
austraus) 2 oe eee 
Short-winged weka (Ocydromus_ bra- 
Cchypterus) = ss eee 
Sandhill crane (Megalornis mexicana) — 
Little brown crane (Megalornis cana- 
densis) 2-22 eee 
White-necked crane (Megalornis leucau- 
CRON) oa ee eee 


bm DN 09 


12 
10 


11 
10 


Sa 


ee 


REPORT OF THE 


Indian white orane (Megalornis leuco- 
FERIA Shr S tere De ene ee ah ae oe hn ot 
Lilford’s crane (Megalornis lilfordi) _— 
Australian crane (Mathewsena rubdi- 
CUCU GD Ni Set A pee Spee a 
Demoiselle crane (Anthropoides virgo) — 
East African crowned crane (Balear- 
ica regulorum gibbericeps) _-_______ 
Kagu (Rhynochetos jubatus)—________ 


CHARADRIIFORMES 


Ruff (Philomachus pugnar) _~__-_-___ 
South American stone plover (dicne- 

mus bistriatus vocifer) _____-______ 
Pacific gull (Gabianus pacificus) ______ 
Great black-backed gull (Larus ma- 


Western gull (Larus occidentalis) —___ 
Herring gull (Larus argentatus)_____ 
Silver gull (Larus novehollandie) ____ 
Laughing gull (Larus atricilla) ______ 
Inca tern (Noddi inca)-____-____-__ 
Victoria crowned pigeon (Gouwra vic- 

UNDIES) yak Ne ee Nn a 
Nicobar pigeon (Calenas nicobarica) —_ 
Bronze-wing pigeon (Phaps_ chalcop- 


Bleeding-heart dove 
BO CUURCMe)ece ee es 
Wood pigeon (Columba palumbus) —--~ 


Triangular spotted pigeon (Columba 
TILE EAN (A ee ee a a 
Fiji Island pigeon (Janthoenas vitien- 
Eis) 2 ea BRIE hoe Sere eae 
Mourning dove (zenaidura macroura 
CORBUALETISTS\) a a a I Re es Ee 


Mexican dove (Zenaidura graysoni) —_~ 
White-fronted dove (Leptotila fulvi- 
ventris brachyptera) ——_-----_--_-- 
Necklace dove (Spilopelia tigrina) —-_-_ 
Emerald-spotted dove (Turtur chalco- 
SSS) B MILA EID Le oe i i i a ea 
Ringed turtledove (Streptopelia 
SET DDN) ata ae ea a a De ee 
Hast African ring- tacked dove (Strepto- 
pena capicola tropica)_———_________ 
' Masai mourning dove (Streptopelia de- 
cipiens perspicillata) _-__-_---_---_~ 
Zebra dove (Geopelia striata) ____-__- 


Bar-shouldered dove (Geopelia hume-. 


VS CAIEE)) ee lA al Se i Mi eS 
Cape masked dove (Gna capensis) —__~ 
Inca dove (Scardafella inca) —~------~- 
Cuban ground dove (Chemepelia passe- 

FILER OROU ULE) tat ead. TPR Oe Ba ey 


Pacific fruit pigeon (Globicera pa- 
CUE CH ee ae UENO PIE Get 
Bronze fruit pigeon (Muscadivores 
TETEC UD) ea eter te re I 
PSITTACIFORMES 


Kea (Nestor notabilis) _.________--__- 
Violet-necked lory (Hos variegata)_-__- 
Forsten’s lorikeet (Trichoglossus fors- 


wr RE 


bt oo 


BPW Oo & Ob 


Noe 


SECRETARY 
Great black cockatoo (WMicroglossus 
CULE PTUITULES ) eae Sey gh Sn TE aN AE 
Roseate cockatoo (Kakatoe _ roseica- 
SSN BRS I OTE OY ROU US OR 
Bare-eyed cockatoo (Kakatoe gym- 
GUO DUS) pa eae, Beech a 
Leadbeater’s cockatoo (Kakatoe lead- 
NOY LHS) aa at fe SVN ol PG A ta 


White cockatoo (Kakatoe alba)______ 
Sulphur-crested cockatoo (Kakatoe 
LUN ELO TID) Meas Si a Ta Og alia, ipa ree ole SESE 
Great red-crested cockatoo (Kakatoe 
moluccensis) ___ __— My sc oe See eas 
Mexican green macaw (Ara militaris 
WCET COIL) ab > aes yale as A asl ae ele, 
Severe macaw (Ara severa)__________ 
Blue and yellow macaw (Ara ararau- 
AVES) fast SSL aa SES SPARS AL DNS Caos PR li 


AVEEEOO)) | APTS shy Sl WE CT a 
Illiger’s macaw (Ara maracana) ____~~ 
Hyacinthine macaw (Anodorhynchus 

RY Ceinthins)) ys a A 
Blue-winged conure (Pyrrhura picta) — 
Nanday.paroquet (Nandayus nenday) — 


Gray-breasted paroquet (Myopsitta 
PON GGUS): a pstes Ss oowie ae ay a ted 
Petz’s paroquet (Hupsittula canicu- 
LOTUS) fe AS Me eR dS A gg 
Golden-crowned paroquet (Hupsittula 
UUNEG:)\ eRe REL EE tal ee 


Weddell’s paroquet (Hupsittula wed- 
LOU AA Es Us BANS ee EE 
Blue-winged parrotlet (Psittacula pas- 
SOLU eee a NE Oh Sat Re oe DEER 
Golden paroquet (Brotogeris chry- 
SO SCTIUG:) eres ete eee aie t Sees ny Se raed EN 
Tovi paroquet (Brotogeris jugularis) —— 
Yellow-naped parrot (Amazgona auro- 
DUCE) i eer LS ee ae 
Mealy parrot (Amazona farinosa)____ 
Orange-winged parrot (Amazona ama- 
PAI ALLIS RD ea Oe may ieee ts LD 
Blue-fronted parrot (Amazona estiva) — 
Red-crowned parrot (Amazone viridi- 
GF CTUCUUES, fet a ees ee ee See ee ee 
Double-yellow-head parrot (Amazona 
OVE) ae ee re ee ee 
Yellow-headed parrot (Amazona ochro- 
CODNGUD) Sse rn ae ee eres 
Festive parrot (Amazona festiva) ____~ 
Lesser white-fronted parrot (Amazona 
albifronsanana),. 2. ee 
Santo Domingo parrot (Amazona ven- 
EE LS Neate IE A i EG ag eR RS ee Cp 
Cuban parrot (Amazona leucocephala) — 
Maximilian’s parrot (Pionus mazximi- 
Hani) 2 ee eS 
Dusky parrot (Pionus fuscus)—------ 
Blue-headed parrot (Pionus mens- 
PANS) ee Se ee 
Amazonian caique (Pionites wxantho- 
eK OLAS \ ee REET aS Os Se A Rey ee 
Hawk-head parrot (Deroptyus accipi- 
UR) CO eee ee a ee 


105 


13 


et 


bo 


Ol 


13 


aD Ww 


_ 


106 


Yellow-fronted parrot (Poicephalus 

OPT ONE) 2a s5— 22 a 
East African brown parrot (Poice- 

phalus meyeri matschiei) -_-_------- 
Congo parrot (Poicephalus gulielmi) —- 
Lesser vasa parrot (Coracopsis nigra) — 
Greater vasa parrot (Coracopsis vasa) — 
Red-faced love bird (Agapornis pul- 


LOE) Se ee eee 
Gray-headed love bird (Agapornis ma- 
dagascartensis)'—— === === ===" eS = 
Yellow-collared love bird (Agapornis 
MEVSONGLR) === et eee 


Fischer’s love bird (Agapornis fischeri) 
Nyassa love bird (Agapornis liliane) -- 
Blue-crowned hanging paroquet (Lori- 

Guitus galguins) ee 
Blue-bonnet paroquet (Psephotus he- 

WRUCOTTROUS ene 
Pennant’s paroquet (Platycercus ele- 

OS ee ee eae 
Rosella paroquet (Platycercus eximius) 
Crimson-winged paroquet (Aprosmictus 


erythropterts) —2-3 2222285 _ see 
Ring-necked paroquet (Conurus tor- 
SPALCTAGS ee ee 


Nepalese paroquet (Conurus nepalen- 
EEA yaa Ia adh Se tod Set BAI ok ne 
Long-tailed paroquet (Conurus longi- 
COAT ee 
Blossom-head paroquet (Conurus cy- 
anocennala) tea eee SS 
Grass paroquet (Melopsittacus undula- 
tig ye ae Se Eee See 


CORACIIFORMES 
Rhinoceros hornbill (Buceros rhinoc- 
CTO B) a oe ae ee 
Jackson’s hornbill (Lophoceros jack- 
CTPA) oe ee ane ee ee See Se 
Sulphur-breasted toucan (Ramphastos 
CONINGDHIS): 2S ae ee eee 
Emin Pasha’s barbet (Trachyphonus 


emint) _—-=----~-~-===-===-----==-= 
Barred owl (Strix varia varia) —------- 
Florida barred owl (Strix varia alleni) - 
Snowy owl (Nyctea nyctea) -~-------- 
Screech owl (Otus asio)—--------—--- 
Great horned owl (Bubo virginianus) — 
Eagle owl (Bubo bubo)-------------- 
American barn owl (Tyto alba pratin- 

ry hi) ae ee ae 2 ee eee 
African barn owl (Tyto alba affinis) -- 
Red-shafted flicker (Colaptes cafer col- 

larig) .2—=——2=—-=- 2 === ——-—— = 


PASSERIFORMES 


Cock of the rock (Rupicola rupicola) - 
Naked-throated bell-bird (Chasmorhyn- 
chus nudicollig) __-_-_-------------- 
Red-billed hill-tit (Liothria luteus) ---- 
Black-gorgeted laughing thrush (@ar- 
rulax pectoralis) ------------------ 
White-eared bulbul (Otocompsa leuco- 
TAA) oe ee ee ee er mitts 


Bee to 


ra 


i) 


12 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Red-eared bulbul (Otocompsa jocosa) —_~ 
Black-headed bulbul (Molpastes he- 
morrhouay 22— 220 So a eee 
Piping crow-shrike (Gymnorhina tibi- 
C0) asa222225-222esh22s5s2ee 5 


tU8) oe 
Australian crow (Corvus coronoides) ~~ 
American crow (Corvus brachyrhyn- 
chosyusai._feess, “sete 2 
White-breasted crow (Corvus albus) __— 
American magpie (Pica pica hudsonia) — 
Yucatan jay (Oissilopha yucatanica) —- 
Blue jay (Cyanocitta cristata) ------- 
Green jay (Xanthoura luzuosa) 
Pileated jay (Cyanocoraz pileatus) ~~~ 
Blue honey-creeper (Cyanerpes cyan- 
Cus) 22=-L2une iS be es eee 
Blue-winged tanager (Tanagra cyan- 
optera) S22 tetas eee 
Blue tanager (Thraupis cana) ------- 
Giant whydah (Diatropura progne)-- 
Paradise whydah (Steganura paradi- 


Red-crowned bishop bird (Pyromelana 
sylvatica) ===--=====—-==-—=— 
Red-billed weaver (Quelea quelea) —---~ 
Buffalo weaver (Textor albirostris) ~~ 
Black-winged coral-billed weaver (Tea- 
tor niger. nyassac) —"._=* Sa. eee 
Madagascar weaver (Foudia madagas- 
cariensis) —_-—-—=2 > 
Black-headed weaver (Hyphanturgus 
NgONiCeDs) —_ =) — 22 eee 
Iemin’s scaly-headed finch (Sporopipes 
frontalis emini) ------------------ 
St. Helena waxbill (Zstrilda astrilda) — 
Orange-cheeked waxbill (Hstrilda mel- 
poda) —~~_-~~---------—--—----—---- 
Rosy-rumped waxbill (Hstrilda rhodo- 
pygia) —------—------------=-—--- 
Blue-headed blue waxbill (Ureginthus 
bengalus cydnocephalus) —---------- 
East African fire-throated finch (Pytilia 
hivkt) 2-3-3 ee 
Strawberry finch (Amandava aman- 
d0v0@) 222 2 == eee 
Nutmeg finch (Munia punctulata) ---- 
White-headed nun (Munia maja) ----- 
Black-headed nun (Munia atricapilia) - 
Chestnut-breasted finch (Munia casta- 
neithorar) —---------------------- 
Java finch (Munia oryzivora) -------- 
Masked grass finch (Poéphila perso- 
nata) —---~.----------------—== = 


tata) --~------------------------- 
Zebra finch (Teniopygia castanotis) —-- 
Cutthroat finch (Amadina fasciata) -- 
Tanganyika cutthroat finch (Amadina 
fasciata alewanderi) --------------- 


hy 


[el 


a 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 


Red-headed finch (Amadina erythrocep- 


TON). = BAR eI de 2 
Yellow-headed marshbird (Agelaius ic- 
terdcephatia) oes i el 1 


Australian gray jumper (Struthidea 
CLIVE TCU) ns eee ae Ne Se a Se 
Shining starling (Lamprocoraz metalli- 
GUI) Tes ee Se 1 
Southern glossy starling (Lamproco- 
WUSEsDCSHis eat. eo 
Crested starling (Galeopsar salvado- 


be 


White-capped starling (Heteropsar al- 

wicapiliue)\ 22. 2 ee 
Indian mynah (Acridotheres tristis) _- 
Crested mynah (Athiopsar cristatel- 


Huropean goldfinch (Carduelis cardue- 
Ui)) ie ae ae ak Cd 
Brambling (Fringilla montifringilia) __ 
“Yellowhammer (Hmberiza citrinelia) —_ 
House finch (OCarpodacus mezxicanus 
UGOTULOLTS en eee ee nL ee 
San Lucas house finch (Carpodacus 
mexicanus ruberrimus) —__________ 
Canary (Serinus canarius)___________ 
Little yellow serin (Serinus icterus)__ 
Gray singing finch (Serinus leucopy- 
JUS) pose De Sa a 
White-throated sparrow (Zonotrichia 
QUDUCOUIS) = hae BOW A eee 
San Diego song sparrow (Melospiza 
melodia cooperi) _________________ 


ROOER)) cE me 1 
Malay grackle (Gracula javana)——____~ 1 Coastal pale-bellied sparrow (Passer 
Bar-jawed troupial (Gymnomystaz me- griseus suahelicus)—_____________ 

Fig VAGEPO I=) wee 4 | Saffron finch (Sicalis flaveola)___-____ 
Hooded oriole (Icterus cucullatus)____. 1 | Blue grosbeak (@uiraca cerulea) -____ 
Yellow-tailed oriole (Icterus mesome- Chinese grosbeak (Hophona migratoria 

(UGS) oS ee lag Nh 1 SOWENOYE) es ee 
Purple grackle (Quwiscalus quiscula)—— 1 | Red-crested cardinal (Paroaria cucul- 
Greenfinch (Chloris chloris) ______--_ 3 LOCO) etree ers Bara eRe. ha Seas 

REPTILES 

Alligator (Alligator mississipiensis)_. 27 , Florida snapping turtle (Chelydra osce- 
Horned toad (Phrynosoma cornutum) — 9 OLG) ee Sa ee ee ee 
Gila monster (Heloderma suspectum) — 8 | African mud terrapin (Pelusius nigri- 
Beaded lizard (Heloderma horridum) —— il COLTUS)) | pea gr Eg Doc a as 
Gould’s monitor (Varanus gouldii)_—~ 1 | African snake-necked terrapin (Pelo- 
Egyptian monitor (Varanus niloticus) — il TIVES es UC CLE) ea eee ee 
Philippine monitor (Veranus salvator) — 1 | Brazilian snake-necked terrapin (Hy- 
West Indian iguana (Cyclura cornuta) — il RUS DUS LULU TU) ae = ee ee aa 
Ball python (Python regius) -—~-_-~-~- 1 | Diamond-back terrapin (Malaclemys 
Rock python (Python molurus) ——~--~~ 1 CONE OULU ee ae ee ae 
Regal python (Python reticulatus) —___ 1 | Geographic terrapin (Graptemys geo- 
Afliean python (Python sebe)_——_--_~ 10 ORGOILCO) aerate ee ee ee 
Anaconda (Hunectes murinus)——-_—-_ 2 | Musk turtle (Sternotherus odoratus) —— 


Boa constrictor (Constrictor constric- 


oS 
is) 
= 
— 
| 

I 

| 

! 

| 

| 

| 

| 

| 

i 

| 

| 

| 

i 

| 

| 

| 

| 

| 

| 

i 

| 

| 

| 

| 

! 

| 

| 

I 
(Ju) 


(LG RELE)) 5S SES Se a nee pee ee er eS 5 
Brazilian tree boa (Hpicrates crassus) — al 
Black snake (Coluber constrictor) _——~ 1 
Corn snake (Hlaphe guttata)—~-_----~ 1 
Pine snake (Pituophis melanoleucus) —— 2 
King snake (Lampropeltis getulus)-——~ a 
Four-lined snake (Hlaphe 4-vittata) ~~~ 1 
Hog-nosed snake (Heterodon platy- 

VUE OBI) fe ee eo or bs Se Se AY 1 
Water snake (Natrix sipedon)_--____ 2 
Egyptian cobra (Naja haie)--------- 2 
Black-necked spitting cobra (Naja 

RUT IACOMLLS) Ramee a ps OS hh Pe 1 
Copperhead (Agkistrodon mokasen) ~~~ 5 
Fer-de-lance (Bothrops lanceolatus) —__~ 1 
Florida rattlesnake (Crotalus adaman- 

ee 2 
Western diamond rattlesnake (Crota- 

LU Sem LGOD) 2 xe RE ee es il 
Banded rattlesnake (Crotalus _ horri- 

Sih) \ 2) Ss ees Lee es OO ES Pelee ee hie) 24 


Snapping turtle (Chelydra serpentina) — 2 
17563—28——_8 


Mexican musk turtle (Kinosternon so- 
ALOU TETES C3). este eS esa e 
South American musk turtle (Kinoster- 
TOMS GONDLOTL ES) en ee 
Pennsylvania musk turtle (Kinosternon 
SOA UMPC) ea a ee eS 
Wood turtle (Clemmys insculpta) _—_-__~ 
Leprous terrapin (Clemmys leprosa) —~ 
Muhlenberg’s terrapin (Clemmys muh- 
LENDETOM) p= == ee ee eee ee 


' Blanding’s terrapin (HEmys blandingii) — 


European pond turtle (Hmys orbicu- 
TARO A See oF Ne ae es a! AST BE Pe BS 
South American terrapin (WNicoria 
DPUNCCULATIG) 22 ee terres eee 


Reeves turtle (Geoclemys reevesi)—-_-_ - 


Loochoo turtle (Geoemyda spengleri)— 
Ceylon terrapin (Geoemyda thermalis) — 
Painted turtle (Chrysemys picta) ~~~ 
Western painted turtle (Chrysemys 


Gopher tortoise (Gopherus polyphe- 
UIUS)) Go ee oo Sea eee ae sae 
Duncan Island tortoise (Testudo ephip- 
LUNs) Ea ee EE See he 


107 


ns 


26 


40 


NOrRHH 


108 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 
Indefatigable Island tortoise (T'estudo Iberian tortoise (Testudo iberia) ~~~ 1 
porter) = 1 | Soft-shelled tortoise (Testudo  love- 
Albemarle Island tortoise (Testudo vi- ridget)iiaisi 4» bi biden oo ER pe 8 
ORNG,) Se ye ne ee ee ee 2e| Chicken turtle (Deirochelys reticu- 
South American tortoise (Testudo den- lania) 4t.2434- eee? nee ee 1 

HOU) 2e eee 1 
Angulated tortoise (Testudo angulata) — 1 BATRACHIANS 
Bell’s tortoise (Testudo belli)_------- 3 
Leopard tortoise (Testudo pardalis) —_ G | African smooth-clawed frog (Xenopus 
Agassiz’s tortoise (Testudo agassizii) — al quileri): ———. = - = 28 
Berlandier’s tortoise (Testudo berlan- Giant salamander  (Megalobatrachus 
Genes: oo eee eee 1 japonicus), === == eee 2 


Statement of the collection 


a 
Mam- : an 
Hale Birds bates: Total 
chians | . 
Presented cs siee oe est eS ee eS eee 47 40 51 138 
OT oo oe ee ei ee ee Se erin 49 20. |ota. cae 78 
Recelved.in-exehangese : 2. 2 ee ea ae ee 16 16 3 35 
PPUTCH ASG so as aS Se aR apm eed 30 76 6 112 
Transferred from other Government departments --_---.-------- 3 |occo2oeoe |S 3 
Tghsal jes oes See aes Se ee ee Se eee ae 145 161 60 336 
SUMMARY 
‘Animals on hand: Julia; 92 (a ee ee ee ee 2, 366 
Accessions during they year. 22) eee 366 
Total animals) namedled so eh oe ee WiGe 
Deduct loss (by death, return of animals, and exchange) —~--------._--_-- 459 
2, 273 
Status of collection 
Species nae 
Mearmimigla 204 ret 28 S29) Shee Meth eS Se Bees coe ee eee 186 529 
Dirdss.wh este Stade cco oT oe 2 ee eee 329 1, 481 
Reptiles and "batrachiansy ee ee ee se ee ee ee 67 263 
Potal sco Lae Se tee a Ss eS Sos eee 582 2, 273 


VISITORS 


The estimated attendance as recorded in the daily reports of the 
park was somewhat smaller than last year, when the interest of the 
public in the Smithsonian-Chrysler expedition brought great crowds 
of visitors; however, it is higher than any other year in the history 
of the zoo, and from observation the number of out-of-town visitors 
was unusually great. One morning there were 1,100 visitors from the 
State of Pennsylvania and another morning 750 from the same State. 
Automobile license tags show that visitors come from every State in 
the Union. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 109 


Attendance by months was as follows: 


1927 1928 

PeU ugly pupa ABS as WE al ty ee fer as es 303, 800 | January_____-________.____ 65, 150 
ANSLEY IS eee ed age pee SE 266900! sHlebisucainye eas © seaeels See 68, 875 
September__________.________ SOMO Ge) Marre hee ass ae Ys aa 122, 750 
PO ChLOW ere aie nse ies Sa 2S O50 |e Aprils Ga ae as 1. 286, 624 
Donen ie a ek ee SOON elaine ok LE Wey ea ies 211, 250 
Micon meet Gee NA AO R00. | sumed! oo) idan! Aue Ne 252, 150 

Total for year________ 2, 298, 449 


During the year the park has been the center of a number of 
scientific activities. The American Society of Mammalogists, the 
American Ornithologists’ Union, and the Society of Ichthyologists 
and Herpetologists all visited the park officially and had their annual 
smoker at the administration building. The Vivarium Society has 
held monthly meetings at the park. 

The attendance of organized classes of students was 27.959, from 
445 different schools. 


IMPROVEMENTS 


_ The bird house was completed in June and the installation of the 
birds commenced, so the building will be opened to the public early 
in the summer. This building is unique of its kind in providing four 
rooms under one roof, with 145 indoor cages. The great flight cage 
in the center room is 58 feet long by 22 feet wide and 30 feet high, 
with rock work and running water at one end, a large pool in the 
middle, and a fine tree at the opposite end, and makes, with its con- 
tents, a remarkably fine exhibit. Mr. Harris, the District architect, 
and Arthur L. Smith, the contractor, deserve great credit for this 
building, which has been highly praised by visitors from other 
zoological parks and by the public in general. 

Outdoor cages will be built during the coming fall, which will 
make the bird house the center of the ornithological section of the 
- park. it is planned to develop the area about this building as runs 
for outdoor birds. 

In connection with the bird house, the maintenance force of the 
park has done a great deal of work, cutting down a considerable hill 
to permit a good approach to the building, building walks and roads, 
installing sewers, and other details necessary to the new building, so 
that in general we have been able to make few improvements in other 
parts of the park. 

NEEDS OF THE ZOO 


At present a considerable part of the appropriation has to be spent each year 
in repairing temporary structures. (Report of June 30, 1902.) 

The inadequacy of the appropriations for the proper equipment of the park 
has made it necessary to exercise an unwise economy in the construction of its 


110 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


buildings and other shelters, the majority of which are of a cheap and tem- 
porary character, and sooner or later must be replaced. (Report of June 30, 
1906. ) 


It should be remembered that at the inception of the park the funds pro- 
vided for buildings and improvements were entirely inadequate for its proper 
equipment and that consequently the management was forced to construct cheap,. 
temporary shelters, roads, walks, and inclosures. These have now arrived at 
about their limit of usefulness and do not admit of further economical repair. 
(Report of June 30, 1909.) 

The buildings mentioned in the above reports are still being used. 

For more than 20 years earnest, but at the same time modest, 
appeals have been made in each Hees report for adequate eS 
of the animals. Our buildings have been for years a source of most 
unfavorable comment on the part of visitors. While other zoos. 
throughout the United States have been improving and enlarging, 
the National Zoological Park, with the exception of the bird house, 
has been able to do almost nothing in the way of construction, so. 
that at present, in comparison with a half dozen other American 
zoos, our equipment is extremely shabby. It is impossible to main- 
tain the collection at its present status if this condition is ignored. 
The fine new bird house just completed is an indication of the condi- 
tions that should be provided for other animals. 

To house a collection of animals properly, suitable buildings are 
needed, and the following building program is presented. This pro- 
gram is limited to strictly essential buildings: 

1. Exhibition house for reptiles, amphibians, and invertebrates, with 

proper heating and lighting apparatus (based on cost of recent rep- 

tile houses elsewhere) 2-022 bE ioe bf Oe en ie na ot eee $220, 000: 
. Ape, lemur, aud small mammal house—this to house the collection of 

small mammals of the world and to have a wing for the great apes_ 150, 000 


3. Pachyderm house—this to include also quarters for giraffe_________ 250, 000: 
4. To make permanent one wing of the carnivore house and to remodel 


i) 


the one wing which is of sufficient value to repair________________ 100, 000° 
5. Antelope, buffalo, and wild-cattle house___________-_+-_--____+__-=- 100, 000 
6. To add wing to bird house and develop areas about with open-air 

aviaries, pheasant and game-bird runs______-+—--__-_.-____-___= 100, 000° 
7. A proper fence around the park (a high iron fence on a concrete 

Pease) fs faces eae AE She ee ee 2 eee ee ee 85, 000: 

The above items are most necessary. To these should be added: 

8. Open, barless exhibition quarters for bears, lions, and tigers. Such 

exhibitions are most popular and some of the newer zoological 

parks are specializing in them. It is our desire to have only a lim- 

ited number of these..:-2-2.=2 = ee eee 80, 000: 
9. Monkey pit—a barless, open village for monkeys___-_-----------~-- 10, 000» 


Respectfully submitted. 


W. M. Mann, Director. 
Dr. Cuartes G, Appor, 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


| 
| 


APPENDIX 7 


REPORT ON THE ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY 


Sir: The Astrophysical Observatory was conducted under the fol- 
lowing passage of the independent offices appropriation act approved 
February 11, 1927: 

Astrophysical Observatory: For maintenance of the Astrophysical Observa- 
tory, under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution, including assistants, 
purchase of books, periodicals, and apparatus, making necessary observations 
in high altitudes, repairs and alterations of buildings, preparation of manu- 
seripts, drawings, and illustrations, traveling expenses, and miscellaneous 
expenses, $32,060, of which amount not to exceed $29,000 may be expended for 
personal services in the District of Columbia. 


The observatory occupies a number of frame structures within an 
inclosure of about 16,000 square feet south of the Smithsonian Admin- 
istration Building at Washington, a cement observing station and 
frame structure for observers on a plot of 10,000 square feet leased 
from the Mount Wilson Observatory, and an observing station on 
Table Mountain, Calif. This last station, provided by Mr. John A. 
Roebling, includes a tunnel for instruments, small structures for the 
field director and for the assistant, a shop, and a garage. 

The Astrophysical Observatory also defrays a part of the cost of 
the maintenance of the observing station at Montezuma, Chile, which 
was erected in 1920 with means furnished by Mr. Roebling. The 
constructions there comprise a tunnel for instruments, a small struc- 
ture for observers, shop, garage, and a telephone line 12 miles to 
Calama. 

The present value of the buildings and equipment for the Astro- 
physical Observatory owned by the Government is estimated at 
$50,000. This estimate contemplates the cost required to replace the 
outfit for the purposes of the investigations. 


WORK AT WASHINGTON 


(a) Reduction of observations —Three field stations—Table Moun- 
tain, Calif., Montezuma, Chile, and Brukkaros, South West Africa— 
are now steadily sending results of daily observations of the intensity 
of solar radiation to the Smithsonian Institution. The work of com- 
paring these observations, of detecting and determining sources of 
error, and correcting therefor, and the care of keeping the three 

111 


112 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


stations, thousands of miles away in the wilderness, supplied with 
material and personnel has occupied much time of the director and 
staff in Washington. 

Several years having gone by since the station at Table Mountain 
began its regular work, enough data had accumulated to justify a 
statistical study over the whole period, to detect any systematic 
errors. Minute systematic errors in the uncorrected results are in- 
evitable. We are attempting to determine the intensity of the sun’s 
energy not only as it is received at the observatory but also as it was 
in free space outside the atmosphere. Humidity and dust produce 
effects which it is impossible to ascertain precisely on any given indi- 
vidual day by any method. Hence only by comparing the average 
run of the results over a term of years with the average run of atmos- 
pheric conditions during the same interval can these not quite negli- 
gible residual systematic errors be determined and allowed for. 
Such a study of the Table Mountain work has been in progress. 
When completed there were revealed certain discordances between 
Table Mountain and Montezuma which, though small, demanded still 
further study. 

As so often has happened in the history of science, «thie study by 
my colleague, Mr. Fowle, of a perplexing discor pee has brought a 
new discovery of some ieee oe It is that the ozone existing in 
the atmosphere at a level of 30 to 50 kilometers (18 to 30 miles), and 
which is formed from the atmospheric oxygen by the action of 
invisible ultra-violet sun rays, is variable in amount over Table 
Mountain, though nearly constant in amount over Montezuma. The 
discrepancy in the final results of radiation work between the two 
stations appears to be due mainly to this variability of atmospheric 
ozone at Table Mountain. Regular observations of ozone are now 
in progress there in cooperation with Doctor Dobson, of Oxford, 
England. 

The tedious but necessary computations and statistical comparisons 
involved in the work of systematizing and correcting the preliminary 
results of the observations, only part of which is indicated in the 
discussion above, have employed Mr. Fowle and two computers con- 
tinually during the year. 

(6) Apparatus—Under the direction of the writer and his col- 
league, Mr. Aldrich, the instrument maker,. Mr. Kramer, has con- 
tinued to make apparatus for radiation investigations. One instru- 
ment upon which much attention has been lavished is a new form of 
pyrheliometer to measure more accurately and conveniently the sun’s 
radiation. So accurate and stable is the silver-disk pyrheliometer 
which we have employed for nearly 20 years, and of which over 50 
copies have been furnished by the Smithsonian at cost to other insti- 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY is 


tutions at home and abroad, that it is hard to prepare a new instru- 
ment superior to it. Yet there are two or three slight sources of 
error, and a certain slowness of reading characteristic of the silver- 
disk instrument which it is hoped to improve upon. Thus far the 
new instrument, of a compensating electrical type, has not quite 
reached expectations, but it is still hoped to overcome its deficiencies 
and retain its advantages. 

Attention was also paid to the improvement of the radiometer for 
measuring the energy of the spectra of the stars. In this instrument 
it was proposed to seal the sensitive element in a truly circular, 
optically figured quartz tube containing a small pressure of hydrogen, 
and to adjust the position and direction of the system by moving and 
rotating the inclosing cylinder. The device was made ready for use 
by the writer during the summer of 1928 at Mount Wilson, Calif., 
with good results, which will properly be described in next year’s 
report. 

In connection with a research by Mr. Aldrich on the radiation and 
convection of the normally clothed human body, a number of instru- 
mental appliances were also made. 

(c) Research on the loss of heat from the human body.—Inquiry 
was made of the writer by Mr. T. J. Duffield, secretary to the New 
York Commission on Ventilation, as to the proportion of the loss of 
heat of the normally clothed human body which should be ascribed 
to radiation rather than to convection by the air. The subject needed 
investigation, and at the writer’s suggestion a grant of $1,000 was 
made by the New York Commission on Ventilation to the Smithsonian 
to promote it. My colleague, Mr. Aldrich, undertook the work and 
made several long series of novel and valuable experiments, the results 
of which will shortly be published. He employed principally two 
instruments: First, the melikeron, or honeycomb pyranometer, for 
observing radiation of bodies at low temperature, first described in 
these reports for the years 1919 and 1920; and second, a special 
thermoelectric temperature tester constructed for the research. 

Mr. Aldrich sums up his results as follows: 

(1) The radiation from the skin and clothing is approximately 
that of a “black body” or perfect radiator. 

(2) Skin temperatures computed from melikeron radiation measure- 
ments are about 1° C. higher than skin temperatures measured di- 
rectly with the thermoelement. This is not true on clothing of 
calorimeters. Apparently the melikeron sees deeper into the pores 
of the skin than the level observed by the thermoelement. 

(3) A cloth-covered, vertical, cylindrical calorimeter at body tem- 
perature loses in still air 60 per cent by radiation, 40 per cent by 
convection. A similar horizontal calorimeter loses 54 per cent by 
radiation, 46 per cent by convection. The human body convection 


114 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


loss is probably similar to this; that is, the convection loss is roughly 
one-third less than the radiation loss in still air and normal room 
temperatures. 

(4) Increasing air motion rapidly decreases the percentage radia- 
tion loss and increases the convectional. With the vertical calo- 
rimeter : 


. = Per cent 
Air motion: radiation loss 


One eb et Sct a Se SA ee i eee 60 
75. feet per minute os) s0 2 ee eee a eee 41 
130,feet per minute... 222 ee A ee 35 
190 feet per minute. ee ee ee er 25 


(5) Total body radiation similarly decreases with air motion: 


Air motion: Radiation loss (mean for 10 subjects) 


5O feet yperminute 22 22 ee tes 30.7 large cal. per sq. m. per hour. 
50 to 100 feet per minute_____________ 29.3 large cal. per sq. m. per hour. 
100 to 150 feet per minute_____________ 25. 7 large cal. per sq. m. per hour. 
180 to 250 feet per minute__--_________ 23. 2 large cal. per sq. m. per hour. 


(6) Increase in room temperature (which also means increase in 
wall temperature) produces a progressive lowering of radiation loss. 
: Radiation loss 
The ratio 


Basal metabolism 
wall temperature: 


decreases with increase of room and 


Radiation loss 


temper- Basa metabolism 


’ 21°.3 | 0.80 (mean of 10 subjects). 

Ester ae ears Preeti aa ae eae 24°.1 | .75 (mean of 10 subjects). 
22°.1 | .84 (mean of 3 subjects). 

"PADIB Iisa or een 5 ae ee oe he ee ces ae ees Re eee 24°.5 | .74 (mean of 4 subjects). 


25°.6 | .66 (mean of 3 subjects). 


(7) Keeping room and wall temperatures unchanged, the tempera- 
ture of the skin and clothing decreases with increasing air motion, 
the decrease being greatest on the side facing the wind and about 
one-half as great on the side away from the wind. The clothing 
temperature drop on the side toward the wind is about one-third 
greater than the corresponding skin temperature drop. Summary of 
10 subjects: 


Skin temperature | jothing temperature drop 
Air motion (feet per minute) i" a nes 
way way P 
from — from Fp dicular to 
wind vena wind wind 
LG? | ee a i ee es gees ee ee ere —°.4 —°.8 —°.6 -1°.3 —°.5 
TOO NO 2OU nae otk Sa cee a ean eee tee ae —°.7 —-1°.2 -—°.4 -1°.7 —°.5 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 115 


(8) At normal indoor temperature, in still air and with the subject 
normally clothed and at rest, body heat losses are distributed as fol- 
lows: 


Per cent 
Evaporation 1Oft waterass 2) cele) ee be es oe 24. 
PE RFeA CTU Eat TEs ea a Ped age A ee 2 Oa eee ee ee AG 
(CHET yA SSCS Se I PSO acted a alo a 30 


(9) Tests with the thermoelement show that the air temperature 
falls to room temperature very rapidly as the distance from the body 
increases. ‘That is, there is a steep temperature gradient in the first 
centimeter or so from the body surface. With the thermoelement 30 
cm. away no effect of the presence of the body could be detected. 

(10) The Abbot-Benedict work (Table A) indicates that the radi- 
ation loss from a nude subject is about twice as great for a room tem- 


_ perature of 15° as it is for a room temperature of 26°. This evidence 


does not entirely support the “suit-of-clothes” theory referred to by 
DuBois. In explanation of this theory, he says (p. 385, 1927 ed. Basal 
Metabolism) : “A constriction of the peripheral blood vessels (oc- 
curs) and the amount of heat carried to the surface is relatively small 
in proportion to the heat produced. * * * The patient really 
changes his integument into a suit of clothes and withdraws the zone 
where the blood is cooled from the skin to a level some distance below 
the surface.” 

(11) Normal fluctuations in humidity indoors produce negligible 
effect upon the radiation loss. This is to be expected. Our bodies, 
about 300° absolute, radiate almost wholly between the wave lengths. 
4u and 50» with a maximum at 10u. Water vapor absorption is so. 
strong for much of this range and so nearly negligible near the 
maximum, that its possible effect is so fully produced, even by the 
humidity of an ordinary room, that the effect of changes of the quan- 
tity of water vapor in the ordinary room is small. Were the air of the 
room exceedingly dry, changes might be noticeable. 


WORK IN THE FIELD 


(a) Solar radiation work at three desert mountain stations.—As. 
far as possible, daily measurements of the intensity of solar radia- 
tion have been made at the Smithsonian stations at Table Mountain, 
Calif., and Mount Montezuma, Chile. Also similar measurements: 
have gone on regularly at the cooperating station of the National 
Geographic Society on Mount Brukkaros, South West Africa. 

Pending completion of the statistical investigations of the results. 
of the two last-named stations, as mentioned above, only the results. 
obtained at Mount Montezuma are being published at present. By 
continued cooperation of the United States Weather Bureau, the daily 


116 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


telegraphed values of the solar constant of radiation are being regu- 
larly published on the Washington daily weather map. 

As tentatively and privately forecasted in November, 1927, on the 
basis of hitherto observed periodicities in solar phenomena, the 
“solar constant ” values reached a high level in the spring months 
of 1928, and were expected to reach a low level in the autumn.* 
Much interest attaches to these tentative forecasts of the solar energy 
to be expected for long periods in advance, but several years must 
yet elapse before (if ever) they can be made with sufficient confidence 
to justify publication. 

Although the solar radiation measurements have been reduced to 
a routine for several years at all our stations, the very high degree 
of accuracy now demanded and generally achieved is occasionally 
marred by new and unexpected accidents and difficulties. Thus 
internal evidence disclosed that some obscure error of very consid- 
erable amount began in August, 1927, to affect the sky radiation 
measurements of the pyranometer on Table Mountain. Our best 
thought and many experiments had failed to disclose the obscure 
cause up to the close of the period of this report, but by anticipation 
I may say that at this time of writing (October 3) the error has been 
detected, cured, and a beginning has been made to eliminate its 
influence from the final results of the observations. This circum- 
stance has prevented us from making public Table Mountain results 
hitherto. 

(0) Measurements of atmospheric ozone.—Doctor Dobson, of Ox- 
ford, England, having perfected a spectroscopic method for deter- 
mining the quantity of atmospheric ozone, has found that quantity 
variable in most interesting relations to solar phenomena and to 
weather. He has established a chain of cooperating observatories in 
Europe, and, by aid of a grant from Mr. John A. Roebling, the 
Smithsonian was able to equip the Montezuma station with the 
necessary apparatus. For about one year daily measurements were 
made at Montezuma by Field Director Freeman, aided by Mrs. Free- 
man. The photographs taken were reduced in England by Doctor 
Dobson and his colleagues, but, contrary to European experience, 
showed almost zero variation. They also showed a much smaller 
quantity of atmospheric ozone at Montezuma than in Europe. 

Finding further observations at Montezuma unnecessary because 
of the uniformly constant results, the apparatus was returned to 
Oxford, restandardized, and sent to Table Mountain, Calif., where it 
is now installed for daily observing. 

(c) Expeditions to Mount Wilson.—As stated in last year’s report, 
the writer undertook at Mount Wilson, in the autumn of 1927, to 


1At this writing (October 3), this latter forecast also has been supported by September 
results. 


a eo 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 117 


continue radiometer measurements of the distribution of energy in 
the spectra of the stars. This work was made possible by the availa- 
bility of the 100-inch telescope of the Mount Wilson Observatory. 
It had been proposed to substitute hydrogen for air in the radiometer, 
on the theory that the radiometer reaction would be nearly the same, 
but the damping and consequent sluggishness of action would be 
much diminished in so light and free-moving a gas as hydrogen. 

Arriving in July, 1927, at Pasadena, the writer constructed the 
radiometer vanes from bits of house-flies’ wings. Incidentally it was 
observed that it requires about 6,000.000 house-flies’ wings to weigh 
one pound. With a fragment of microscope cover glass (ground and 
polished to about one-third the usual thickness) the mirror of the 
radiometer system was prepared. Two such systems of unequal, but 
both of almost microscopic size, were hung upon quartz fibers so fine 
as usually to be invisible, and were tested in air and in hydrogen at 
various pressures. With them was used also a bolometric element 
designed to give basis for an estimate of the comparative rise of tem- 
perature of the radiometer vanes, when exposed to a constant source 
of radiation, but contained in the different test gases. 

Hydrogen proved somewhat less efficient in regard to rise of tem- 
perature and radiometer reaction than air, but abundantly justified 
the expectation that its damping properties were much less objec- 
tionable. On the whole, hydrogen appeared greatly superior as the 
radiometer gas, and a carefully built system, with vanes 0.35 mili- 
meters wide and 1 millimeter tall, was constructed. It had three 
vanes in parallel on either side of the stem, separated 1 millimeter 
between centers. This system was sealed into a glass * case in hydro- 
gen under 0.23 millimeter pressure of mercury. Provision had been 
made to rotate the system by a magnetic device. 

After many trials, the device proved useless, because the mecha- 
nism required to rotate the system so as to bring it to face in the 
preper direction so stirred up the gas that wholly unexpected motions 
resulted. After much labor the experiment was given up for the 
year 1927. 

For use in 1928, at Doctor Adams’s suggestion, there was prepared 
an optically figured quartz cylindrical vessel. This fused quartz cyl- 
inder, of beautiful clearness, was made to my order by the General 
Electric Co., and was figured within and without at the Mount Wilson 
Observatory shop. Being truly a circular cylinder with optically 
figured concentric walls, it mattered not at all in what direction the 
radiometer looked out. Thus by mounting the whole cylinder from a 


1]I am greatly indebted to the director and staff of the Bureau of Standards, especially 
Mr. Sperling, and to the director and staff of the Mount Wilson Observatory, especially 
Mr. Pompeo, for the construction of the special glass apparatus and the preparation for 
its use on Mount Wilson. 


118 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


brass support, rotatable in a ground joint, the radiometer could be 
inclosed in an airtight outside case of brass having windows, toward 
which the radiometer could at any time be made to look out by merely 
rotating the brass piece in its well-ground seat. 

With this simple but adequate apparatus the Mount Wilson expe- 
dition was renewed by the writer in 1928, with a high degree of suc- 
cess, which must be related in next year’s report. 

Personnel.—During the year the personnel has been as follows: 

At Washington: 
Director, Dr. C. G. AspBor. 
Research assistants, F. E. Fow te, JRr., L. B. ALDRICH. 
Temporary assistant, M. K. BAUGHMAN. 
Computers, Mrs. A. M. Bonp, Miss M. A. MARSDEN. 
Instrument maker, A. KRAMER. 
At Table Mountain: 
Field director, A. F. Moore. 
Field assistants, H. H. Zoprner, H. B. Freeman." 
At Mount Montezuma : 
Field directors, H. B. Freeman, H. H. Zoprner. 
Field assistants, E. E. WARNrr, M. K. BAUGHMAN. 
At Mount Brukkaros: 
Field director, W. H. Hoover. 
Field assistant, F. A. GREELEY. 

Summary.—aA novel research on the relative cooling of the human 
body by radiation and by air convection has yielded unexpected and 
valuable results. Improvements in instruments include a new form 
of sensitive radiometer in which by the substitution of hydrogen for 
air a great increase in quickness of response permits the use of exces- 
sively light systems and promises a great development of sensitive- 
ness. Continued progress in the reduction and systematization of 
the results of solar radiation work have brought the study of the 
ozone content of the atmosphere as a new element in the determina- 
tion of the solar constant of radiation. Daily observations have been 
continued at Table Mountain, Calif., Mount Montezuma, Chile, and 
(in cooperation with the National Geographic Society) at Mount 
Brukkaros, South West Africa. By cooperation with the United 
States Weather Bureau, daily publication of the values of the solar 
constant of radiation for the use of meteorologists has been effected. 

C. G. Axpsport, 
Director, Astrophysical Observatory. 
The Secretary, 
The Smithsonian Institution. 


1Mr. Freeman assisted for a short time after his return from South America, pending 
other assignment. 


APPENDIX 8 


REPORT ON THE INTERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF 
SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE 


Sir: I have the honor to submit herewith the following report on 
the operations of the United States Regional Bureau of the Inter- 
national Catalogue of Scientific Literature for the fiscal year ending 
June 30, 1928: 

Since actual publication of the International Catalogue was sus- 
pended in 1922, owing to the inability of the foreign bureaus to 
contribute their quota of the necessary financial support, it has been 
the policy of this bureau to keep its expenditures at the lowest pos- 
sible amount consistent with the need of keeping the organization 
operating sufficiently to compile the necessary records of current 
scientific publications. This policy has been explained each year to 
the Bureau of the Budget and to congressional appropriation com- 
mittees, the understanding being that until publication was resumed 
some part of the appropriation would revert to the surplus fund of 
the Treasury. Each year a surplus has reverted, and this year it 
was found possible to allow the classifier to take seven months’ fur- 
lough without seriously interfering with the necessary routine. By 
this means an additional saving of $1,225 was made, the gross ex- 
penditures of the year being $5,867.29 out of the appropriation of 
$7,260, the remainder, $1,392.71, reverting to the Treasury. 

As the financial status of a number of the cooperating foreign 
countries now appears to be. established on a firmer basis than at any 
time since the war, this bureau is making an effort, through corre- 
spondence, to formulate a practical plan whereby the necessary sup- 
port may be had to enable the Central Bureau to resume publication. 
To this end letters were sent to the several members of the executive 
committee of the catalogue and to the director of the London Central 
Bureau in whose hands control of the organization is vested. As 
these letters outline the situation and are self-explanatory, I submit 


copies herewith. 
Ths) May 22, 1928. 
DEAR Sir: As a member of the executive committee of the International 
Catalogue of Scientific Literature, to which the International Convention in 
Brussels in July, 1922, referred the question of the future of the undertaking, I 
beg to submit the following: 
119 


120 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Among the resolutions adopted, 4 and 5 read as follows: 

(4) That the convention is of opinion that the international organization 
should be kept in being through mutual agreement to continue as far as pos- 
sible the work of the regional bureaus until such time as it may be economically 
possible to resume publication. 

(5) That it be referred to the executive committee to consider and, after 
full consultation with interested bodies, to make proposals as to the form of 
future publication and to report with some definite scheme to a meeting of the 
international council, to be summoned as soon as it appears possible that publi- 
cation can be resumed. 

From the implied agreement in resolution 4, I assume that the organization 
may still look to the regional bureaus to take up again their former work 
when called on by the central bureau to do so, and from resolution 5 it is clearly 
the duty of the executive committee to formulate a definite scheme as soon as 
it appears possible that publication can be resumed. 

As a preliminary step to the preparation of such a scheme an exchange of 
views by correspondence among the several members of the executive committee 
seems desirable, in order that all local and personal ideas may be assembled 
and coordinated before summoning a meeting of the international council. 

Among the questions which might be satisfactorily settled through corre- 
spondence are the following: 

To what extent could the central bureau depend on each regional bureau. 
(1) to supply classified data and (2) to secure subscriptions for the support of 
the Catalogue. 

Could an edition of 1,000 sets be disposed of at $50 per set? 

Could a catalogue aggregating 10,000 pages be produced for $50,000 per year? 

I am of the opinion that this sum would be sufficient, and submit with this. 
copies of two letters sent to Doctor Morley and Professor Armstrong on January 
12, 1928, outlining the present condition as I see it and giving an estimate of 
the probable cost of publication. 


I would appreciate detailed suggestions which would further in any way our 


common aim and, as I think, duty to prepare and report a definite scheme- 
whereby this unique and valuable international work may be enabled to resume. 
publication. 

I am most anxious also to have such a definite and well-considered plan. 
available to submit to possible donors, should any appear, before a meeting of 
the international council is held. 

Trusting that this move may meet with your approval and gain your: 
cooperation, I am 

Sincerely yours, 
LEONARD C. GUNNELL. 


JANUARY 12, 1928. 
Dr. H. Forster MORLEY, 
Director, International Catalogue of Scientific Literature, 
London, England. 

Dear Docror Mortey: I am sending with this a copy of a letter sent to-day to: 
Professor Armstrong and trust that you and he will be able to outline some plan. 
of action whereby the Catalogue may again be published. With 10,000 pages to 
be printed each year, or about 33 pages per day of printed matter that could be- 
made simple and uniform in character, I believe that the organization could 


profitably run a plant of its own and issue classified cards, or advance sheets, of; 


the material to be later assembled and published in annual catalogues. 


=. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 121 


* * * JT have just consulted a practical printer and he states that our re- 
quirements could be met with two typesetting machines and one high-grade press, 
costing approximately a total of $10,000. * * * TI believe the whole yearly 
cost of printing could be met for $17,500. These are American estimates and 
the cost should be materially less in England, but even this figure is half the esti- 
mated cost at $3.50 per page. Although the figures are necessarily only approx- 
imate they are encouraging enough to warrant looking into the matter in de- 
tail. With your central bureau and printing plant under one roof the organiza- 
ticn would certainly be in a position to overcome the most serious faults charged 
against the Catalogue, high price, and delayed publication. 

I did not want to complicate my letter to Professor Armstrong, but the cost of 
production is the only really serious question to confront us for there is no 
question in my mind as to the need of the Catalogue, and as we produced it once 
we can produce it again. Every dollar cut from the subscription price will, 
without doubt, increase the number of subscribers, therefore I am most anxious 
to get your opinion of this phase of the problem. Editing, assembling, and print- 
ing in our case is a question of uniform and continuous production and can cer- 
tainly be greatly simplified and cheapened if we consider it in that light. 

With kindest regards, I am 

Sincerely yours, 
LEONARD C. GUNNELL. 


JANUARY 12, 1928. 
Prof. Henry EH. ARMSTRONG, 


Chairman, Executive Committee International Catalogue of 
Scientific Literature, Royal Society of London, London, England. 

Dar Proresson ARMSTRONG: I feel that if the International Catalogue is ever 
to resume publication some definite steps should be taken looking to that end. 
Assuming that the agreement made by the delegates at the Brussels convention 
of 1922 to keep the organization in being is still in force, the question of resump- 
tion is in the hands of the executive committee named at that time and author- 
ized to report with some definite scheme. As I am one of that committee, of 
which you are the chairman, I feel that any steps I might take, after consulting 
you, in an attempt to forward the interests of the Catalogue would be within 


my province and can be taken quite independently of the Smithsonian Institu- 


tion, which need not appear in the matter until some assurance of success is 
evident. 

The situation as I see it is: That the International Catalogue of Scientific 
Literature, to supply an authors’ and classified subject catalogue of the cur- 
rent literature of pure science, is as much a necessity now as it was in 1900, 
since no similar service or publication has taken its place. 

That the organization still exists duly authorized to prepare and publish such 
a catalogue. 

That the enterprise can be made self-supporting if financial support sufficient 
to cover one year’s editorial and printing expenses can be procured. 

That if an edition of 1,000 sets can be sold at $50 a, set the publication costs 
can be covered. 

I am led to this opinion by the fact that a prominent American publisher has 
offered, if furnished regularly with manuscript to fill 10,000 pages of printed 
matter, to print, publish, and bind, in paper, an edition of 1,000 for $3.50 a page, 
or $35,000. Adding $15,000 as the approximate cost of a central bureau staff, 
the total would be $50,000 needed for an edition of 1,000. I believe that regular 
subscribers to take this edition of 1,000 sets could be readily enrolled at a price 
of $50 per set and the organization would thus become self-supporting. I assume 


122 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


that if American publishers could print the Catalogue for $3.50 per page, in an 
edition of 1,000, some English printer would do the work for that sum or less. 

Before any financial aid could be reasonably applied for the “ definite scheme,” 
which the executive committee was authorized to prepare, would have to be 
submitted, and I think that it is time for the committee to take some action. 

A definite scheme could be prepared after taking the matter up with the 
regional bureaus and determining the probable support each could be depended 
on to provide in material for the Catalogue and subscribers. It would then be 
necessary to prepare revised schedules of classification and lists of journals 
to be indexed. From previous experience I am sure that you will agree with 
me that the schedules should be far more simple than those previously used 
and that the journals and papers indexed should be limited strictly to pure 
science, else the whole undertaking would be too ponderous at the very begin- 
ning. I feel that after a start has been made an allied though supplementary 
index of the applied sciences would be feasible and certainly most desirable, 
but this could not be attempted until the more simple index to pure science is 
provided and put on a paying basis. What in your opinion would be the 
attitude of the Royal Society and the Zoological Record? 

The plan published in the acta of the convention of 1922 included disposal of 
the stock of complete sets at a reduced price, when publication should be 
resumed, as a means of repaying the debt to the Royal Society, and this plan 
would still hold. 

With kindest regards, I am 

Sincerely yours, LEONARD C. GUNNELL. 

While it is as yet too soon to forecast what the result of this move 
toward reorganization will be, it seems probable that the various 
countries previously represented will again cooperate by furnishing 
the necessary bibliographical data to the central bureau, but it is 
doubtful if they are in a position to subscribe to the capital fund 
necessary to start the operations of the central bureau. 

The French bureau’s reply, dated June 22, 1928, seems to bear out 
this idea, the reply stating: “ If therefore the Catalogue were resumed 
we could immediately furnish everything relating to France.” The 
French bureau, however, could promise nothing toward the support 
of the central bureau, but has requested the director of public instruc- 
tion to canvass the French universities for subscribers. 

If during the coming year a definite scheme can be agreed upon by 
the countries formerly cooperating in the work, it appears likely that 
the comparatively small sum needed to begin publication could be 
raised in the United States. It would appear both fitting and 
proper to have aid extended from this country to reestablish a great 
and useful enterprise originally founded on the idea and suggestion 
of an American pioneer in science, Joseph Henry, first secretary of 
the Smithsonian Institution. 

Respectfully submitted. 

Lronarp C. GUNNELL, 
Assistant in Charge. 
Dr. Cuarutes G. ABsor, 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


ee 


APPENDIX 9 
REPORT ON THE LIBRARY 


Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the activi- 
ties of the library of the Smithsonian Institution for the fiscal year 
ended June 30, 1928: 

THE LIBRARY 


The Smithsonian library, or, more properly speaking, the Smith- 


‘sonian library system, is comprised of the Smithsonian deposit in 


the Library of Congress, which is the main library of the Institu- 
tion, the library of the United States National Museum, the Smith- 
sonian office library, the Langley aeronautical library, the technologi- 
cal library, and the libraries of the Astrophysical Observatory, the 
National Gallery of Art, the Freer Gallery of Art, and the National 
Zoological Park, together with the 36 sectional libraries of the Na- 
tional Museum. To these may later be added a tenth divisional 
library, namely, that of the Bureau of American Ethnology. With 
its 700,000 volumes, pamphlets, and charts, chiefly scientific in char- 
acter, including especially society and serial publications, the Smith- 
sonian library not only is an invaluable instrument in the work of 
the Institution and indirectly of other research institutions through- 
out the country, but represents an important link in the chain of 
libraries in the service of the Federal Government. 


THE STAFF 


It is gratifying to report that during the last fiscal year a way 
was found of providing for a second position of assistant librarian— 
the first, that of chief of the reference department, having been 
established two years before. This new position will be set. up 
immediately and will be filled by the appointment of a chief for 
the accessions department—the department which acquires publica- 
tions for the library, partly by purchase and gift but mainly by 
exchange; which carries on an extensive correspondence, particu- 
larly with the learned societies and institutions of the world, keeps 
a file of this: correspondence and a record of the items acquired, 
with their sources, and assigns them to the divisions and sections 
of the library in which they promise to be of most use. 

17563—28——9 123 


124 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Several changes occurred in the personnel during the year. Mrs. 
Natalie M. Bennett, junior librarian, resigned and her place was filled 
by the appointment of Miss Gertrude L. Woodin, a graduate of 
Wellesley College and of the Albany Library School, who has had 
many years of experience in library work. Miss Woodin is direct- 
ing the preparation of the union catalogue. Mr. R. Webb Noyes, 
junior librarian, also resigned and was succeeded by Miss Elisa- 
beth Hobbs, a graduate of George Washington University and 
of Simmons College Library School. At various times during the 
year the following persons were members of the staff on tempo- 
rary appointment: Miss Helen V. Barnes, Mrs. Adella E. Blanchard, 
Mr. Arthur W. Gerth, Miss Elisabeth Hobbs, Miss Josephine H. 
Kinney, Miss Mary Ladd, Mrs. M. Landon Reed, Mrs. Hope H. 
Simmons, and Mr. Giles EF. Taggart. | 


EXCHANGE OF PUBLICATIONS 


Since its founding in 1846 the Smithsonian Institution and its 
branches as one by one they have come into being have sent their 
publications to other learned institutions and societies and to editors 
of scientific journals throughout the world, and have received their 
publications in return. Although from the beginning the increase 
of the Smithsonian library has been due partly to purchases and 
gifts, it has been due chiefly to this exchange. These publications 
have come to the library direct, or through the International Ex- 
change Service, which is administered by the Institution. During 
the last fiscal year 26,316 packages, of one or more publications each, 
came by mail, and 6,231 through the exchange. After these 32,547 
packages had been opened the items were stamped, entered, and sent 
to the appropriate units of the library, but chiefly to the Smithsonian 
deposit in the Library of Congress and the lbrary of the United 
States National Museum. In connection with the acquiring of this 
material the library wrote about 1,100 letters, sent out thousands of 
acknowledgments, and took up exchange relations with many new 
societies. 

As usual dissertations were received from various universities and 
technical schools both at home and abroad. 


GIFTS 

The gifts for the year were many. Two were especially note- 
worthy. One was the Chinese library of the late Hon. William 
Woodville Rockhill, well-known traveler, scholar, and United States 
minister to China. This was presented to the Institution by Mrs. 


Rockhill, and was deposited in the Freer Gallery of Art. It con- 
sisted of 1,100 volumes on the history, geography, literature, and 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 125 


culture of Central Asia, particularly of Mongolia and Thibet, and 
included a number of rare items, several in manuscript, and various 
works of general reference, among which was a copy of the Palace 
Edition of the Imperial Dictionary issued in 1716 in 40 volumes by a 
commission of scholars under the personal Supervision of Emperor 
K’ang Hsi. This gift. constitutes a most valuable supplement not 
only to the Chinese works in the library of the Freer Gallery but to 
those in the oriental division of the Library of Congress. 

The other noteworthy gift came from the American Association for 
the Advancement of Science. It comprised approximately 3,500 
volumes of serial and society publications, from all parts of the morkd 
and in nearly all languages, many in almost unbroken sets extending 
over years. From this idollecuidn have already been selected more 
than 1,500 volumes and parts needed in the Smithsonian deposit and 
the libraries of the National Museum and the Astrophysical Observa- 
tory. Among these were some that were out of print and very rare, 
including not a few that these libraries had been trying for some 
time to get to complete their sets. The gift is one of the most useful 
that the library has received in recent years. 

Among other gifts worthy of especial mention were scientific publi- 
cations in 68 volumes and 47 parts, lacking in the Smithsonian library, 
from the Library of Congress; North American Wild Flowers, 
volumes 1 to 3, by Mary Vaux Walcott, from the artist-author; a 
collection of 70 volumes and 174 pamphlets, mainly on art, from 
Dr. William H. Holmes, director of the National Gallery; various 
works, in 50 volumes, chiefly on Egyptian art and archeology, from 
Mrs. George Cabot Lodge; To Galapagos on the Ara, 1926, by Wil- 
liam K. Vanderbilt, from the author; A Souvenir of Wyoming—an 
illustrated manuscript in 3 volumes, with text by John G. White, 
being a diary of a fishing trip in Jackson Hole and Yellowstone Park, . 
with remarks on early history and_ historical geography—from 
Thomas A. McCaslin; the Ronald Aeronautic Library, in 12 volumes, 
presented by the saithediors at the suggestion of Mr. Paul E. Garber, 
assistant curator of the divisions of mineral and mechanical tech- 
nology; and about 300 volumes, pertaining largely to the religions of 
the Old World, from the estate of Dr. I. M. Casanowicz, late assistant 
curator of the division of Old World archeology. 

Many other gifts were also received, especially from Secretary 
Abbot, Assistant Secretary Wetmore, Mr. A. H. Clark, Dr. Walter 
Hough, Dr. AleS Hrdlitka, Dr. W. R. Maxon, Mr. J. U. Perkins, Miss 
M. J. Rathbun, Dr: C. W. Richmond, Mr. Robert Ridgeway, the late 
Dr. J. N. Rose, Mr. R. C. Smith, Dr. L. Stejneger, Mr. B. H. Swales, 
and Dr. J. R. Swanton. 


126 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 
SMITHSONIAN DEPOSIT 


The Smithsonian deposit, which, as has been said, is the main 
library of the Institution, dates from 1866, when by an act of Con- 
gress the Institution was authorized to deposit its library of 40,000 
volumes in the Library of Congress. It is, of course, distributed 
according to classification, but because of its prevailingly scientific 
nature it is chiefly in the Smithsonian division, which was established 
in 1900 to take care of the scientific publications in the deposit, 
together with the works of like character belonging to the Library of 
Congress. 

The deposit has grown steadily by additions from the Institution, 
and is now recognized as one of the outstanding collections of its 
kind. It is especially rich in serial publications and in the reports, 
proceedings, and transactions of the learned societies and institutions 
of the world. 

_ During the fiscal year just ended the Institution sent to the deposit 
13,558 publications, of which 2,292 were volumes, 9,773 parts of vol- 
umes, 988 pamphlets, and 505 charts. Documents of foreign govern- 
ments, largely statistical in character, to the number of 7,376, were 
also sent, without being stamped or entered, to the document division 
of the Library of Congress. In addition to these, 13,187 disserta- 
tions, most of which had been received in previous years from forty 
or more universities and technical schools in different parts of the 
world, but which the Institution, for lack of help, had not been able 
to catalogue, were forwarded to the deposit, that they might be made 
available to scholars at the earliest possible moment. Short title 
cards for these dissertations will be sent to the Institution as soon as 
they are prepared for filing in the union catalogue. 


In response to special requests from the Library of Congress for ~ 


publications wanted for the deposit, the Smithsonian library was able 
to obtain, as usual, many volumes and parts of volumes by exchange. 
It is expected that this service will be greatly enlarged in the course 
of a few months, as the result of the reorganization of the accessions 
department of the library. 


OFFICE LIBRARY 


The office library consists of some of the more important society 
publications that the Institution needs to have continually at hand, 
a set of its own publications and of those of its branches, the art- 
room collection, the employees’ library, and various reference books, 
some assigned for special use to other divisions of the library or to 
the administrative offices of the Institution. To this library were 
added during the year 108 volumes and 34 pamphlets. 


—— a 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 127 


The progress made on the union catalogue of the Smithsonian 
library, which was kept until lately in the office reading room—the 
room that now has become the catalogue room of the Institution— 
was notable, especially in connection with the material in the Smith- 
sonian deposit, the office library, the Langley aeronautical library, 
and the libraries of the National Museum and the Astrophysical 
Observatory. Cards were also added to the catalogue for the Rock- 
hill collection of 1,100 volumes in Chinese recently given to the Insti- 
tution and deposited in the library of the Freer Gallery of Art. 
This progress is shown in detail by the following statistics: 


RAMS SCM MOSM CC sams ey Were ee ee ee DS 3, 137 
Volumes recatalogued______ pap pv pi AS ae sede ee Ca aus ae gh alate 3, 913 
Ramphlersicatalogued=.2 Leal l i ieee ee Se OE Th TO ae 1, 766 
Pamphlets recatalogued_______-__________ pI SSIS _ idee Leepath earth steel rere 2, 846 
CO eaieSescalielO OT CO ass = oe Er Be Be) bee ete tb Ne 504 
Typed cards added to catalogue___________ MOE ise ees Cae si ens we 3, 337 
Library of Congress cards added to catalogue_________________- 6, 3872 


MUSEUM LIBRARY 


The library of the United States National Museum, which ranks 
next in size and importance to the Smithsonian deposit in the library 
system of the Institution, is composed principally of works on the 
different branches of natural history represented in the Museum. Its 
collections increased during the year by 3,015 volumes and 1,165 
pamphlets, totaling more by several hundred than the increase even 
of the year before when there was an unusually large gain in acces- 
sions. The library now numbers 72,315 volumes and 106,881 
pamphlets. Some of the additions came, of course, by purchase, but 
most came, as usual, by exchange and gift. The outstanding gift, 
which, with other gifts to various divisions of the library of the Insti- 
tution, is described earlier in this report, was received from the 
American Association for the Advancement of Science. 

In the course of the year 10,526 parts of periodicals were entered, 
821 volumes and 1,039 pamphlets were catalogued, and 2,382 cards 
were added to the shelf list. The number of books and pamphlets 
sent to the sectional libraries was 6,683. The loans to members of 
the scientific staff numbered 5,013, of which 2,113 were borrowed 
from the Library of Congress and 236 elsewhere. The other loans 
totaled 89. These were made ch efly to Government libraries, but 
a score or more to libraries outside of Washington, including those 
of the American Museum of Natural History, Archeological Institute 
of America, Berkshire Atheneum, Carnegie Museum, KE. I. du Pont 
de Nemours & Co. Experimental Station, Rockefeller Institute, West- 
field Normal School, Williams College, dl the following universities: 
Maryland, North Carolina, Princeton, and Toronto. The number of 


128 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


books sent back to other libraries was 2,451, of which 2,262 were 
returned to the Library of Congress. The volumes prepared for 
binding numbered nearly 2,200; of these 1,701 were sent to the bind- 
ery during the fiscal year. As usual, thousands of publications were 
consulted in the reading room, not merely by members of the Museum 
staff, but by investigators from other departments of the Government 
and elsewhere, including some from abroad. In connection with their 
work an increased reference service was rendered by the library staff, 
as was the case in connection with the many inquiries for information 
that were received from different parts of the country. 

The sectional libraries, which now number 36, were brought into 
closer working relation with the main library of the Museum and 
with the other units of the Smithsonian library system. The work 
of completing their sets of society and serial publications was 
continued, their binding was considerably advanced, and marked 
progress was made in cataloguing their collections. The sectional 
libraries are as follows: 


Administration. Marine invertebrates. 
Administrative assistant’s office. Mechanical technology. 
American archeology. Medicine. 
Anthropology. Minerals. 

Biology. Mineral technology. 
Birds. Mollusks. 
Botany. Old World archeology. 
Echinoderms. Organic chemistry. 
Editor’s office. Paleobotany. 

Ethnology. Photography. 

Fishes. Physical anthropology. 
Foods. Property clerk’s office. 
Geology. Reptiles and batrachians. 
Graphie arts. ‘ Superintendent’s office. 
History. Taxidermy. 

Insects. Textiles. 

Invertebrate paleontology. Vertebrate paleontology. 
Mammals. Wood technology. 


TECHNOLOGICAL LIBRARY 


The reorganization of the technological library, which is housed 
in the Arts and Industries Building, received particular attention. 
Many thousands of Government publications not related directly to 
the work of the institution and its branches, which had been accumu- 
lating in the library for years, were returned to the Superintendent 
of Documents, thus releasing space for the much needed rearranging 
and expanding of the collections now going on. The most noticeable 
change was made in the reference room. The cement floor was 
covered with a cork carpet, many new shelves were built in, some 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 129 


of the furniture was done over, and, to make the room still more 
attractive, several ferns, palms, and other plants—the generous gift 
of the Bureau of Plant Industry—were placed on the floor and in 
the gallery. The collections in this room were entirely reorganized, 
the less used books being removed to other parts of the library, and 
those in constant demand by the curators put where they would be 
immediately available. Among the latter were the standard refer- 
ence works that belong to the library and a set of Smithsonian publi- 
cations. To this room were also transferred from the Smithsonian 
Building the current files of scientific and popular periodicals, and 
the employees’ library.. Finally, a trained assistant was put in 
charge, and the room opened to the public, with the result that the 
library increased its usefulness many fold, not only by making its 
collections more accessible to the curators, but by providing material 
and information, both directly and indirectly, for the readers and 
other visitors who came to it daily. 

The accessions for the year are included among those to the 
Museum library. 


ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY LIBRARY 


The library of the Astrophysical Observatory, which occupies part 
of the main hall of the Smithsonian Building and part of the ob- 
servatory itself, comprises about 3,767 volumes and 2,725 pamphlets, 
chiefly on astrophysics and meteorology. It is one of the most impor- 
tant of the smaller units of the Smithsonian lbrary system, and is 
of especial value in connection with the well-known researches in 
solar radiation that are being carried on by the Institution. During 
the past year the catalogue for this hbrary, which was begun the 
year before, was finished, and the collections were labeled and rear- 
ranged. The accessions to the library were 130 volumes, 64 parts of 
volumes, and 25 pamphlets. The number of volumes bound was 121. 


BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY LIBRARY 


The library of the Bureau of American Ethnology, which is in 
the Smithsonian Building, consists almost exclusively of works on. 
anthropology, particularly those pertaining to the American abo- 
rigines, and covers especially the linguistics, history, archeology, 
myths, religion, arts, sociology, and general culture of the American 
Indian. It contains 27,921 volumes and 16,177 pamphlets. In its 
special data files are manuscript material, photographs, Indian 
vocabularies, etc. The activities of this library for the last fiscal 
year are described in the report of the chief of the bureau, by whom 
the library is administered. 


130 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 
LANGLEY AERONAUTICAL LIBRARY 


The Langley aeronautical library, as the aeronautical collection 
of the Institution is now called, is rapidly coming to be a prominent 
division of the Smithsonian library. While it is still comparatively 
small, numbering only 1,612 volumes and 700 pamphlets, together 
with a large number of photographs and newspaper clippings, it 
includes many rare items, some of which were in the original gift 
as it came from Samuel Pierpont Langley, the third secretary of the 
Institution, after whom the library was named, and others among 
the additions made since by Alexander.Graham Bell, Octave 
Chanute, and James Means. During the last year the recataloguing 
of this library was begun, and well advanced. The accessions were 
12 volumes. Much use was made of the collection, especially by 
Government experts and others from different parts of the United 
States and Europe, who were investigating matters of aeronautical] 
interest. 


NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART LIBRARY 


The library of the National Gallery of Art, which occupies for 
the present part of the Natural History Building, concerns itself 
chiefly with the art of the United States and Europe. The collection, 
while small, totalling only 848 volumes and 1,024 pamphlets, consti- 
tutes a carefully chosen nucleus for the larger library that will be 
formed when a special building is provided for the gallery. The 
library was increased during the last year by 144 volumes, 714 parts 
of volumes, and 238 pamphlets. The most important gift was 
received from Dr. William H. Holmes, director of the gallery. 
This is mentioned in more detail earlier in this report. 


FREER GALLERY OF ART LIBRARY 


The library of the Freer Gallery of Art holds a unique place in 
the Smithsonian library system. It contains many works in the 
Chinese and Japanese languages, some of which are very rare, and 
for purposes of résearch supplements to an important degree the 
oriental division of the Library of Congress. It has to do mainly 
with the interests represented by the collections of art objects 
pertaining to the arts and cultures of the Far East, India, Persia, 
and the nearer East; by the life and works of James McNeill Whistler 
and of certain other American painters whose pictures are owned by 
the gallery; and, further, to a very limited extent, by the Biblical 
manuscripts of the fourth and fifth centuries, which, as the pos- 
session of the Freer Gallery, are known as the Washington manu- 
scripts. Additions to the library during the year numbered 1,126 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 131 


volumes and 59 pamphlets. These included the William Wood- 
ville Rockhill collection of 1,100 volumes in Chinese, which was 
given to the Smithsonian Institution by Mrs. Rockhill and deposited 
in the library of the gallery. This valuable gift is described else- 
where in this report. The library now has a total of 4,038 volumes 
and 2,578 pamphlets. It also has a special collection of about 700 
volumes and 500 pamphlets for the use of the field staff of the 
gallery. 


NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK LIBRARY 


The library of the National Zoological Park, which is housed 
in the administration building at the park, consists of about 1,200 
volumes and 300 pamphlets on animals and other subjects of special 
interest to the curators there. Its accessions during the last year 
were 11 volumes and 2 pamphlets. 


SUMMARY OF ACCESSIONS 


The accessions for the year, with the exception of those to the 
library of the Bureau of American Ethnology, may be summarized 
as follows: 


Pamph- 
Library Volumes | lets and Total 
charts 
Astrophysical! Observatogyo ss. 22) 21 se. ess eee eho sah ee 130 25 155 
HTC CTa GC OnOnyZOLeAT tenes oe ee ee ee NU SIRs ee ee 1,126 59 1, 185 
imaneleysacronautical library..2 2522.2. 52) 222-2 lee ee H DT eee 12 
Wationgly-Galleny of Attys cys tym leivces es pee beer are bay 144 238 382 
NiaiiomaleZoologicalbarks 218 3) ee ee ee ee 11 2 13 
Smithsonian deposit, Library of Congress___.._.._.______.___-_-__-___-_-_- 2, 292 14, 680 16, 972 
Simipbsowian Of cesses fee ews lhe open el Ben ok Ree A eye eet 108 34 142 
United States National Museum, including the technological library______- 3, 015 1, 165 4, 180 
Motels epee SNES ee Ae Ae ee reg eee aan edb cese. 6, 838 16, 203 23, 041 


The estimated number of volumes, pamphlets, and charts in the 
Smithsonian library, not including those in the library of the Bu- 
reau of American Ethnology, on June 30, 1928, was as follows: 


\Y GINEMUT SSIs ASS BRS ROD 8 UE ets at Seles See Ee RE Ae Leh AS ed ee ae SEE Le PARE 527, 941 
Mp Met Sweety peel ae peesnt ery Page eeel “Pe el Leip ay ess atarpyr cleo tact 156, 983 
(CIN HIS EE ears Reem ee areas Bee rane ee beet ey ee: oes Oa mmew Te GMM yes ew ben 24, 660 

SOUR tld os i A a AE ee a li et Ae Lt ee Pe te 709, 584 


This number does not include the many thousands of volumes in 
the library still uncatalogued or awaiting completion. 


SPECIAL ACTIVITIES 


It was possible for the staff to undertake a number of special 
tasks during the year, several of which may be mentioned. 


132 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


One of the larger accumulations of reprints was sorted according 
to subject and distributed to the curators. This was an important 
step in disposing of material valuable to the Institution but not 
needed for cataloguing. As soon as help becomes available another 
accumulation, much larger than the first, will be treated in like 
manner. 

A list was made, in preparation for cataloguing, of some of the 
special collections, including the Casey, Dall, Gill, Henderson, Lacoe, 
Roebling, Schaus, Springer, Teller, and Vaux, and of the volumes 
in the John Donnell Smith botanical collection and the Watts de 
Peyster library that had not already been catalogued. 'To expedite 
this work the Library of Congress was generous enough to contribute 
for a few weeks the services of two typists, in return for which the 
Smithsonian library will later provide manuscript cards for the 
items in these collections, as well as in its other collections, that are 
not in the library of Congress. These cards will be prepared pri- 
marily for the national catalogue that is in progress there under the 
direction of Dr. Ernest C. Richardson, consultant in bibliography 
and research. 

The generous contribution of material (see “ Gifts,” p. 124) that 
was received during the year from the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science was carefully checked up and many of the 
items were selected to fill gaps in the sets of serial and society pub- 
lications. The rest of the contribution will be used in various ways 
later. 

Most of the uncatalogued Russian publications were looked over 
and those with Roman titles were entered in the catalogue; the rest 
were put aside, to be sent, with other publications in Russian, 
Turkish, and Japanese, and probably some in Hungarian, Polish, and 
Bohemian, to the Smithsonian deposit, that they may be made 
available to scholars, and cards prepared for them in due course and 
returned to the Institution. 

The organization of the west stacks in the Smithsonian Building 
was considerably advanced. Many thousands of college and univer- 
sity publications, not needed by the hbrary, were sent to the Bureau 
of Education, where they would be at hand for completing sets and 
for exchange. The files of popular and semipopular periodicals, 
which had for many years been kept in these stacks, were trans- 
ferred, through the courtesy of the curator of textiles, to a room in 
the basement, to await final disposal. The geological material was 
brought together and arranged. The publications that lay in heaps 
on the floors were grouped roughly on the shelves. This work was 
all preliminary to the final step in organizing this heterogeneous 
mass, which contains almost countless items of value, many of which, 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 133 


it will probably be found later, will serve a purpose either in the 
library of the Institution or in other Washington libraries. Those. 
that will not, will be used for exchange toward further completing 
the Smithsonian collections. 

During the year the librarian gave 14 public lectures and addresses, 
2 on the Smithsonian Institution, the others on literary and educa- 
tional subjects. In addition to his three regular reports, namely, 
to the Secretary of the Institution, the Assistant Secretary in charge 
of the National Museum, and the Librarian of Congress, he prepared 
for the Secretary two special reports, entitled, respectively, “ The 
Smithsonian Library—an Interpretation” and “A ccomplishments of 
the Smithsonian Library, 1924-1928.” In connection with the latter 
he checked up and listed the special collections in the library. -He 
also contributed descriptions of the various libraries in the Smith- 
sonian library system to the “Handbook of Washington’s Informa- 
tional Resources ’—a recently published directory of libraries in the 
District of Columbia; and prepared a bibliography of significant 
works in American fetes and literature for one of the French 
colleges. ; 

Respectfully submitted. 

Wuutam L. Corsin, Librarian. 
Dr. Cuartes G. Appor, | 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 10 
REPORT ON THE PUBLICATIONS 


Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the publi- 
cations of the Smithsonian Institution and the Government bureaus 
under its administrative charge during the year ending June 30, 
1928 : 

The Institution proper published during the year 11 papers in 
the series of Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 1 annual report, 
and pamphlet copies of the 31 articles contained in the report appen- 
dix, and 4 special publications. The Bureau of American Ethnology 
published one annual report and one bulletin. The United States 
National Museum issued 1 annual report, 3 volumes of proceedings, 
5 complete bulletins, 2 parts of a bulletin, 1 complete volume in the 
series Contributions from the United States National Herbarium, 
and 57 separates from the proceedings. 

Of these publications there were distributed during the year 
183,196 copies, which included 102 volumes and separates of the 
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, 26,099 volumes and sepa- 
rates of the Smithsonian Misscellaneous Collections, 29,720 volumes 
and separates of the Smithsonian Annual Reports, 5,783 Smithsonian 
special publications, 111,405 volumes and separates of the various 
series of National Museum publications, 9,126 publications of the 
Bureau of American Ethnology, 178 publications of the National 
Gallery of Art, 28 volumes of the Annals of the Astrophysical 
Observatory, 42 reports of the Harriman Alaska Expedition, and 713 
reports of the American Historical Association. 


SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS 


Of the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, volume 78, the title- 
page and table of contents, was issued; volume 79, one paper (whole 
volume) and title-page and table of contents; and volume 80, 10 
papers and title-page and table of contents, as follows: 

VOLUME 78 

Title-page and table of contents. (Publ. 2920.) 


VOLUME 79 


World Weather Records. Collected from official sources by Dr. Felix Exner, 
Dr. G. C. Simpson, Sir Gilbert Walker, H. Helm Clayton, and Robert C. Moss- 
134 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 135 


man. Assembled and arranged for publication by H. Helm Clayton. Published 
under grant from John A. Roebling. August 22, 1927. vit1,199 pp. (Publ. 
2913.) (€Whole volume.) 

Title-page and table of contents. (Publ. 2918.) 


VOLUME 80 


No. 3. Fossil Footprints from the Grand Canyon: Second Contribution. By 
Charles W. Gilmore. July 30, 1927. 78 pp., 21 pls., 37 text figs. (Publ. 2917.) 

No. 4. Religion in Szechuan Province, China. By David Crockett Graham. 
February 4, 1928. 83 pp., 25 pls., 16 text figs. (Publ. 2921.) 

No. 5. Drawings by A. De Batz in Louisiana, 1732-1735. By David I. Bush- 
nell, jr. December 1, 1927. 14 pp., 6 pls. (Publ. 2925.) 

No. 6. Yaksas. By Ananda K. Coomaraswamy. May 8, 1928. 43 pp., 23 pls, 
(Publ. 2926.) 

No. 7. The Aboriginal Population of America North of Mexico. By James 
Mooney. February 6, 1928. 40 pp. (Publ. 2956.) 

No. 8. Fossil Footprints from the Grand Canyon. Third Contribution. By 
Charles W. Gilmore. January 28, 1928. 16 pp., 5 pls., 7 text figs. (Publ. 2956.) 

No. 9. Aboriginal Wooden Objects from Southern Florida. By .J. Walter 
Fewkes. March 26, 1928. 2 pp., 3 pls. (Publ. 2960.) 

No. 10. Drawings by. John Webber of: Natives.of the Northwest Coast of 
America, 1778. By David I. Bushnell, jr. March 24, 1928. 12 pp. 12 pis. 
(Publ. 2961.) 

No. 11. The Legs and Leg-bearing Segments of Some Primitive Arthroped 
Groups, with Notes on Leg-segmentation in the Arachnida. By H. E. Ewing. 
April 23, 1928. 41 pp., 12 pls. (Publ. 2962.) 

No. 12. Charles Doolittle Walcott, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, 
1907-1927. Memorial Meeting, January 24, 1928. May 12, 1928. 37 pp., 1 pl. 
(Publ. 2964.) 

Title-page and table of contents. (Publ. 2969.) 


SMITHSONIAN ANNUAL REPORTS 


Report for 1926.—The complete volume of the Annual Report of 
the Board of Regents for 1926 was received from the Public Printer 
October 4, 1927. 


Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution, ‘showing 
operations, expenditures, and condition of the Institution for the year ending 
June 30, 1926. xii-++551 pp., 125 pls., 21 text figs. (Publ. 2879.) 


The appendix contained the following papers: 


The New Outlook in Cosmogony, by J. H. Jeans. 

Influences of Sun Rays on Plants and Animals, by C. G. Abbot. 

On the Evolution of the Stars, by C. G. Abbot. 

Excursions on the Planets, by Lucien Rudaux. 

High Frequency Rays of Cosmic Origin, by R. A. Millikan. 

The Present Status of Radio Atmospheric Disturbances, by L. W. Austin. 

Cold. Light, by E. Newton Harvey. 

Scientific Work of the Maud Expedition, 1922-1925, by H. U. Sverdrup. 

The Romance of Carbon, by Arthur D. Little. 

The Cause of Earthquakes: Especially Those of the Eastern United States, by 
William. Herbert Hobbs. 


136 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


The Loess of China, by George B. Barbour, 

A Visit to the Gem Districts of Ceylon and Burma, iby Frank D. Adams. 

The History of Organic Evolution, by John M. Coulter. 

Barro Colorado Island Biological Station, by Alfred O. Gross. 

Geography and Evolution in the Pocket Gophers of California, by Joseph 
Grinnell. 

How Peavers Build Their Houses, by Vernon Bailey. 

The Mosquito-Fish (Gambusia), and Its Relation to Malaria, by David Starr 
Jordan. 

The Effect of Aluminum Sulphate on Rhododendrons and Other Acid-Soil 
Plants, by Frederick V. Coville. 

Eastern Brazil through an Agrostologist’s Spectacles, by Agnes Chase. 

Our Heritage from the American Indians, by W. E. Safford. 

The Parasite Element of Natural Control of Injurious Insects and Its Control 
by Man, by L. O, Howard. 

Fragrant Butterflies, by Austin H. Clark. 

The Ritual Bullfight,; by C. W. Bishop. 

The Bronzes of Hsin-Chéng Hsien, by C. W. Bishop. 
- The Katcina Altars in Hopi Worship, by J. Walter Fewkes. 

Omaha Bow and Arrow-Makers, by Francis La Flesche. 

The National Park of Switzerland, by G. Edith Bland. 
--Samuel Slater and the Oldest Cotton Machinery in America, by Mtn I. 
Lewton. 

Preventive Medicine, by Mark F. Boyd. 

William Bateson, by T. H. Morgan. 

H. Kamerlingh Onnes, by F. A. Freeth. 


Report for 1927.—The report, of the executive committee and pro- 
ceedings of the Board of Regents of the Institution, and the report 
of the acting secretary, both forming parts of the annual report 
of the Board of Regents to Congress, were issued in December, 1927. 


Report of the Executive Committee and Proceedings of the Board of Regents 
of the Smithsonian Institution for the Year Ending June 30, 1927. 12 pp. 
(Publ. 2924.) 

Report of the Acting Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution for the Year 
Ending June 30, 1927. 131 pp. (Publ. 2923.) 


The general appendix to this report, which was in press at the 
close of the year, contains the following papers: 


The Accomplishments of Modern Astronomy, by C. G. Abbot. 

Recent Developments of Cosmical Physics, by J. H. Jeans. 

The Evolution of Twentieth-Century Physics, by Robert A. Millikan. 
Isaac Newton, by Prof. Albert Hinstein. 

The Nucleus of the Atom, by J. A. Crowther. 

The Centenary of Augustin Fresnel, by E. -M. Antoniadi. 

Soaring Flight, by Wolfgang Klemperer. 

The Coming of the New Coal Age, by Edwin E. Slosson. 

Is the Harth Growing Old? By Josef Felix Pompeckj. 

Geological Climates, by W. B. Scott. 

Geologic Romance of the Finger Lakes, by Prof. Herman F. Fairchild. 
Fossil Marine Faunas as Indicators of Climatic Conditions, by Edwin Kirk. 
Paleontology and Human Relations, by Stuart Weller. 


REPORT Of THE SECRETARY 137 


At the North Pole, by Lincoln Elisworth. 
Bird Banding in America, by Frederick C. Lincoln. 
The Distribution of Fresh-water Fishes, by David Starr Jordan. 
The Mind of an Insect, by R. HE. Snodgrass. 
The Evidence Bearing on Man’s Hyolution, by AleS Hrdlicka. 
_ The Origins of the Chinese Civilization, by Henri Maspero. 
_ Archeology'in China, by Liang Chi-Chao. 
_ Indian Villages of Southeast Alaska, by Herbert W. Krieger. 
The Interpretation of Aboriginal Mounds by Means of Creek Indian Customs, 
by John R. Swanton. 
Friederich Kurz, Artist-Explorer, by David I. Bushnell, jr. 
Note. on the Principles and Process of X-Ray Examination of Paintings, by 
Alan Burroughs. 
_ Lengthening of Human Life in Retrospect and Prospect, by Irving Fisher. 
Charles Doolittle Walcott, by George Otis Smith. 
William Healey Dall, by C. Hart Merriam. 


SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS 


Classified List of Smithsonian Publications Available for Distribution, Sep- 
tember 15, 1927. Compiled by Helen Munroe. 29 pp. (Publ. 2922.) 

List. of Paintings, Pastels, Drawings, Prints, and Copper Plates by and attrib- 
uted to American and European Artists together with a list of Original 
Whistleriana in the Freer Gallery of Art. March 20, 1928. 51 pp. (Publ. 
2963. ) 

Handbook of the Health Exhibits of the United States National Museum under 

. direetion of the Smithsonian Institution. April 6, 1928. 39 pp., 19 figs. 

Explorations and Field-work of the Smithsonian Institution in 1927. April 7, 

£1928: 188 pp., 213 figs. (Publ. 2957.) 


REPRINTS. 


Phonetic Transcription of Indian Languages. Report of American Anthropo- 
logical Association (Reprint). September, 1916. 15 pp., 2 charts. (Publ. 

_ 2415.) 

The Origin and Antiquity of the American Indian. By AleS Hrdlitka. From 
the Smithsonian Report for 1923, pp. 481-494, 16 pls. Revised edition. 

_ (Publ. 2778.) 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM 


The editorial work of the National Museum is in the hands of Dr. 
Marcus Benjamin. During the year ending June 30, 1928, the 
Museum published 1 annual report, 3 volumes of proceedings, 5 com- 
plete bulletins, 2 parts of a bulletin, 1 complete volume in the series 
Contributions from the United States National Herbarium, and 57 
separates from the proceedings. 

The issues of the bulletin were as follows: 


Bulletin 76. Asteroidea of the North Pacific and Adjacent Waters. Part 2. 
' Forcipulata (Part). By Walter Kenrick Fisher. 


138 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Bulletin 100. Contributions to the Biology of the Philippine Archipelago and 
Adjacent Regions. Volume 6, part 4. Report on the Hchinoidea collected by 
the United States Fisheries Steamer “Albatross” during the Philippine Expe- 
dition, 1907-1910. Part I. The Cidaridae. By Theodor Mortensen. Volume 
7. The Fishes of the Families Pomacentridae, Labridae, and Callyodontidae, 
collected by the United States Bureau of Fisheries Steamer “Albatross,” 
chiefly in Philippine Seas and Adjacent Waters. By Henry W. Fowler and 
Barton A. Bean. 

Bulletin 141. Collection of Heating and Lighting Utensils in the United States 
National Museum. By Walter Hough. 

Bulletin 142. Life Histories of North American Shore Birds. Order Limicolae 
(Part 1). By Arthur Cleveland Bent. 

Bulletin 143. Biological and Taxonomic Investigations on the Mutillid Wasps. 
By Clarence E. Mickel. 

Bulletin 144. The American Bats of the Genera Myotis and Pizonyr. By Gerrit 
S. Miller, jr., and Glover M. Allen. 


Of the separates from the proceedings, 12 were from volume 71, 
25 from volume 72, and 20 from volume 73. 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 


The editorial work has continued under the direction of the editor, 
Mr. Stanley Searles. , 
During the year one annual report and one bulletin were issued. 


Forty-second Annual Report. Accompanying papers: Social Organization and 
Social Usages of the Indians of the Creek Confederacy (Swanton) ; Religious 
Beliefs and Medical Practices of the Creek Indians (Swanton) ; Aboriginal 
Culture of the Southeast (Swanton) ; Indian Trails of the Southeast (Myer). 
900 pp., 17 pls., 108 figs. 

Bulletin 85. Contributions to Fox Ethnology (Michelson). 168 pp. 


Publications in press are as follows: 


Forty-first Annual Report. Accompanying papers: Coiled Basketry in British 
Columbia and Surrounding Region (Boas, assisted by Haeberlin, Roberts, and 
Teit) ; Two Prehistoric Villages in Middle Tennessee (Myer). 

Forty-third Annual Report. Accompanying papers: The Osage Tribe: Two Ver- 
sions of the Child-naming Rite (La Flesche) ; Wawenock Myth Texts from 
Maine (Speck) ; Native Tribes and Dialects of Connecticut (Speck) ; Picuris 
Children’s Stories, with Texts and Songs (Harrington) ; Iroquoian Cosmology— 
Part II (Hewitt). 

Forty-fourth Annual Report. Accompanying papers: Excavation of the Burton 
Mound at Santa Barbara, Calif. (Harrington); Social and Religious 
Usages of the Chickasaw Indians (Swanton); Uses of Plants by the Chip- 
pewa Indians (Densmore) ; Archeological Investigations II (Fowke). 

Bulletin 84. A Vocabulary of the Kiowa Language (Harrington). 

Bulletin 86. Chippewa Customs (Densmore). 

Bulletin 87. Notes on the Buffalo-Head Dance of the Thunder Gens of the 
Fox Indians (Michelson). 

Bulletin 88. Myths and Tales of the Southeastern Indians (Swanton). 

Bulletin 89. Observations on the Thunder Dance of the Bear Gens of the Fox 
Indians (Michelson). 

Bulletin 90. Papago Music (Densmore). 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 139 
REPORT OF THE AMERICAN HISTORICAL ASSOCIATION 


e ; 
The annual reports of the American Historical Association are 
transmitted by the association to the secretary of the Smithsonian 
Institution and are communicated by him to Congress as provided 
by the act of incorporation of the association. 

Part 2 of the annual report for 1922 was issued during the year. 
The annual reports for 1923, 1924, and 1925 and the supplemental 
volumes to the reports for 1924, 1925, and 1926 were in press at 
the close of the year. 


REPORT OF THE NATIONAL SOCIETY, DAUGHTERS OF THE AMERICAN 
REVOLUTION 


The manuscript of the Thirtieth Annual Report of the National 
Society, Daughters of the American Revolution, was transmitted to 
Congress, in accordance with the law, December 15, 1927. 


SMITHSONIAN ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON PRINTING AND PUBLICATION 


The editor has continued to serve as secretary of the Smith- 
sonian advisory committee on printing and publication, to which 
are referred for consideration and recommendation all manuscripts 
offered to the Institution and its branches. Seven meetings were 
held during the year and 107 manuscripts acted upon. 

Respectfully submitted. 

W. P. True, Editor. 

Dr. C. G. Asszor, 

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


17563—28——10 


APPENDIX 11 


LIST OF SUBSCRIBERS TO JAMES SMITHSON MEMO- 
RIAL EDITION, SMITHSONIAN SCIENTIFIC SERIES* 


Mr. J. Henry Alexandre, Mr. John P. Bickell, 


Mr. 


Mr. 


*, Hugh D. Auchincloss 


New York, N. Y. 
Frederic W. Allen, 
New York, N. Y. 


r. Rayford W. Alley. 


New York. N. Y. 


*, W. J. Anderson, 


New York, N. Y. 


* 
Pi 

J 
. 


Washington, D. C 


. Richard B. Ayer, 


New York, N. Y. 


*, Joseph Bancroft, 


Wilmington, Del. 


‘. David Bandler, 


New York, N. Y. 


‘, George G. Barber, 


New York, N. Y. 


. J. S. Barnes, 


New York, N. Y. 


*. Grant S. Barnhart, 


Washington, D. C. 


*, William S. Barstow, 


New York, N. Y. 


rt. W. H. Barthold, 


New York, N. Y. 
Philip G. Bartlett, 
New York, N. Y. 


Mr. 


Mr. 


Mr. 


Toronto, Canada. 
Edwin Binney, 
New York, N. Y. 
Charles E. Birge, 
New York, N. Y. 
Samuel Shipley Blood, 
New York, N. Y. 


Mrs. Elizabeth B. Blossom, 


Mr. 


Mr. 


Cleveland, Ohio. 
Sidney Blumenthal, 
New York, N. Y. 
Samuel T. Bodine, 

Philadelphia, Pa. 


Mrs. John C. Boyd, 


Mr. 


Mr. 


Washington, D. C. 
A. R. M. Boyle, 

New York, N. Y. 
Henry Platt Bristol, 

New York, N. Y. 


. Robert S. Brookings, 


Washington, D. C. 


>, Gerald Brooks, 


New York, N. Y. 


. Donaldson Brown, 


New York, N. Y. 


», H. F. Brown, 


Wilmington, Del. 


Mr. Oliver G. Bauman, Mr. Albert Buchman, 
Buffalo, N. Y. New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Barton A. Bean, jr., Mr. Britton I. Budd, 


1 List brought up to date as of Oct. 15, 1928, when manuscript of this report went to 


Buffalo, N. Y. 


the printer. 


140 


Chicago, Il. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 141 


Mr. Percy Bullard, ' Prof. Thomas F. Cooke, 


New York, N. Y. Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. W. Douglas Burden, Mrs. Q. F. Coonley, 
New York, N. Y. Washington, D. C. 
Mr. Frederick John Burghard, | Mr. Dudley Martindale Cooper, 
New York, N.Y. New York, N. Y. 
Mrs. Stevenson Burke, Mr. W. S. Corby, 
Cleveland, Ohio. _ Washington, D. C. 
Mr. Eric Burkman, Mr. Fred D. Corey, 
New York, N. Y. Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. Smith P. Burton, jr., Mr. John W. Cowper, 
Boston, Mass. Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. F. S. Byram, Mr. William Nelson Cromwell, 
Philadelphia, Pa. New York, N. Y. 
Mr. William C. Cannon, Mr. Miquel Cruchaga, 
New York, N. Y. Paris, France. 
Mr. EK. A. Cappelan-Smith, Mr. E. A. Cudahy, jr., 
New York, N. Y. Chicago, Ill. 
Mr. George W. Carnrick, Mr. Victor M. Cutter, 
New York, N. Y. Boston, Mass. 
Mr. John J. Carty, Mr. C. Suydam Cutting, 
New York, N. Y. New York, N. Y. 
Mr. George Cary, ~ Senor Don Carlos G. Davila, 
Buffalo, N. Y. Washington, D. C. 
Mr. C. Merrill Chapin, jr., Mr. Edgar B. Davis, 
New York, N. Y. New York, N. Y. 
Mr. A. Wallace Chauncey, Mr. James Sherlock Davis, 
New York, N. Y. Brooklyn, N. Y. 
Mr. George H. Chisholm, Mr. Frederic A. Delano, 
Buffalo, N. Y. Washington, D. C. 
Dr. A. Schuyler Clark, Mr. William Adams Delano, 
New York, N. Y. New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Ray Clark, Mr. Fairman R. Dick, 
° New York, N. Y. New York, N. Y. 
Mr. John L. Clawson, Mr. Milton S. Dillon, 
Buffalo, N. Y. New York, N. Y. 
Mr. John N. Cole, Mr. L. W. Dommerich, 
New York, N. Y. New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Philip S. Collins, Mr. Robert Donner, 
Philadelphia, Pa. Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. Martin Conboy, Mr. Eugene E. du Pont, 
New York, N.Y. Wilmington, Del. 
Mr. W. L. Conwell, Mr. Henry B. du Pont, 


New York, N. Y. Wilmington, Del. 


142 


Mr. Irenee du Pont, 
Wilmington, Del. 
Mrs. J. Coleman du Pont, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Lammot du Pont, 
Wilmington, Del. 
Mr. S. Hallock du Pont, 
Wilmington, Del. 
Dr. George J. Eckel, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. Louis J. Ehret (2 subscrip- 
tions), 
New York, N. Y. 
Otto M. Eidlitz, 
New York, N. Y. 
Arturo M. Elias, 
New York, N. Y. 
. George Adams Ellis, 
New York, N. Y. 
. Duncan Steuart Ellsworth, 
New York, N. Y. 
. James Radford English, 
New York, N. Y. 
. William Phelps Eno, 
Washington, D. C. 
rt. W. H. Erhart, 
New York, N. Y. 
. Eberhard Faber, 
New York, N. Y. 
. Frank J. Fahey, 
Boston, Mass. 
. James A. Farrell, 
New York, N. Y. 
. L. F. Fedders, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
. Edwin C. Feigenspan, 
Newark, N. J. 
r, Orestes Ferrara, 
Washington, D. C. 
. W. W. Flowers, 
New York, N. Y. 
*», Stanley D. Fobes, 
New York, N. Y. 


Mr. 


Mr. 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Mr. Oswald Fowler, 
New York, N. Y. 
Richard L. Fox, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Mr. Clayton E. Freeman, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Herbert G. French, 
Cincinnati, Ohio. 
John Hemming Fry, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Walter D. Fuller, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Judge Arthur G. Gallagher, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. C. P. Gearon, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Stanley L. Gedney, jr., 
East Orange, N. J. 
Mr. Paulino Gerli, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. William P. Gest, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Mrs. John H. Gibbons, 
Washington, D. C. 
Mr. Michael Gioe, sr., 
New York, N. Y. 
Charles F. Glore, 
Chicago, Ill. 
Mr. Edward S. Goodwin, 
Hartford, Conn. 
Mr. Osmer N. Gorton, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Lyttleton B. P. Gould, 
New York, N. Y. 
Louis S. Greene, 
Washington, D. C. 
James C. Greenway, 
New Haven, Conn. 
Mr. John Gribbel, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Mr. George B. Grinnell, 
New York, N. Y. 


Mr. 


Mr. 


Mr. 


Dr. 


Dr. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 


Grosvenor Library, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 

(Presented by Mr. Ansley Wilcox, 
Mr. William Schoellkopf, Mr. H. W. 
Walcott, Mr. Percy G. Lapey, Mr. Ed- 
ward L. Jellinek, Buffalo, N. Y.) 
Mr. Robert L. Hague, 

New York, N. Y. 

E. K. Hall, 

New York, N. Y. 

. William A. Hamann, 
New York, N. Y. 

. Chauncey J. Hamlin, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 

. John Hays Hammond, 
New York, N. Y. 

Dr. Walter S. Harban, 
Washington, D. C. 

*, John R. Hardin, 
Newark, N. J. 

. Louis A. Harding, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 

. Franklin Hardinge, 
Chicago, IIL. 

. Huntington R. Hardwick, 
Boston, Mass. 

r, Anton G. Hardy, 
New York, N. Y. 

r. Fairfax Harrison, 
Washington, D. C. 

*. Philip H. Haselton, 
New York, N. Y. 

Dr. F. R. Haussling, 

Newark, N. J. 

John J. Hearn, 

New York, N. Y. 

Mrs. A. Barton Hepburn, 
New York, N. Y. 

Mrs. Sallie A. Hert, 
Louisville, Ky. 

Mr. Joseph H. Himes, 
Washington, D. C. 

Mr. Samuel V. Hoffman, 
New York, N. Y. 


Mr. 


Mr. 


Mrs. Edward Holbrook, 
New York, N. Y. 


_Mr. George E. Holmes, 


New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Ernest Hopkinson, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. John S. A. Hosford, 
New York, N. Y. 
Miss Marie O. Hotchkiss, 
East River, Conn. 
Mr. Allen G. Hoyt, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Richard F. Hoyt, 
New York, N. Y. 
Hon. Charles E. Hughes, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Frederick H. Hurdman, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. William Dunn Hutton, 
New York, N. Y. 
, AL Ht. Hyde; 
New York, N. Y. 
’, Charles H. Innes, 
Boston, Mass. 
r. Samuel Insull, 
Chicago, Il. 
Robert F. Irwin, jr., 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
*. Henry H. Jackson, 
New York, N. Y. 
», Alfred W. Jenkins, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mrs. Mary L. Jennings, 
Washington, D. C. 
Mr. Eldridge R. Johnson, 
Camden, N. J. 
James A. Johnson, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. George H. Judd, 
Washington, D. C. 
Mr. Otto H. Kahn, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Henry J. Kaltenbach, 
New York, N. Y. 


Mr. 


Mr. 


143 


144 


Mr. Russell M. Keith, 
Cleveland, Ohio. 
Dr. Foster Kennedy, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. C. C. Kerr, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Robert C. Kerr, 
New York, N. Y. 
Miss Bessie L. Kibbey, 
Washington, D. C. 
Mr. Gustavus T. Kirby, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Benjamin Kittinger, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. Seymour H. Knox, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. Edward L. Koons, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Harry G. Kosch, 
New York, N. Y. 
de Lancey Kountze, 
New York, N.Y. 
Shepard Krech, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. H. C. Lakin, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mrs. Marshall Langhorne, 
Washington, D. C. 
Mr. Irwin B. Laughlin, 
Washington, D. C. 
Mr. Erich E. Lehsten, 
New York, N. Y. 
Miss Isobel Lenman, (2 subscrip- 
tions). 
Washington, D. C. 
Mr. William Leslie, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mrs. Frank Letts, 
Washington, D. C. 
Mr. Henry Lewis, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Samuel A. Lewisohn, 
New York, N. Y. 


Mr. 


Mr. 


Dr. 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Mr. Louis K. Liggett, 
Boston, Mass. 
Mr. James Duane Livingston, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. 8. D. Locke, 
Bridgeport, Conn. 
Mr. Frank Lord, 
New York, N. Y. 
Earl P. Lothrop, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. G. R. Lyman, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Norman E. Mack, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. Clifford D. Mallory, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Peter J. Maloney, jr., 
New York, N. -Y. 
Judge Francis X. Mancuso, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. John Markle, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Richard H. Marshall, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. John C. Martin, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Mr. George Grant Mason, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. B. A. Massee, 
Chicago, Ill. 
Mrs. Grace H. Mather, 
Cleveland, Ohio. 
Mr. Cyrus H. McCormick, 
Chicago, Ill. 
Mr. Henry Forbes McCreery, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Hubert McDonnell, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. William L. McLean, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Mr. Andrew W. Mellon, 
Washington, D. C. 
Col. Herman A. Metz, 
New York, N. Y. 


Dr. 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 


Mr. John J. Miller, © 
Washington, D. C. 

Mr. Ogden L. Mills, 
New York, N. Y. 

Mr. John J. Mitchell, 
Chicago, Ill. 

Mr. Leeds Mitchell, 
Chicago, Ill. 

Mr. Roscoe R. Mitchell, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 

Mr. T. E. Mitten, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 

Mr. Jay R. Monroe, 
Orange, N. J. 

Mr. Henry E. Montgomery, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 

Mr. Adelbert Moot, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 

Mr. J. Pierpont Morgan (2 sub- 

scriptions). 

New York, N. Y. 

Mr. John W. Morgan, 
New York, N. Y. 

Mr. Frank C. Munson, 
New York, N. Y. 

Premier Benito Mussolini, 
Rome, Italy. 

Mr. William E. Nickerson, 
Boston, Mass. 

Mr. John B. Niven, 
New York,.N. Y. 

Mr. Aaron E. Norman, 
New York, N. Y. 

Mr. George W. Norris, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 

Mr. J. J. O’Brien, 
Chicago, Il. 

Mr. Lyle H. Olson, 
New York, N: Y. 

Mr. John Omwake, 
Cincinnati, Ohio. 

Mr. James L. O'Neill, 
New: York, N.Y. 


Mr. James Parmelee, 


Washington, D. C. 
Mr. Charles S. Payson, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Charles Pfeiffer, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Gustavus A. Pfeiffer, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Ellis L. Phillips, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. H. M. Pierce, 
Wilmington, Del. 
Mr. Townsend Pinkney, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Bayard F. Pope. 
New, York. N, Y. 
Mr. Frederick J. Pope, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. William Cooper Proctor, 
Cincinnati, Ohio. 
Mr. Ralph Pulitzer, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Percy R. Pyne, jr., 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. John J. Raskob, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. William F. Raskob, 
Wilmington, Del. 
Mr. Earle H. Reynolds, 
Chicago, Hi. 
Mr. Edwin T. Rice, 
New York, N.Y. 
Mr. E. Ridgeway, 
Chicago, Il. 
Mr. Harry G. Rieger, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Mr. Arthur W. Rinke, 
New York. N.Y. 
Mr. Walter B. Robb, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. William A. Rockefeller, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mrs. John A. Roebling, 
Bernardsville, N. J. 


145 


146 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1928 


Mr. Saul E. Rogers, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. William H. Rollinson. 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Edward L. Rossiter, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. James Savage. 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. Homer E. Sawyer, 
New York, N. Y. 


Mr. Michael A. Seatuorchio. 


Jersey City, N. J. 
Mr. H. W. Schaefer, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. William N. Schill. 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. L. O. Schmidt, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Henry Schniewind, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Alfred H. Schoellkopf, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. J. F. Schoellkopf, jr., 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. Sherman W. Scofield, 
Cleveland, Ohio. 
Mr. T. A. Scott. 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr- Jere A. Sexton, — 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. John C. Shaffer, 
Chicago, Il. 
Mrs. Paula W. Siedenburg, 
Greenwich, Conn. 
Mr. E. H. H. Simmons, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mrs. Frances G. Simmons, 
Greenwich, Conn. 
Mr. Z. G. Simmons, jr., 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Sidney H. Sonn, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. John R. Sproul. 
Philadelphia, Pa. 


Col. W. C. Spruance, 
Wilmington, Del. 
Dr. Edward H. Squibb, 
Brooklyn, N. Y. 
Mr. Andrew Squire, 
Cleveland, Ohio. 
Dr. A. Camp Stanley, 
Washington, D. C. 
Mr. Joseph E. Sterrett, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Aron Steuer, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. John P. Stevens, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Robert G. Stone, 
Boston, Mass. 
Mr. James J. Storrow, jr.. 
Boston, Mass. 
Mr. D. H. Strachan, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Charles L. Sturtevant, 
Washington, D. C. 
Mr. Gerard P. Tameling, 
New York, N. Y. 


Mr. Arthur Van _ Rensselaer 


Thompson, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. George W. Thompson, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. John R. Thompson, jr., 
Chicago, Il. 
Mr. Ralph E. Thompson, 
Boston, Mass. 
Mr. Francis B. Thorne, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. J. C. Thorn, 
New York, N. Y. 
Dr. Edward C. Tillman, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. John H. Towne, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. J. Barton Townsend, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 


Eee eee ee ee ee 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 


Dr. Raynham Townshend, 
New Haven, Conn. 
Mr. J. C. Trees, 
Pittsburgh, Pa. 
Gen. Harry C. Trexler, 
Allentown, Pa. 
Mr. George F. Trommer, 
Brooklyn, N. Y. 
Mr. Calvin Truesdale, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. George Tyson, 
Boston, Mass. 
Mr. Ernest Uehlinger, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Alvin Untermyer, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. George P. Urban, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
- Mr. George Urquhart, 
New York, N. Y.. 
Mr. Ray A. Van Clief, 
ie Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. William H. Vanderbilt, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mrs. S. H. Vandergrift, 
Washington, D. C. 
Mr. S. M. Vauclain, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Mr. George E. Waesche, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Sidney S. Walcott, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. Thomas John Watson, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. F. O. Wetmore, 
Chicago, III. 


Mr. F. Edson White. 
Chicago, Ill. 
Col. Frank White. 
Chattanooga, Tenn. 
Mr. Lazarus White, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Thomas W. White, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Philip J. Wickser, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Mr. Milo W. Wilder, jr., 
Newark, N. J. 
Mr. Howard L. Wilkins, 
Washington, D. C. 
Mr. Charles B. Williams, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. William H. Williams, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Joseph Wilshire, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. William E. Winchester, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. C. Chalmers Wood, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Howard O. Wood, jr., 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Charles H. Woodhull, 
Washington, D. C. 
Mr. George C. Woolf, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Clarence M. Woolley, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Beverly Lyon Worden, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Max Wulfsohn, 
New York, N. Y. 
Mr. Frederic L. Yeager, 
New York, N. Y. 


147 


sd + 
Sih. TLE 
~s 
' a fi 
, 
; 
‘i | f 
, ’ 
i if 
Jy 
FS ig? 
tt i¥ 
4) f 
} 
g * 
- i 
7 
t 
{ 
¥ - 
4 ‘ 
} 
ti 
’ l/ 
‘ 
ie i) i 
ve 
A 
¥ tr 
: tJ 
- tht 


wit. PS Mtcts 


Prothp gents “ae 
oF ae ire 2 


pith cy “newe 


| s Seite ter 302 


{ 

fromeithita }, sti . 
oe diet Mare ccs Gk 7 Aes 
peemeran J ina ® 


a ghaupt & Mota 


dado ‘oat 

. { BS ee hoe 
Rene Ws Wes 2 ae 

| Lt A olsttnt 

;  dlidvabie' A, msl 

ws 2 


me eet’; Aa f if 
Jthiretebite¥ HA 


ne | Hed aegt 


Leng = ca 3 cond 
Y 3 luo ¥: HOM 
. Sipe ae era mba 
a E olatutl Dye 
WOME YE astal, apa sf 

¥ { HK diok 7s 
uganda 08 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIE BRA 


WOUNNOUIINN | 


, 39088 01 421 6055 y 


bank 
| 
Pie |